DAL BI DST PCT TES

DR or ATEN ENT En

POINTE ed OS EEE CUES CENTER

BIS CSS ES Vly

we Meena te ER RT ASE ET

Me Bi Ee On Batata ia Ra I oe edie fe ede DT Aa aad ttd PRINT EAN DOUTE TETE RUES CENEEEU TE EURE CES arena PL Cate fie ani the Cnty OL Cy Geta en ghd

ee as DE en dle Wot ells yo at nn tit PIC il da a ENANTPTE NA AV UREN at 10 rm Pa ER arte UE er eo ET Sd CSV ARS

at AN EEE TEL ETES DEPOT ET II TEEN it Tie Ue Ga ag ay ites an | Aes rh Meet a Eh LS En LAN Vos

sn fe TRUE TENUE LER ER CETTE PAT EE CENT ETSEORE RES CRE tot ad NUTR ECON EDS AE ti te ETN Et Ne win

aris

; DENTS TER 4

eth 5 ae tin ih MeO RTS fos IDEE ett tel EYER Ones fate 4

Rate dia dun Parade POT PEN AYURAIIO GA EN AN Oe OF Ua SY belt RE LEVEL Oa HN in UNE LA Hit TEE AN

ur PL TES LED PACED NE MAS go) AL hal eS)

TRISTAN ET PERS ONU cay eee IT

CETTE ORIENTATION ENT TR DELLE TETE OP EE I Te

DUREE EEE Oda UII MO Ma Tee TEEN

AVE wile DPN MF TENOR EIU PL GSAS Ded COX COTE ARE OO

EIN MAREN PME EEG Dee a ANN EGE ONIN had naeh OMA eh

rN ager AT A LS PR UT N ns wie Le TA NPSL aA TY UE dae Wd COSY EN N er ET eer eR IE EEE EEE Oe ee Ee oe

ee Heer Perera FARBIGE Wit nit ere iar eI ST EL ety De Teena eer PECL Pr TELL eee TCT OTR IE TERN

nd ey MAYO HE EMAL ES SIMA ER ETES ENE Seat ety TOPIC PANNE pede Tepes ENCE ELS Le TS (Lye yh See Por AL ING:

KK ee RAR IRRE nT iL reo AE à LR US nb eee ea Pt PP Tener ae aie TEEN

EIER ERNEUTE rir ernere: fret RENE TENTE TEEN TES ETES SERPENT RER ARE

HUNDEN TIME PTE ar crn CERN RETENIR EEE ESSENCE EEE TETE EEE TE TROT

UNDE LR ER TELGE ECO LEE ET TER EN LELELELEEERTE TEEEELLEEERL US ZIEZEDEZEEEIT IDEE DIENT ET te hid adele tome TS

PARTIE tren TE AW Trae eRe oe Lee ATITT LA Almen DIRE TEE TEE Le agi ye am NE

DIRE TALENTS

ee et yw oh) d

Secon RENE ii DH

DV TE ELISE dN ET EEE RE

SIR ECO ENT TELE

INRP

Wee ER

“6

DÉDUIT EE

DINAN

A CN A An 23 et

Her

pa a eue eva à korte

A Nea TI TE

Neagle a tient TEN

des Fes a su un

ay il at ut in

Pee EE CNOEIEE

Vat ta eta iguanas a

an mt Ae

EEE aR ET ENT ENT EE PT) Der RTE

Balkan aa teri lh dl) vila hy

AD MEMO ME Li Lape EN Obl

YP EEE TN Wk wih a

5 wnt CUTEET eat om

haleine aCe Muay

ays

CORTE) MEUMTASTEATEN

DROLE ETES ETAT POP TUE DENT IE ER EEE "TE

CORAN ET ENTER ENT EAN

Halt POAC Fee EEE IE A SEE EI TE WERNER TITTEN tary ENS

VEN yew

ewe tas

bie Noa de

Pert TN PR tte IE TOO de D

PETERS AME Ca ELTERN

Vene denied ey viel .

RENTE TEE LULU We Pie TETE EN TU ee

ey eft pas na ba BILL led ete LE LEERE oe

NETTER Co Con HE M Oe tte Si Ml

a ee ena

ad wh ball wat à Seow lungen

DATI ID ETUI

NIE Mer a Ka en Cer a DNA TA Ur h x aes r E à mas

PROTEIN ne 1a: Writ AGEN TE AMTE LS Be Dy bye gdiedicw bie es RENNEN] CIRE EEE TETE TEE SEEN DOTE PTE EE WSU aa yan ne Mtg y nea TEEN t Ni UE he hated A AOA LEP En ne MELON MAN 4 hd i

Pa (Paie in ie tM Pad ain u DORMI INPI EN TE ATEN EN MERE EO ead nn CEE ECO Nav EINER RINNE Ce EN ee Et EEE ETES) ae

a dave Bora w ron OT CLEO CTP EN RESTES LEE MIDDLE TETE er ie Er aerate) eee reer er NES LE IE Er Ee Tann NN LITERIE

Wavy WN ae

MP STO LES EC TEA PER TER CITE rere Tee ete EUER ET WIE RENTREE tee eee cee aCe TCLS LT EE ETES

Pee en ar

ee eye et MEY ea re EE nk Pyeran

TE cal pige ti da eat) ROR EN k ALAIN MITA < PT eT OP WRIT Ae on ee LG KEERLTETEREEZERTTETET SEIT eee me ee PIE IE TEE ZZ PAINS ea EL OT CEE ET LE) ene erty PP aren rarer Tie LE

ert my mca Fn enti a tn 8 ott RR hades ENDEN A une br a te ARTS BUREN NE ra N A Nr NEN MATE EEE SP en eet OR ARG DITES wien CREER PERLE ON CNET ONE LP TE TT TELE EE LT PE

COTES CECILE TION x : ur nr: PTT EE ONCE re PEEVE NS 20 as Oe ELE Erlen unit rare ae sprdy ge RUE ES «ri , DEE IT ar ty Sheen ata ee TTC

Willner iol ry Mua fir EN Att : Mann à (Lg te 8 COPA tee db ered aS hein Veh re BEE ae NAN Sees A A Vp eae ve

adored rent vr ars RTS PRES TT PTE] tee te ie DE BR FEED EN ENET D DRE LORS ELEC EE der Th NC AVE GSES PUN ee LT CE) PORT AT Came ts

HE LAS an ee BE ee REDE A cae. tase livre tae girunudn wana bans oars tine hanes Ausser ducs cms qe tre yew NOS Vm AS ehh fy AGN Jr bantam EAN r sn

nds DER BITTEN leet wi x COCO Peed dtl DOTE LITE CODEC PTIT ET TE wen LE) He Fe nah LOS Coe LIEN TOR PATES 1 m AR M ean Te

an anni VER Lek ine ON we khaled dea be EES OEE DIET ELON EPS y WP CAN AA TEL ONE ED Cee ote a nee gett ETF bb it eu te (PCA ATEN en en idee à EU a ED Bef dl phe NED

PEER (A “ sw di 4 voa 4 b rp 5 PY es rea veto tte Ae ANETTE NAAR a Fe . « for we be J she 2 ; von a wot wide ae

Nad eva tare allen) DAE DA att MOLES Gere ae End P TPE as peu AE UES À ve evade, B rg ET y

à fate Paige LAVER Leste tee Vid LAD 2e 6 ANA. A CETTE ere met ht On a L MON In ee de eo ER ABTEI ee wae i PT Hea oe PL yy

NEMO) N MP ERPERTLUTER: PETITE ENT ET REC EEE ER EU LH CE awe nace ae as 5 2 br. LL ho pis TOUS OR ETAT ENS tt ay tee

PETER TPE

CETTE h

nee

elwenununtnte

anni Ge TON CR ES ARS ps ao) SPA Va nan A ay A AVE De mur oben NE a Ge Per cent bes ote Cah Os enka wee Meet O2 Desa bye NÉ 0 PE PEL LES rm denn ur) museca eee

Kenne uni da CURE DA A Coa) I RIO IR Were eer eer ert tie TEST Cee , Vans CNET eae ABE TIP ER Ao eS EL ES diay Bel Da laser

Wunde sent sx SQL Angel ioe DRE AI AT STATE EE TIERE et Pen DETENTE CEE an eee Ce BB TANTE IL ROT TENTE PEL DEP TS Neb ate ey wae ley

PRESSE oar Ta en Rés and HA htivctesd cinta tea Or ep RIVER NTA oe eA NMS eee Oe Lee MULAN (NAL OT RECETTES ne Aa? elt LAE AS PLATE OSS UN Aha EL a NL EN MEN N AA nie ey EIER NR NER a ke Sara Kath labos

Ne ne NP Mn MN died aft Ve DEEE PALA NE MEN Baal en een ee Sree eee Beet anatase TEE > rea AVON En Chere \ MONTE TE EAU HER KO pra ee RARE

een PR Le nt dt Ga A LIEN at TS MTS NAS Ve REN IR OID AN D INN Ge EN ELF ur “ts Dei N N ner pt eng er ehe reas ss RATE ù 7.

RENTEN RMN DATA TU aa #2 LL LAN EPA À A nh DL Un NN EDER ANA PTE EVA Kuno por retenr ne att CET RTE RL PRET Vene han Pet Mg À ne CN à Pb inal es CAO TON CNP TEEN D metre et

RATER Kr Anne ata ELITE ELITE NIA FUNNY TOT x va PN TITLE TOWNER ae PM et pie vaste nee ree ENTRE CARRE ET LTD TETE TT ENT PANNES D DT CONTE TI TETE

ad wap Pan LdC nd PL Sn ED NA DE M ON Hh li MEN up d'u e PNA EE AURA Pas à em a ler NM REG une sath. neun ee PRET EN See mL ON ns me pr à dot PV Am she ER owy PIM AMERY DH ce en FORM Op LINE EN Bide ae

Seer err een olen EEE LET

OO A N nn

PORT ETES

DETTE end EI CEE

RPC TEE ENTEICET

FPT PEN TETE RECOTSAE ESPERANT PEN EEE

ONIN GAG engen en Dun neh rn t tae ety SWEET ee EE

EN en p

End ie bes eh

Swen a eed By

MILDE VERS me WN

ie wre Sa re hang

TE CET TPE TEE TNT NIRS N ty yatta oy

Be TS re SU eT ETES

Sayers bere

Vee ee ee NAM he

vie rari dy

nern

eee ET

Seer ain Cart rane TEE!

UV ORONO V OMEN ID TETE

a eer ae

vw.

. Saas

SO 9

u AUDI IV cee Ak AY

HANEY PN ee Ne vee

DR AT PSOE peeing

pier eet STR herent ee Pernt eee

ee ones

weet ttt

TUS ta EEE

Ci ee Er

MN ne

Nee

Cen ee

erry Catal ren aah ag 0

a ea dee eA TE ales Ds

DETTE ‘

Pee te eee

mama

Swen u ee DCR ‘ ee eet Pe de ou ) det

eh mi nen narur ren en eerie TEE CIO EI En \ ” D RUN sete rin vu

z ae wenn and wate wry pad ee She ee ee TO AC COCETREELET EC DEEE LOTERE LEE anus rat Arena VE ne

ee mn id - AVN ada den MUSES Uae TEEN EE PET arte eee ae ee en j N

x 4) TOR ETIENNE EP etter eke . weave unse. Me CAN

enr és HAE a IT AU ARE ETAT PET CU TE vn rd alin aa tee ce PATATE TEE RAT ME AN) Per MA trs

ny, Cae WANES TE LT IRON Serves SENDA IE emt ete he when Verne gebeten 7) DER TEILE Er PECL ee ere EP 4 ae

bh d nba en cag rar N sheath uses un DL Deer a nen ee EDER te ee eT ne AN PTT

TES K > El ae . waren an Mave d ed tthe udn ann am ne DET rg need glutton IM TEL EEE

wem) ur x Na i> PA tv QE AE , : «A

vas fu vr AAN N . . must CORTE EE COTE TEE DTA LS

RER TEE den CEE EN Cr PTIT TES PERF!

N an

LADA afl he erin Poa ewis erw Aber

es Ao vw tye egy nd 2 Br

And, N Fi RA bade eh RP ete Pr nues seb whe Jens ive

PTIT ET LICENCE TRE Ê .

win NE arg ns mn LES PPT EEE u... sine ETAT Cerr

Bene an EPS

een eine

evap ee

..r un. tm CRETE . tae

Pree errr OCT LOC ate

COLE Nr en TE TE Po TEILTE EEE nein ,

uen aie pr isetnnes pue FETTE. aitu mu es donna EI EEE Er er

; ee ee . D Nd wee dee Dre EL Eu nat we

nen one len ae wer euer Rel LAE RIEL SK TREE LE 5 wend ames Wa Tai

vr“ . rT Dm ALTRI GNA Fat te LEERE EZ EZ ris

" Key mu AA gare ples ge LOY MONA win wer

re ity oy ore va vi leas vertus u ps .

ihn DER EI Eu ts wee

van ae Me suc t seven honey ... etree + tae eee om, se MARS

Paie ci rn Mere À an nn pan ann un nen ren om te nun ° . wee on . una.

D . oo Perey D en NN ww WIR wen v TEEN 5 a et LES oa ae . so u. ' .. u... . < ‘ n stay rial send ’ toe

M AE En LMA NOL CTP ER EEE CANAL EL (OS QE 1 BO ER et bas aati ee ee at te eRe

4 ? IN TRY

7 +1

; yeh

‘a hs A £ iy 4 a ch

AR. | 1 u.

x (

NEA d | ISSN 0342-7536

ota

pidopterologica

A quarterly journal devoted to Palaearctic lepidopterology

Published by Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

SEL SOCIETAS EUROPAEA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA e.V.

CoUNCIL

President: Prof. Dr. Emilio Balletto Vice-President: Michael Fibiger

General Secretary: Dr. David Agassiz Treasurer: Manfred Sommerer

Membership Secretary: Willy ©. De Prins Editor: Alain Olivier

Ordinary Council Members: Dr. Christoph Hauser, Dr. Peter Huemer,

Dr. Jacques Lhonoré, Dr. Karel Spatenka, Steven Whitebread

COMMITTEES

Literature: Dr. Victor Sarto 1 Monteys

Habitat and Species Protection: Dr. Paul Waring

HONORARY MEMBERS

Jean Bourgogne (F), {Emmanuel de Bros (CH), Pamela Gilbert (GB),

Läszlö Gozmany (H), tJosef Klimesch (A), Zdravko Lorkovic (HR),

Esko Suomalainen (FIN), P. Sigbert Wagener (D)

Applications for membership, changes of address and orders for Nota lepidopte-

rologica back volumes and other literature should be sent to the treasurer. Subscriptions

should be paid to your country’s representative (see SEL-News 25) or to the treasurer:

SEL M. Sommerer, VolpinistraBe 72, D-80637 Miinchen, Germany

Postgiroamt Köln Nr. 1956 50-507

In Deutschland Einzahlungen/ Überweisungen auch auf das Bankkonto der SEL

bei Bayerische Vereinsbank (BLZ 700 202 70) Nr. 2692511 (German residents only).

Annual subscription fees (to be paid at the beginning of each year):

Ordinary members DEM 65.—

Corporate members DEM 80.—

Admission fee DEM 5.—

Overseas and mail charges DEM 15.—

Non-members and institutions may order Nota lepidopterologica through our agent:

Apollo Books Aps., Kirkeby Sand 19, DK-5771 Stenstrup, Denmark.

News. All items for SEI-News should be sent to Willy De Prins, Diksmuidelaan 176,

B-2600 Antwerpen, Belgium (e-mail: wdprins@innet.be).

For all other matters contact Dr. David Agassiz, SEL General Secretary, 23 St

James’s Road, Gravesend, Kent DAll OHF (phone: +44/1474-332193; e-mail:

DAgassiz@aol.com).

Printed by Imprimerie Universa Sprl, 24 Hoenderstraat, B-9230 Wetteren, Belgium

by no means, electronic or mechanical including photocopying, recording or any other information

storage and retrieval system, without written permission from the publisher. Authors are

responsible for the contents of their papers.

NOTA LEPIDOPIEROLOGICA

A journal of the Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

Published by Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

Vol. 21 No. 1 Basel, 08.111.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

Editorial Board

Editor: Alain Olivier, Lt. Lippenslaan 43, bus 14, B-2140 Antwerpen (B)

Assistant Editors: Dr. Roger L. H. Dennis (Wilmslow, GB),

Dr. Enrique Garcia-Barros (Madrid, E),

Dr. Christoph L. Häuser (Stuttgart, D), Dr. Ole Karsholt (Kobenhavn, DK),

Dr. Yuri P. Nekrutenko (Kiev, UA), Dr. Erik J. van Nieukerken (Leiden, NL),

Dr. Alexander Pelzer (Wennigsen, D)

Contents @ Inhalt e Sommaire

à eee eee >

LÖRTSCHER, M., GEIGER, H. & SCHOLL, A. A contribution to the

systematics of Alpine species of the genus Erebia (Nymphalidae:

LE ELLE... ee eee re 5

FiscHER, K. Population structure, mobility and habitat selection of

the butterfly Lycaena hippothoe (Lycaenidae: Lycaenini) in western

De ER eee cee ee 14

AISTLEITNER, E. & AISTLEITNER, U. Notizen zur Schmetterlingsfauna

der Insel Pantelleria (Italien, Sizilien) I: Diurna, Bombyces &

TULL PE ES ae RER ee 31

HUEMER, P. & KARSHOLT, O. A review of the Old World Scrobipalpula

(Gelechiidae), with special reference to central and northern Europe...... 37

LEIGHEB, G. & CAMERON-CURRY, V. Observations on the biology and

distribution of Pseudophilotes barbagiae (Lycaenidae, Polyommatini) 66

HÄUSER, C. L. & NEKRUTENKO, Y. P. Comments on “Nomina Lepi-

dopterorum nova” by S. K. Korb (Papilionidae, Nymphalidae) ......... 74

mmcmoram: Emilio BERTO (1905-1993)... 222... 85

Book REVIEWS @ BUCHBESPRECHUNGEN @ ANALYSES .00 87

XIth European Congress of Lepidopterology. Second announcement... 92

Nota lepid. 21 (1): 2-4; 08.11.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

Editorial

After 20 years, Nota lepidopterologica deserved a facelift.

Therefore, we are proud to present you a brand new layout from

this issue on. Over the past two years, I have aimed at keeping

up with publication schedule: in 1997, I again had to proceed

by publishing double issues, including a couple of own pa-

pers — especially in Vol. 20(3/4)! Some papers have awaited

publication for more than three years: the present issue includes

the last of these “old” manuscripts. This unfortunate state of

affairs has been the result of long delays caused by my predecessor,

as well as the taking over of editorship of this journal under

quite difficult circumstances. At present, this is past history and

the manuscripts I still have to publish yet at the moment are

far less than one year old. For the future, I take the solemnel

engagement at publishing any accepted paper within a normal

delay of one year, or eighteen months at the very most.

The editing of the Proceedings of the Lednice (1994) and

Madrid (1996) congresses remain the entire responsibility of

Steven E. Whitebread. At the time of writing this, they are still

not in print. At the last SEL Council Meeting, Steven stated

that he aimed at getting them out by the next congress. From

the next congress (Malle) on, we step down from editing separate

proceedings. Papers resulting from lectures presented at congresses

will be published in Nota, with a footnote stating “Lecture

presented at...”. Steven remains the responsible Editor of the

separate “Index of publications on European Lepidoptera”

(formerly “Bibliographia Europaea”).

For the future, we have the pleasure to announce to our

members and readership that we will substantially increase the

amount of colour plates in Nota lepidopterologica. These will

be entirely free of charge for authors who are also SEL members

and of about 50% of the costs for non-members. The numbers

of colour plates we will include will, of course, depend on the

number of appropriate manuscripts we receive, the justification

of a colour illustration in any particular case and — last but

not least — on the financial possibilities of SEL.

Although we have still enough manuscripts for the next issue,

this is not the case at present to fill even the whole of Vol. 21. I

therefore wish to demand expressly on any potential author not

to hesitate to send his manuscript right away to the Editor. The

future success of our journal largely depends on a regular flow

of (good) contributions. Our readers will have noted that Nota

lepidopterologica has published one paper dealing with a Neo-

tropical species last year. This will certainly not become a general

policy although, when really considered of great interest, a

publication dealing with non-Palaearctic Lepidoptera can be

accepted on occasion: this will, however, only apply to papers

submitted by SEL members.

I would like to draw attention to the new instructions for

authors, that are included on the inside back cover and to

highlight here expressly two practical points: please send any

paper on PC diskette (not Macintosh), together with a printed

version in triplicate and please do not send any registered mail!

The Belgian post works quite efficiently and you will save the

Editor a lot of unnecessary trouble.

I especially wish to appeal to lepidopterists from the French-

speaking community, who have largely remained, quite strikingly

and regrettably, absent from the scene, to consider Nota lepi-

dopterologica as a likely choice for publishing their papers. Over

the last two years I have consistentlty tried — as far as

manuscripts available to me permitted so — to present to our

readers a series of issues including not only taxonomic papers

about “Rhopalocera”, “Heterocera” and “Micro’s”, but also

dealing with quite different topics as ecology, biology, population

dynamics, faunistics and conservation, in a proportion as balanced

as possible for each. This trend is intended to be continued in

the future, as far as the type of manuscripts received will allow

so.

From now on, I will try to keep up with a regular publication

schedule, i.e. Nota becoming again a quarterly journal. The

present issue appears quite early, some weeks in advance of our

SEL Congress at Malle (Belgium) to be held on March 22-26

this year. Any suggestions from anybody — before, during or

after the Congress — will be gratefully acknowledged.

Last but not least, I wish to thank my team of Assistant

Editors, and in particular Dr. Yuri P. Nekrutenko who provided

a new page layout and compiled new instructions for the authors

in order to make Nota more “reader (and author) friendly”.

I hope our membership and readers will like the result.

Alain OLIVIER

Nota lepid. 21 (1): 5-13; 08.111.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

A contribution to the systematics of

Alpine species of the genus Erebia

(Nymphalidae: Satyrinae)

Mathias LöRTSCHER, Hansjürg GEIGER & Adolf SCHOLL

Zoologisches Institut der Universitat Bern, Abteilung Populationsbiologie,

Baltzerstrasse 3, CH-3012 Bern, Switzerland

Summary. The genetic relationships of 21 alpine Erebia species are investigated

by enzyme electrophoresis based on 15 enzyme loci. The results are presented

as a phenogram, using coefficients of genetic similarity I (Nei, 1972) as a

matrix for cluster analysis (UPGMA). High levels of genetic similarity are

found for 1. cassioides, nivalis and tyndarus, 2. pluto and gorge, 3. euryale

and manto, 4. aethiops and alberganus, 5. melampus and sudetica. Other

species or groups of species cluster at rather low levels of genetic similarity

(I = 0.60-0.40). The discussion includes a comparison with controversial spe-

cies groups suggested by other investigators.

Zusammenfassung. Die genetischen Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen zwischen 21

alpinen Arten der Schmetterlingsgattung Erebia wurden durch elektrophore-

tische Analyse von 15 Enzymloci untersucht. Die Resultate sind in Form eines

UPGMA-Phenogrammes, basierend auf einer Matrix von genetischen Ahn-

lichkeiten nach Nei (1972), dargestellt. Eine hohe genetische Ahnlichkeit wurde

zwischen folgenden Taxa beobachtet: 1. cassioides, nivalis und tyndarus,

2. pluto und gorge, 3. euryale und manto, 4. aethiops und alberganus, 5. me-

lampus und sudetica. Zwischen den restlichen Taxa oder Gruppen von Taxa

lagen die Ähnlichkeitswerte deutlich tiefer (I = 0.60-0.40). In der Diskussion

werden die erhaltenen Gruppierungen mit denjenigen anderer Autoren ver-

glichen.

Resume. Les relations génétiques entre 21 espéces alpines appartenant au genre

Erebia ont été établies sur base d’analyses électrophorétiques de 15 locus

d’enzymes. Les résultats sont présentés sous forme d’un phénogramme, obtenu

par agglomération hiérarchique (UPGMA) à partir de ressemblances géné-

tiques I (Nei, 1972) entre les taxons. Un haut degré de ressemblance génétique

est observé pour les taxons suivants: 1. cassioides, nivalis et tyndarus, 2. pluto

et gorge, 3. euryale et manto, 4. aethiops et alberganus, 5. melampus et

sudetica. Pour d’autres espèces ou groupes d’espèces ce degré de ressemblance

génétique est beaucoup plus faible (1 = 0.60-0.40). Dans la discussion, les

résultats obtenus pour les groupes d’espèces controversés sont comparés à

ceux de travaux d’autres auteurs.

Key words: Erebia, alpine species, genetic similarity, enzyme electrophoresis,

Europe.

Introduction

The genus Erebia Dalman, 1816 is one of the largest genera of

European butterflies. Most species live in alpine habitats, many of them

are endemic to the Alps and have a rather restricted range. A starting

point and a fundamental base of the Erebia study is still a monograph

of the genus by Warren (1936). More recently, the systematics received

considerable attention of an extended body of students (Lorkovic, 1975;

Roos & Arnscheid, 1979a, 1979b, 1980a, 1980b; Sonderegger, 1980;

Geiger & Rezbanyai, 1982; Lukhtanov, 1987; Lattes et al., 1992;

Cupedo, 1996, 1997), with special emphasis on the Alpine species. Roos

& Arnscheid (1979a) discussed certain speciation phenomena in this

genus and, based on morphological and ecological studies, sorted out

species complexes comprising “closer but not closest related species”.

Sonderegger (1980) arrived at controversial conclusions, working

mainly on characters of genitalia and the shape of the cremaster. A

different approach, the analysis of genetic relationships of the Erebia

species, based on data from enzyme electrophoresis, was published by

Geiger & Rezbanyai (1982) and Lattes er al. (1992). We have resumed

the former study and have increased the number of species investigated

and sample sizes analysed. As our investigation is continuing, however,

we feel the present data are of significance.

Material and methods

The taxa studied, origin of material and sample sizes are listed in

Table 1. With the exception of the E. meolans samples, the various

conspecific samples from Grindelwald were obtained several kilometers

apart, on spots separated by topographical and/or ecological barriers,

and can therefore be regarded as belonging to separate populations.

As the samples of meolans did not differ in their allelic frequencies,

they were pooled for further analysis. In addition to 21 Alpine species,

we have included E. epipsodea from Alaska. According to Warren

(1936), this species does not resemble any other species of the genus

and was therefore used as an outgroup. Specimens were stored in liquid

nitrogen or in a deep freezer until used for electrophoresis.

The electrophoretic methods are essentially those of earlier studies

in our laboratory (e.g. Scholl et al., 1978; Geiger & Scholl, 1985).

Table 1. Taxa investigated, origin and sample sizes (a, b, c refer to different

populations in the same area).

E. ligea (Linnaeus, 1758)

E. euryale isarica Heyne, 1895

E. manto ([Denis & Schiffer-

müller], [1775] )

E. flavofasciata Heyne, 1895

E. epiphron aetherius (Esper, [1805] )

E. pharte (Hübner, [1804] )

E. melampus (Fuessly, 1775)

E. sudetica Staudinger, 1861

E. aethiops (Esper, [1777] )

E. alberganus (de Prunner, 1798)

E. epipsodea Butler, 1868

E. pluto (de Prunner, 1798)

E. gorge (Hiibner, [1804] )

E. mnestra (Hübner, [1804] )

E. tyndarus (Esper, [1781] )

E. cassioides (Reiner &

Hohenwarth, 1792)

E. nivalis Lorkovic & de Lesse, 1954

E. pronoe vergy (Ochsenheimer, 1807)

E. montana (de Prunner, 1798)

E. oeme (Hübner, [1804] )

E. meolans stygne (Ochsen-

heimer, 1807)

E. pandrose (Borkhausen, 1788)

Sampling sites

Grindelwald BE

Campolungo-Pass TI

Grindelwald BE

Schwarzwaldalp BE

Grindelwald BE

Campolungo-Pass TI

Tok, Alaska

Grindelwald BE

Campolungo-Pass TI

Grindelwald BE

Schilthorn BE

Grindelwald BE

Schilthorn BE

Grindelwald BE

Campolungo-Pass TI

Grindelwald BE

Electrophoretic analysis of individual specimens was carried out in

vertical starch gels, using 13% starch (Connaught starch hydrolysed).

The enzyme assays followed standard procedures (e.g. Ayala et al.,

1972; Harris & Hopkinson, 1976). In some cases they were slightly

modified according to Scholl et al. (1978). The 15 following enzyme

loci were scored (EC number and number of loci are given in brackets):

adenylate kinase (EC 2.7.4.3; 2 loci), glycerol-3-phosphate dehydroge-

nase (EC 1.1.1.8; 1), aspartate aminotransferase (EC 2.6.1.1; 2), alanine

aminotransferase (EC 2.6.1.2; 1), hexokinase (2.7.1.1; 1), phosphogluc-

onate dehydrogenase (EC 1.1.1.44; 1), isocitrate dehydrogenase

(EC 1.1.1.42; 1), malate dehydrogenase (EC 1.1.1.37; 2), malic enzyme

(EC 1.1.1.40; 1), phosphoglucomutase (EC 5.4.2.2; 1), glucose-6-phos-

phate isomerase (EC 5.3.1.9; 1) and pyruvate kinase (EC 2.7.1.40; 1).

We have calculated coefficients of genetic identity resp. distance

according to Nei (1972, 1975) between all population samples. Based

on these matrices, phenograms were constructed using the neighbour-

joining (Saitou & Nei, 1987) and UPGMA (Sneath & Sokal, 1973)

algorithms.

Results and Discussion

In the upper regions of the tree topology, all four phenograms

analysed were nearly identical. In the lower regions however, the

topologies were quite different, without showing clear tendencies. We

therefore will restrict our discussion to the groupings observed in all

phenograms and present only the phenogram based on the measure

of Nei’s genetic identity (Nei, 1972) using the UPGMA cluster algorithm

(fig. 1).

Coefficients of genetic similarity which we found in comparisons of

conspecific populations ranged between I = 0.99 (e.g. E. meolans,

populations Grindelwald a and b; E. tyndarus, populations Grindel-

wald b and c) and I = 0.82 (E. sudetica, populations Grindelwald b

and c). Conspecific populations formed distinct clusters in the phen-

ogram. These clusters are not shown in fig. 1, since our main interest

here is to compare genetic similarities beyond the species level.

The highest level of genetic similarity (I = 0.92) is recorded for nivalis

and cassioides. This level is within the range observed in comparisons

of conspecific populations, as mentioned above. E. nivalis and cassioides

form a distinct cluster with tyndarus at the level of I = 0.80 (fig. 1,

left). In the study by Lattes et al. (1992), nivalis is considered to be

‘| 314

| 1U919175909 ION

01 80 90 v0 co

QE | 1 aol. 1 EE nn]

vaposdida

G—— Dsnpalu

—

DIADIA]

— 1181449

uo4ydıda

(6 ——— ajyapyd

pipı9aspfoanı/

6 : DOIJ2pns

et. sndwmjau

asoapupd

xÄls

aouoid

2s01puvd

6 aulao

supjoau

apdydisa

ajApv

ojpA.ınd

pası]

g — snupd4ag]p

sdoiylav

sıypanu

SAP1O1SSDI

SnADPUA]

1b DAISoUW

20108

ond

eIep °19104d0199[4

{(E0861) ployosury 9 sooy JO viep (0861) 1933919puog Jo rep

WRISOIPUSC - 2142414

sdnois soroods pigauq sdnoi3s soroods piqauy

the most distinct of the three species cassioides, tyndarus and nivalis.

However, the set of enzyme loci used in the two studies differs by

eight loci. In addition, at two loci that were analysed in both studies,

Lattes et al. (1992) found no activity for nivalis at two loci (ALAT

(= GPT) and AAT-2 (= GOT-2)) for which we found clearly inter-

pretable bands. Other species or groups of species usually cluster at

levels between I = 0.60 and I = 0.40. Slightly higher genetic similarities

are found for a) pluto and gorge, b) aethiops and alberganus, c) euryale

and manto and d) sudetica and melampus (fig. 1). On the other hand,

with respect to low levels of genetic similarity, it is of interest that

the species used as an outgroup, the Alaskan E. epipsodea, 1s clearly

isolated in the phenogram (fig. 1) from the European species. The taxa

pluto, gorge and mnestra form a cluster, which is separate from all

other European species investigated; however, the branching point of

mnestra in this cluster is very low (I = 0.37).

In figure 1, we have attempted to compare the results of our

electrophoretic investigation with groupings proposed by Roos &

Arnscheid (1980a) and Sonderegger (1980). It is obvious that there

are considerable discrepancies between the three studies and the

systematics of Erebia need further investigation before we can sort out

species groups. However, in order to describe the major discrepancies,

we will here use the species group names as in Sonderegger’s study

(1980) for reasons of convenience:

@ “pluto group” (7 in fig. 1). Electrophoretically, pluto and gorge show

rather high similarities, but they are quite different from mnestra

(even though these three taxa form a cluster in the phenogram)

and tyndarus | cassioides /nivalis. In Roos & Arnscheid’s studies

(1979a and 1980a) the six species are placed in three groups.

However, the grouping is not consistent with the electrophoresis

phenogram.

high electrophoretic similarities. However, in Sonderegger’s study

both species are separate from other species or species groups.

Roos & Arnscheid have grouped aethiops with members of the “Jigea

group” (a in fig. 1) and alberganus with oeme and medusa (h in

usa):

@ “ligea group” (1 in fig. 1). The taxa adyte and eriphyle were not

included in the electrophoretic survey. E. ligea, euryale and manto

form a compact cluster in the electrophoresis phenogram. Roos &

Arnscheid (1980a) have grouped /igea, euryale and adyte with

aethiops (a in fig. 1) and manto and eriphyle with melampus, sudetica

and pharte (b in fıg. 1).

@ “pandrose group” (9 in fig. 1). In the electrophoresis phenogram,

pandrose is separated from meolans and oeme. According to the

data of Roos & Arnscheid the three species are members of three

different groups.

@ “pronoe group” (8 in fig. 1). The data of Sonderegger are consistent

with Roos & Arnscheid. Electrophoretically, however, pronoe and

montana show very low similarities and both cluster with different

species in the phenogram. E. styx was not available for electrophoretic

analysis.

melampus and sudetica in this group. This is not supported by the

electrophoretic data. The grouping of Roos & Arnscheid is not

consistent with either of the other two approaches.

The traditional approach of the systematist is to infer relationships

from studies of phenotypic divergence of morphological characters. The

electrophoretic approach may appear identical, except that the div-

ergence is recorded at the molecular level. However, there are more

important differences which concern the “characters”, the enzyme

proteins: it is a sample of homologous proteins which is compared

over all taxa and which may be viewed as a sample of homologous

genes. It is important in this context to point out that the genetic

basis underlying the phenotypic change recorded is well understood.

There is increasing evidence that a major part if not all of this variation

is due to neutral or nearly neutral mutations. Therefore, the change

observed proceeds in a stochastic fashion (Kimura, 1983) and is not

governed by selective pressure. In fact, there is strong evidence that

the levels of genetic relationship of the taxa compared (more commonly

estimated in the literature as genetic distance D, which is related to

the genetic identity I which we have used by D = -In J) are related

to the time of divergence from a common gene pool (molecular clock

hypothesis) (Kimura, 1983; for a review see e.g. Berlocher, 1984).

We are well aware of the fact that a more reliable estimate of genetic

relationships requires the investigation of a large sample of homologous

proteins. However, working on a variety of organisms over years, one

experiences that trends may become evident from rather small samples

and we are very confident that the trends which are observed in this

survey will hold as the number of locı scored increases.

Acknowledgements

Peter Sonderegger pointed out suitable collecting sites and helped

in the identification. Heinrich Schiess provided distribution maps of

Erebia’s in the Grindelwald area. The comments of two anonymous

referees helped improve the contents of the article. Dr. H. D. Volkart

permitted access to the collections of the Museum of Natural History,

Berne. The Grindelwald-First-Bahn AG authorities offered free trans-

portation in the area. We gratefully acknowledge the competent

technical assistance of Mrs. V. Siegfried and Mrs. L. Frauchiger.

References

AvisE, J. C., 1974. Systematic value of electrophoretic data. — Syst. Zool.

23: 465-481.

AYALA, F. J., POWELL, J. R., TRACEY, M. L., Mourao, C. A. & PEREZ-

SALAS, S., 1972. Enzyme variability in the Drosophila willistoni group.

IV. Genetic variation in natural populations of Drosophila willistoni. —

Genetics 70: 113-139.

BERLOCHER, S. H., 1984. Insect Molecular Systematics. — A.Rev.Ent. 29:

403-433.

Cupebo, F., 1996. Die morphologische Gliederung des Erebia melampus-

Komplexes, nebst Beschreibung zweier neuer Unterarten: Erebia melampus

semisudetica ssp. n. und Erebia sudetica belledonnae ssp. n. (Lepidoptera,

„atyrıdae). — Nota lepid. 18(2) (1995): 95-125.

CupEvo, F., 1997. Die geographische Variabilität und der taxonomische Status

der “rebia manto bubastis-Gruppe, nebst Beschreibung einer neuen Unterart

(Nymphalidae: Satyrinae). — Nota lepid. 20(1/2): 3-22.

FERGUSON, A., 1980. Biochemical systematics and evolution. Blackie, Glasgow,

London.

GEIGER, H. J., 1981. Enzyme electrophoretic studies on the genetic relationships

of Pierid butterflies (Lepidoptera: Pieridae) 1. European taxa. —

J. Res. Lepid. 19: 181-195.

GEIGER, H. J. & REzBANYAI, L., 1982. Enzymelektrophoretische Untersu-

chungen über die Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen bei Erebia, mit besonderer

Berücksichtigung der Taxa euryale isarica Rühl und adyte Hübner (Lep.,

Satyridae). — Ent.Z. Frankf.a.M. 92: 49-63.

GEIGER, H. J. & ScHoLı, A., 1985. Systematics and evolution of holarctic

Pierinae (Lepidoptera). An enzyme electrophoretic approach. — Experientia

41: 24-29.

Harris, H. & Hopkinson, D. A., 1976. Handbook of enzyme electrophoresis

in human genetics. North-Holland, Amsterdam.

Kimura, M., 1983. The Neutral Theory of Molecular Evolution. Cambridge

University Press, Cambridge.

LATTES, A., Mensı, P., Cassuto, L. & BALLETTO, E., 1992. Genotypic

variability in western members of the Erebia tyndarus species group

(Lepidoptera, Satyridae). — Nota lepid. (Suppl.) 5: 93-104.

Lorkovic, Z., 1975. Karyologische Uebereinstimmung sibirischer und nord-

amerikanischer Erebia callias Edw. — Acta ent.jugosl. 11: 41-46.

LUKHTANOV, V. A., 1987. Systematics and phylogeny of Caucasian and

Siberian forms of the Erebia tyndarus group (Lepidoptera: Satyridae) with

regards for caryological data. — Zool. Zh. 66: 692-701.

Nel, M., 1972. Genetic distance between populations. — Am.Nat. 106:

283-292. |

Neı, M., 1975. Molecular Population Genetics and Evolution. American

Elsevier, New York.

Roos, P. & ARNSCHEID, W., 1979a. Aspekte der Oekologie und Zoogeographie

der europäischen Erebien. — Atalanta (Würzburg) 10: 298-309.

Roos, P. & ARNSCHEID, W., 1979b. Die präimaginalen Merkmale von Erebia

pandrose Borkhausen und Bemerkungen zu den Verwandtschafts-verhält-

nissen in der E. pandrose-Gruppe (Lep.: Satyrıdae). — Ent.Z.Franf. a.M.

89: 209-219.

Roos, P. & ARNSCHEID, W., 1980a. Verwandtschaftsgrade der Erebien?

Missverständnisse und Fehlinterpretationen in der Arbeit von Sonder-

egger. — Atalanta (Würzburg) 11: 124-128.

Roos, P. & ARNSCHEID, W., 1980b. Ergänzungen zur Arbeit “Aspekte der

Oekologie und Zoogeographie der europäischen Erebien”. — Atalanta

(Würzburg) 11: 129-130.

Saitou, N. & Nei, M., 1987. The neighbor-joining method: A new method

for reconstructing phylogenetic trees. — Mol. Biol. Evol. 4: 406-425.

SCHOLL, A., CoRZILLIUS, B. & Vırıwock, W., 1978. Beitrag zur Verwandt-

schaftsanalyse altweltlicher Zahnkarpfen der Tribus Aphaniini (Pisces,

Cyprinodontidae) mit Hilfe elektrophoretischer Untersuchungsme-

thoden. — Z.zool. Syst. Evolut.-forsch. 16: 116-132.

SNEATH, P. H. A. & SoKAL, R. R., 1973. Numerical Taxonomy. W. H.

Freeman & Co., San Francisco.

SONDEREGGER, P., 1980. Verwandtschaftsgrade der Erebien. — Eine Erwide-

rung. — Atalanta (Würzburg) 11: 120-123.

WARREN, B. C. S., 1936. Monograph of the Genus Erebia. Trustees of the

British Museum (Natural History), London.

Nota lepid. 21 (1): 14-30; 08.111.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

Population structure, mobility and habitat

selection of the butterfly Lycaena hippothoe

(Lycaenidae: Lycaenini) in western Germany

Klaus FISCHER

An der Hofwiese 6, D-56457 Westerburg, Germany

Summary. Mark-release-recapture techniques were used to study a population

of the butterfly Lycaena hippothoe (Linnaeus, 1761). The flight period lasted 32

days with a peak in early July. The sex-ratio changed with brood aging: males

were in the majority early in the flight season, while females predominated

at the end of flight. The population size (total number of brood) was estimated

at about 600 individuals, equivalent to a density of 68 individuals/ hectare.

The average adult residence time was 7 days. Both sexes exhibited limited

dispersal, with average individual ranges of about 100 metres. Dispersal varied

among sexes, probably due to behavioural differences.In the study area moist

meadows with flowering nectar source plants are the favoured habitats; the

species, however, is not restricted to those biotopes. At least in mountain

areas, L. hippothoe is able to utilize a fairly wide range of biotopes. Due

to a dramatic loss of occupied habitats, conservation measures are seriously

needed. Suggestions for habitat management include extensive grazing or

mowing, but with retention of some unmanaged areas.

Zusammenfassung. Eine Population von Lycaena hippothoe (Linnaeus, 1761)

wurde in Form einer Fang-Wiederfang-Analyse untersucht. Die Flugperiode

reichte vom 22.06. bis zum 23.07.1995 (32 Tage), das Populationsmaximum

wurde Anfang Juli erreicht. Das Geschlechterverhältnis verschob sich von den

zunächst dominierenden Männchen zugunsten der Weibchen. Die Größe der

Population wird auf ca. 600 Individuen geschätzt, die Abundanz beträgt ca.

68 Ind./ha. Die Mindestlebensspanne liegt bei durchschnittlich 7 Tagen. Beide

Geschlechter zeigten ein eingeschränktes Dispersal mit Durchschnittsentfer-

nungen von etwa 100 Metern. Geschlechtsspezifische Unterschiede werden mit

abweichenden Verhaltensmustern erklärt. Im Untersuchungsgebiet werden

blütenreiche Calthionbestände bevorzugt, woraus keine Beschränkung auf

Feuchtgebiete abzuleiten ist. Es wird ausdrücklich auf eine breitere ökologische

Amplitude, bezogen auf den Faktor “Feuchte”, in montan getönten Gebieten

hingewiesen, als dies bisher angenommen wurde. Aufgrund der alarmierenden

Bestandsrückgänge sind spezielle Schutzmaßnahmen dringend erforderlich.

Als Pflegemaßnahme für die Habitate wird eine extensive Grünlandnutzung

(Mahd, Beweidung) unter Belassung von Brachestreifen vorgeschlagen.

Résumé. Les techniques de marquage-recapture furent utilisées pour étudier

une population du papillon Lycaena hippothoe (Linné, 1761). La période de

vol s’etale sur 32 jours avec un pic au début juillet. La sex-ratio évolue avec

l’âge de la génération: les mâles volent en majorité en début de saison alors

que les femelles prédominent a la fin. L’effectif de la population (nombre

total d’éclosions) a été estimé à environ 600 individus, équivalent a une densité

de 68 individus/hectare. La moyenne de vie des adultes est de 7 jours. Les

deux sexes ont des capacités de dispersion limitées, avec une moyenne par

individu d’environ 100 mètres. Ce pouvoir de dispersion varie selon les sexes,

certainement dü a des differences de comportement. Dans cette étude les

habitats favorables sont des prairies humides avec des plantes nectariferes;

l’espece n’est cependant pas limitée à ces biotopes. Dans les zones montagneuses

au moins, L. hippothoe est capable d’utiliser un spectre d’habitats plus large.

En raison d’une régression dramatique des habitats qu’il occupe, des mesures

de conservation sont rapidement nécessaires. Les suggestions pour l’aménage-

ment incluent le pâturage extensif ou la fauche, mais avec la conservation

de zones non entretenues.

Key words: Lycaenidae, Lycaena hippothoe, populations, habitat, Germany.

Introduction

Lycaena hippothoe (Linnaeus, 1761) is a widespread butterfly,

ranging from northern Spain in the west throughout much of the

northern Palaearctic region eastwards to the easternmost parts of

Siberia and China (Ebert & Rennwald, 1991). In southern and central

Europe, the species is distributed more locally in wetlands and mountain

areas, where it used to be abundant (e.g. Forster & Wohlfahrt, 1984).

In the past few decades, however, L. hippothoe populations in Central

Europe have dramatically declined and local or even regional extinctions

have occurred in some areas (e.g. Beuret, 1953; Ebert & Rennwald,

1991; Reinhardt & Thust, 1991, 1993). As with many relatively

widespread and previously common butterflies, scientific interest in L.

hippothoe has been poor. Accordingly, detailed published information

about its ecology and habitat requirements is almost non-existent,

although such knowledge is crucial for specific and effective conservation

measures (e.g. Clark & Seebeck, 1990). This paper aims at filling this

gap.

Materials and methods

Study site. The study was carried out in the Westerwald area (western

Germany; elevation 580 m) on a former pasture (area = 12.5 ha). After

having been abandoned, the pasture had been widely drained and

afforestated with spruce trees (fig. 1). Aisles of about 10 metres in width

be EAN Bir] ol cu lage a

Dae te

Fig. 1. Lycaena hippothoe: study site parameters.

a — schematic map of the study site (hatching: conifer forests; grid size 50 m);

b — observation numbers per square; c — movements of Lycaena hippothoe

between recent and subsequent capture.

separate the different afforestations. Adjacent areas are still used as

pastures, smaller ones are lying fallow. The climate can be characterized

as oceanic, cold and humid (precipitation > 1000 mm/ year, average

temperature/ year 6 °C, cf. Sabel & Fischer, 1992).

Field methods. To carry out a mark-release-recapture analysis the

population was sampled daily between June 22 and July 26, 1995.

For practical reasons, the area was divided first in 50 X 50 m quadrats.

The adults captured were given unique marks using a permanent ink,

felt tip pen and immediately released at the point of capture. To obtain

information on population structure, adult mobility and habitat

requirements each capture was accompanied by a record including date,

number of mark, sex, position of capture (50 X 50 m grid), vegetation

height and quantity of flowering plants at the point of capture,

behaviour at the moment of encounter, and, if required, nectar source

plant. The quantity of flowering plants was subjectively assessed on

a relative scale comprising four classes (ranging from absent to very

good).

Data analysis. The daily population sizes were calculated according

to Jolly (1965), as this method allows survival rates to vary from day

to day (Begon, 1979; Southwood, 1976). The population size (total

number of brood) was calculated using three different methods (Watt

et al., 1977; Matsumoto, 1984; Kockelke et al., 1994). The estimation

of density is based on different methods as well: (1) absolute density

(minimum density, using the number of marked individuals during

flight period), (2) maximum density observed (using the day with the

highest record of observed individuals), (3) density based on the

estimated total number of brood. The calculations refer to the number

of grid-areas (2500 m2) with at least one record during flight period (1, 3),

or, respectively, during the day with the highest record of observed

individuals (2). For calculation of the “minimum number alive” see

Blower et al. (1981). As a measure of mobility the shortest distance

between the places of capture and recapture (centres of 50 m squares)

was used. Therefore, this measure does not give information about

the butterflies’ actual flight pattern. Individual home ranges were

determined by the minimum area method (Southwood, 1976), using

only data of individuals observed at least four times. For information

on the statistical methods used (Mann-Whitney U-test, chi-square

procedures) see Zöfel (1992).

Results

Capture results. 371 individuals (211 males, 160 females) of Lycaena

hippothoe were captured, together with 392 recaptures (326 males, 66

females): this leads to a total number of 763 observations. The sex-

ratio of marked males to females (1.3: 1) was not significantly different

from an expected sex-ratio of 1: 1 (X? aan = 3.52). Among the recaptures

a strong male bias can be witnessed (highly significant difference

compared to the capture results; x*jjg) = 63.19, p< 0.0001). The

recapture rate (in per cent of marked individuals) was 46.4%, with

a higher rate for males compared to females (58.3% compared to 30.6%;

U = 10699.5, p < 0.0001; N, = 211, N, = 160).

Adults of L. hippothoe were observed between June 22 and July

23, 1995. Hence, the flight period lasted at least 32 days in 1995 (note

the late start of the study). The highest number of observations was

recorded on July 4. Along with the state of phenology, weather

conditions are important for observation figures (fig. 2). The sex-ratio

changed with brood aging: males were in the majority early in the

flight season (sex-ratio 4.7: 1 in the first 10 days), while females

predominated at the end of flight (sex-ratio 0.6: 1 in the last 10 days;

highly significant difference between first and last 10 days, x?(;4) = 55.19,

p < 0.0001; fig. 3).

Minimum residence time. The highest records of minimum residence

time were 19 days (male) and 18 days (female), respectively. The average

residence time was 7.6 ( 4.6) days (median 8) for males and 5.3 (+ 4.2)

days (median 6) for females. This sex-related difference is significant

(U = 2081.0, p = 0.0019; N, = 122, N, = 49).

Minimum number alive, population size and density. The minimum

number alive again reveals the phenological development of the

population, but without weather-related “gaps” (fig. 4a). The population

sizes, according to Jolly (1965), give the estimated numbers per day.

According to the calculations, the largest daily population size (315

individuals) occurred on July 8 (fig. 4b). The total number of the brood

was estimated at about 600 individuals, the concomitant density at

68 individuals/ hectare (table 1).

Table 1. Total number of the brood and population

density of Lycaena hippothoe according to different

methods.

Total number | Density

of brood ind./ha

WATT et al. (1977) 594

Matsumoto (1984) 555

KockELke et al. (1994) 632

Average 1-3 594

Absolute density

Maximum density observed

Mobility and home range. The majority of individuals remained in

the vicinity of the point where they had been captured previously (fig. 5).

77.6% of the recorded distances were less than 100 metres. The average

distance covered was 52.7 (+ 58.4) metres (median 50). Males were

found to be more stationary in comparison to females (46.9 (+ 54.4)

m compared with 80.9 (+ 69.0) m; significant difference: U = 7315.0,

9. / wbsjj

(%) Sejewu pus

CJ individuals

aS |||

I A

763).

mn nn

m — — mn ee)

ne men

RE)

cD)

‚Ss

Gey

esse. — (ar

(au

cer”

[er

‚ob

TN A

sjenpinipu!

(as)

(ao)

BS)

(ao)

Kun

(D)

—

[er

(au

cD)

(au

(D)

(ap)

‘a

(western Germany) in 1995 (N

Fig. 3. Change of sex-ratio and trend of males, according to the method

of the “smallest quadrats”, during flight season. Irregularities towards the end

of flight are due to small absolute numbers.

individuals

Fig. 4. Population size of Lycaena hippothoe in a population studied in the

Westerwald area 1995: a — minimum number alive; b — estimates of the

daily population sizes, according to Jolly (1965), with standard deviation.

distance inm

Fig. 5. Relative frequency (%) of registered movements for males and females

(N = 391). Sex-specific differences in the average distances covered are highly

significant.

p < 0.0001; N, = 325, N, = 66). The largest distance, 325 metres, was

covered by two individuals, one of each sex. A rank correlation

(Spearman’s) showed no association between the distance covered and

the time elapsed between capture and recapture.

When one adds up the respective distances covered by each individual

(for multiple recaptures) the results will, of course, shift to higher

figures. The average distance increases to 118.2 (+ 82.6) m (median

100 m; N = 170), the largest distance amounts to 575 m (female). Most

individual home ranges were between 1000 and 4000 m? (average 3804

(+ 2459), median 2488 m?; N = 26). Probably due to the higher

vagrancy, home ranges of females are larger than those of males, which

is indicated by a medium size of 4725 m? (females; N = 2) compared

to 3728 m? (males, N = 24), but due to poor data this could not

be proven.

Behavioural aspects. Sex-specific differences in behaviour were highly

significant. Observations showed that males were less frequently “flying”

(55% compared to 65%) and more frequently “feeding” (32% compared

to 16.4%; x%4n = 16.93, p = 0.00004; N = 651). Oviposition was

observed nine times on sorrel (Rumex acetosa).

Habitat use. The vegetation of the study area, apart from conifer

forests, consisted of unimproved, semi-humid grassland and different

kinds of wetland (plant communities: Polygalo-Nardetum, Deschampsia

cespitosa-Polygonum bistorta association, Festuco-Cynosuretum, Junce-

tum acutiflori). In the study area, Lycaena hippothoe preferred moist

meadows with flowering nectar source plants. Males, however, seemed

to have a stronger preference for dense areas of flowering plants than

females (average 2.9 (£ 0.7) compared with 2.7 (+ 0.7); U = 52821.0,

p = 0.0018; N, = 537, N, = 226).

Adults fed on 17 different plant species (fig. 6). Polygonum bistorta

played the most important role as nectar source (59.8% of feeding

events). Other important plants were Ranunculus repens, R. acris,

Cirsium palustre and Knautia arvensis. Significant sex-related differences

manifested themselves in the use of certain nectar source plants, e.g.

Polygonum bistorta, Cirsium palustre and Knautia arvensis (chi-square-

test, p < 0.05).

Polygonum bistorta

Ranunculus repens

Cirsium palustre

Ranunculus acns

Knautia arvensis

Arnica montana

Cardamine pratensis

Centaurea jacea

Chrysanthemum leucanthemum

Crepis paludosa

Veronica chamaedrys

Vicia cracca : O females in per cent

Vicia sepium ; : EM males in per cent

Tnfolium repens

Galium uligonosum

Galium harcynicum

Achillea millefolium

30 40

per cent

Fig. 6. Relative frequency (%) of feeding events on nectar source plants for

males and females (N = 209). Significant sex-specific differences occurred in

the use of Polygonum bistorta, Cirsium palustre and Knautia arvensis.

Most observations of adults took place at vegetation heights ranging

from 50 to 90 cm (average 68 (+ 21) cm, median 60 cm; fig. 7). Females

preferred lower vegetation (62 (+ 22) cm compared to 70 (+ 21) cm;

U = 28630.0, p = 0.002; N, = 537, N, = 226).

M males in per cent |__.

Ol females in per cent|...

oO oO ©

= oO wo

— — —

[®) oO oO

(o>) = o

N — —

A A

vegetation height in cm

Fig. 7. Relative frequency of observations in relation to vegetation height

for males and females (N = 763). Females preferred significantly lower

vegetation compared to males.

Discussion

Capture results. The surplus of males agrees with the results of other

comparable field studies. Male butterflies are commonly observed to

outnumber females (Ehrlich, 1984; see also Lederhouse, 1983 and

Warren, 1987). The recapture rate agrees more or less with the results

of other studies (e.g. Geissler & Settele, 1990; Pauler et al., 1995;

Scott & Opler, 1975) and may, within this scope, be regarded as typical

for sedentary species such as L. hippothoe. Lower recapture rates for

females are probably due to behavioural differences in addition to

higher dispersal rates (see below; see also Tabashnik, 1980 and Scott,

1974).

In general, the species is on the wing from mid-June to mid-July

(e.g. Bergmann, 1952; Brockmann, 1989). The flight period depends

on the elevation. At low altitudes it begins in early June or even late

May, in mountain areas it starts and ends later on depending on the

altitude (Ebert & Rennwald, 1991). The results presented here (June 22

to July 23) agree with the information given above; the real flight

period, however, is supposed to be at least 40 days. In all likelihood,

the species was on the wing a week before the study started. This

presumption is confirmed by the fact that some females, which usually

emerge a week after the males (Bergmann, 1952; Weidemann, 1995),

could be observed right at the beginning of field work. Therefore,

protandry could not be confirmed, but the resulting shift of sex-ratio

during flight period, well known also for many other butterflies (e.g.

Fischer, 1996; Watt er al., 1977, Wright, 1983), could be witnessed.

The average residence times ascertained in this study agree with other

results on lycaenid butterflies (e.g. Fischer, 1996; Scott, 1973;

Scott & Opler, 1975). The shorter residence time of females is probably

linked to the lower recapture rate, due to different behavioural patterns

and should not, therefore, be interpreted as an actual difference.

Population size and mobility. The total number of the brood (about

600 individuals) is, at this scale, typical for closed butterfly populations;

they usually are any number from a few hundred to a few thousand

individuals (Ehrlich, 1984; see also Fischer, 1996; Warren er al., 1986;

Watt et al., 1977). The density is only intermediate, far higher figures

are known for other lycaenids (e.g. Scott, 1975; Fischer, 1996).

Nevertheless, the data collected indicate that L. hippothoe is spatially

fairly restricted.

The short average distances as well as the distribution of distances

moved are also indicators of the sedentary nature of L. hippothoe.

However, the area of the present study is small, and it is likely that

distances are underestimated (also due to mark-release-recapture me-

thods). Recent studies show that at least single individuals of so-called

sedentary species can migrate considerable distances up to some

kilometres (e.g. Dennis & Bardell, 1996; Settele et al., 1996). The sex-

specific differences are likely to be related to different behavioural

patterns (see Lederhouse, 1982; Scott, 1975; Shreeve, 1992). Males seem

to display — at least temporarily — territorial behaviour (perching),

while the behaviour of females is determined by the search for

Oviposition sites. Other lycaenids with male perching behaviour are

also known for their poor mobility with corresponding higher figures

for females (Douwes, 1975; Fischer, 1996; Scott, 1974; Thomas, 1985).

Behavioural aspects and habitat use. The sex-related differences in

behavioural patterns between males and females concerning “feeding”

and “flying” could be explained by the choice of perch sites (males;

higher feeding frequency, see below) and the search of oviposition sites

(females; higher flying frequency).

The observations on oviposition behaviour show that females laid

their eggs on sorrel, although knot grass (Polygonum bistorta) is far

more abundant in the study area. It should be critically examined,

whether L. hippothoe actually utilizes Polygonum bistorta as a host

plant, as maintained in several publications (e.g. Forster & Wohlfahrt,

1984; Henriksen & Kreutzer, 1982). This, probably, is not the case

in Central Europe.

The favoured habitats in the study area were moist meadows with

flowering plants, which was probably due to the richness of flowering

nectar plants in this specific biotope during flight period. In contrast

to some bibliographical references (e.g. Beuret, 1953; Forster &

Wohlfahrt, 1984), however, the species is not restricted to those

biotopes, although wetland is likely to be its favoured one. Its ecological

amplitude (regarding the humidity of biotopes) certainly is far higher

than assumed at present. At least in mountain areas, L. hippothoe

is able to use a fairly wide range of even drier, extensively managed

grassland biotopes such as unimproved, nutrient-poor grassland

(Fischer, 1994; see Ebert & Rennwald, 1991). The somewhat inaccurate

assessments are probably due to regional differences. Indeed, at low

altitudes the species seems to be restricted to wetland, whereas at

(preferred) higher altitudes this is not the case. The differences are

presumably caused by climatic factors.

The female’s preference for lower vegetation can be attributed to

a greater availability of plants for oviposition. Eggs were laid exclusively

on plants that rose above the surrounding vegetation. The stronger

preference for dense areas of flowering nectar plants by males contradicts

the results of other studies on lycaenids (Douwes, 1975; Fischer, 1996;

Sharp & Parks, 1973), the possible reason being that males tend to

take up perch sites near or even in dense zones of flowering plants

in order to wait for females to frequent these plants for feeding.

However, knowledge on behavioural patterns, sex-specific differences

in reproductive strategies, and their variation within and between

populations of L. hippothoe is still poor.

The choice of nectar source plants is fairly opportunistic. The sex-

related differences seem to be caused by phenological reasons rather

than intrinsic sex preferences.

Nature Conservation

Due to the dramatic decline of L. hippothoe in Central Europe,

specific conservation measures are seriously needed. In northern

Germany, the species has already become regionally extinct (e.g.

Reinhardt & Thust, 1993). The following reasons are responsible for

the decline (e.g. Brockmann, 1989; Ebert & Rennwald, 1991; Rein-

hardt & Thust, 1991; SBN, 1988):

e amelioration, fertilization, drainage, overgrazing, early mowing, and

the resulting lack of nectar sources;

@ afforestation of grassland;

@ succession on fallow land;

@ treatment of sorrel as pasture weed.

For these reasons there is an urgent need for conservation measures,

aiming specifically at the protection (or restoration) of habitats.

Because, in Central Europe, the species lives mainly in agricultural

areas, habitat management is necessary (e.g. Ebert & Rennwald, 1991;

Fischer, 1994; Meineke, 1982). Therefore, an analysis of reproductive

success in relation to different kinds of management is required. From

the perspective of nature conservation two measures would be adequate:

mowing during flight period (egg laying can then occur in already mown

areas, see Ebert & Rennwald, 1991) or in autumn (see Meineke, 1982),

following the onset of caterpillar hibernation, or extensive grazing. It

is also possible that fallow land is a decisive factor for reproduction

(see Ebert & Rennwald, 1991; SBN, 1988), but this requires confir-

mation. For the time being, extensive mowing in summer or autumn,

rotational mowing or extensive grazing, excluding various unmanaged

areas, can be recommended for habitat management. However, much

more work has to be done to give clear guidelines with confidence.

Acknowledgements

The author wishes to thank Simone Dochnahl, Angelika Fischer-

Munsch (both Westerburg, Germany), and Peter Zöfel (University of

Marburg) for assisting in data analysis, Heiko Stahl and Erin Goodman

(both Mainz) for their support with the translation, Prof. Dr. Konrad

Fiedler (University of Bayreuth) and an unknown reviewer for critical

comments on the manuscript, and the Koblenz district government

for granting permission to pursue this study.

References

BEGON, M., 1979. Investigating animal abundance: capture-recapture for

biologists. — Willmer Brothers Limited, Birkenhead/ Merseyside.

BERGMANN, A., 1952. Die Großschmetterlinge Mitteldeutschlands. — Urania,

Jena. 495 S.

BEURET, H., 1953. Die Lycaeniden der Schweiz, I. Teil Lycaeninae (Feuer-

falter). — Basel. XIII+106 p.

BLOWER, J. G., Cook, L. M. & BisHop, J. A., 1981. Estimating the size

of animal population. — Allen & Unwin, London.

BROCKMANN, E., 1989. Schutzprogramm fiir Tagfalter in Hessen (Papilionoidea

und Hesperioidea). — Unpubl. report by order of the Stiftung Hessischer

Naturschutz. Reiskirchen. 707 S.

CLARK, I. W. & SEEBECK, J. H., 1990. Management and conservation of

small populations. — Zoological Society, Chicago. 295 p.

Dennis, R. L. H. & BARDELL, P., 1996. The impact of extreme weather

events on local populations of Hipparchia semele (L.) (Nymphalidae) and

Plebejus argus (L.) (Lycaenidae): hindsight, inference and lost opportu-

nities. — Entomologist’s Gaz. 47: 211-225.

Douwes, P., 1975. Distribution of a population of the butterfly Heodes

virgaureae. — Oikos 26: 332-340.

EBERT, G. & RENNWALD, E. (eds.), 1991. Die Schmetterlinge Baden-Würt-

tembergs. Band 2. Tagfalter II. — Eugen Ulmer, Stuttgart. 535 S.

EHRLICH, P. R., 1984. The structure and dynamics of butterfly populations.

In: VANE-WRIGHT, R. I. & ACKERY, P.R. (eds.): The Biology of Butter-

flies. — Academic Press, London. Symp. R.ent.Soc. London 11: 25-40.

FISCHER, K., 1994. Lilagold-Feuerfalter (Lycaena hippothoe Linnaeus, 1761).

In: FIiscHER, K. & Kunz, M.: Grünland-Leitarten des Westerwaldes — Ver-

breitung, Lebensraumansprüche, Gefährdung, Schutz, S. 69-84. — Unpubl.

thesis by order of the Landesamt für Umweltschutz und Gewerbeaufsicht

Rheinland-Pfalz.

FISCHER, K., 1996. Populationsstruktur, Mobilität und Habitatpräferenzen

des Blauschillernden Feuerfalters Lycaena helle Denis & Schiffermüller,

1775 (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) in Westdeutschland. — Diploma thesis,

Univ. Marburg. 118 + 30 S.

FORSTER, W. & WOHLFAHRT, T. A., 1984. Die Schmetterlinge Mitteleuropas.

Volume 2. 3. Aufl. — Franckh, Stuttgart. 180 S.

GEISSLER, S. & SETTELE, J., 1990. Zur Ökologie und zum Ausbreitungsver-

halten von Maculinea nausithous, Bergsträsser 1779 (Lepidoptera, Lycae-

nidae). — Verh. westd. entom. Tag Düsseldorf 1989: 187-193.

HENRIKSEN, H. J. & Kreutzer, I. B., 1982. The butterflies of Scandinavia

in nature. — Skandinavisk Bogforlag, Odense. 215 p.

JoLLy, G. M., 1965. Explicit estimates from capture-recapture data with both

death and immigration-stochastic model. — Biometrika 52: 225-247.

KOCKELKE, K., HERMANN, G., KAULE, G., VERHAAGH, M. & SETTELE, J.,

1994. Zur Autökologie und Verbreitung des Kreuzenzian-Ameisenblaulings,

Maculinea rebeli. — Carolinea 52: 93-109.

LEDERHOUSE, R. C., 1982. Factors affecting equal catchability in two

swallowtail butterflies, Papilio polyxenes and P glaucus. — Ecol.Ent. 7:

379-383.

Matsumoto, K., 1984. Population dynamics of Luehdorfia japonica Leech

(Lepidoptera Papilionidae). A preliminary study on the adult popula-

tion. — Res.popul. Ecol. 26: 1-12.

Meineke, J. U., 1982. Einige Aspekte des Moor-Biotopschutzes für

Großschmetterlinge am Beispiel moorbewohnender Großschmetterlingsarten

in Südwestdeutschland. — Telma 12: 85-98. Hannover.

PAULER, R., KAULE, G., VERHAAGH, M. & SETTELE, J., 1995. Untersuchung

zur Autökologie des Schwarzgefleckten Ameisenbläulings, Maculinea arion

(Linnaeus 1758) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae), in Südwestdeutsch-

land. — Nachr.ent. Ver. Apollo, N.F. 16(2/3): 147-186.

REINHARDT, R. & THUST, R., 1991. Rote Liste mit Gefährdungsanalyse der

Tagfalter Sachsens. /n: Institut für Landesforschung und Naturschutz

Arbeitsgruppe Dresden (ed.): Rote Liste der Großpilze, Moose, Farn- und

Blütenpflanzen sowie Wirbeltiere und Tagfalter im Freistaat Sachsen. S.

105-135.

REINHARDT, R. & THUST, R., 1993. Zur Entwicklung der Tagfalterfauna

1981-1990 in den ostdeutschen Ländern mit einer Bibliographie der

Tagfalterliteratur 1949-1990 (Lepidoptera, Diurna). — Neue ent. Nachr. 30:

1-281.

SABEL, K.-J. & FISCHER, E., 1992. Boden- und vegetationsgeographische

Untersuchungen im Westerwald. — Frankfurter geowissenschaftliche Ar-

beiten D7: 268 S.

SBN (Schweizerischer Bund fiir Naturschutz), 1987. Tagfalter und ihre

Lebensräume. Arten-Gefährdung-Schutz. — Basel. 516 S.

SCOTT, J. A., 1973. Lifespan of butterflies. — J. Res. Lepid. 12: 225-230.

SCOTT, J. A., 1974. Population biology and adult behaviour of Lycaena arota

(Lycaenidae). — J. Lepid.Soc. 28: 64-75.

Scott, J. A, 1975. Flight patterns among eleven species of diurnal Lepido-

ptera. — Ecology 56: 1367-1377.

SCOTT, J. A. & OPLER, P. A., 1975. Population biology and adult behaviour

of Lycaena xanthoides (Lycaenidae). — J. Lepid.Soc. 29: 63-66.

SETTELE, J., HENLE, K. & BENDER, C., 1996. Metapopulation und Biotop-

verbund: Theorie und Praxis am Beispiel von Tagfaltern und Repti-

lien. — Z. Okol. Naturschutz 5: 187-206.

SHARP, M. A. & Parks, D. R., 1973. Habitat selection and population

structure in Plebejus saepiolus Boisduval (Lycaenidae). — J. Lepid. Soc. 27:

17-21.

SHREEVE, T. G., 1992. Adult behaviour. Jn: Dennis, R. L. H.: The Ecology

of Butterflies in Britain. — University Press, Oxford, New York, Tokyo.

pp. 22-45.

SOUTHWOOD, T. R. E., 1976. Ecological methods. 2nd ed. — Chapman and

Hall, London, New York. 524 p.

TABASHNIK, B., 1980. Population structure of pierid butterflies. III. Pest

populations of Colias philodice eriphyle. — Oecologia 47: 175-183.

Tuomas, C. D., 1985. The status and conservation of the butterfly Plebejus

argus L. (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) in Northwest Britain. — Biol. Conserv.

33: 29-51.

WARREN, M. S., 1987. The ecology and conservation of the Heath Fritillary

Butterfly, Melitaea athalia. Il. Adult population structure and mobil-

ity. — J.appl.Ecol. 24: 483-498.

WARREN, M. S., POLLARD, E. & Bissy, T. J., 1986. Annual and long-term

changes in a population of the wood white butterfly ZLeptidea sina-

pis. — J. Animal Ecol. 55: 707-720.

WATT, W. B., CHEw, F. S., SNYDER, C. R. G., WATT, A. G. & ROTHSCHILD,

D. E., 1977. Population structure of pierid butterflies I. Numbers and

movements of some Colias species. — Oecologia 27: 1-22.

WEIDEMANN, H. J., 1995. Tagfalter beobachten, bestimmen. 2nd edi-

tion. — Naturbuch-Vlg., Augsburg. 659 S.

WRIGHT, D. M., 1983. Life history and morphology of the immature stages

of the Bog Copper butterfly Lycaena epixanthe (Bsd. & Le C.) (Lepidoptera:

Lycaenidae). — J. Res. Lepid. 22: 47-100.

ZÔFEL, P., 1992. Statistik in der Anwendung. 3. Auflage. — Fischer, Stuttgart,

Jena. 422 S.

Nota lepid. 21 (1): 31-36; 08.111.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

Notizen zur Schmetterlingsfauna der Insel

Pantelleria (Italien, Sizilien) I: Diurna,

Bombyces & Sphinges s./.

Eyjolf AISTLEITNER ! & Ulrich AISTLEITNER ?

1 Pädagogische Akademie, POB 42, A-6807 Feldkirch, Austria

2 Kapfstr. 99 B, A-6800 Feldkirch, Austria

Summary. During the second week of September 1995, the authors visited

the island of Pantelleria, south of Sicily (Italy). 19 species of Diurna, Bombyces

& Sphinges (sensu lato) have been observed. Streblote panda Hübner, [1820]

is new for the fauna of Italy. Utetheisa pulchella (Linnaeus, 1758), Bembecia

hymenopteriformis (Bellier, 1860) and Luffia lapidella (Goeze, 1783) are

recorded for the first time from Pantelleria.

Zusammenfassung. Während der zweiten Septemberwoche 1995 besuchten die

Autoren die Insel Pantelleria, südlich von Sizilien (Italien). Insgesamt 19 Arten

Diurna, Bombyces & Sphinges (sensu lato) wurden beobachtet. Streblote

panda Hiibner, [1820] ist neu fiir die Fauna Italiens. Utetheisa pulchella

(Linnaeus, 1758), Bembecia hymenopteriformis (Bellier, 1860) und Luffia

lapidella (Goeze, 1783) wurden erstmals auf Pantelleria festgestellt.

Résumé. Durant la seconde semaine de septembre 1995, les auteurs ont visité

Vile de Pantelleria au sud de la Sicile (Italie). 19 espèces de diurnes, Bom-

bycoides et Sphingides (au sens large) ont été observées. Streblote panda Hiib-

ner, [1820] est nouveau pour la faune italienne. Utetheisa pulchella (Linné,

1761), Bembecia hymenopteriformis (Bellier, 1860) et Luffia lapidella (Goeze,

1783) ont été capturés pour la premiere fois de Pantelleria.

Key words: Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera, Heterocera, fauna, Pantelleria, Italy

Einleitung

Im Rahmen der Vorbereitung zu einer Biologie-Exkursion im

September 1995 besuchten die Verfasser vom 7 bis 13.09.1995 die Insel

Pantelleria, ca. 100 km siidlich von Sizilien (Italien). Aufsammlungen

diverser Insektengruppen erbrachten interessante Ergebnisse der Spät-

sommerfauna. Die Teilbearbeitung der Lepidopteren ergab 19 Arten

der Diurna sowie Bombyces & Sphinges (sensu lato), wobei 4 Arten

erstmals für die Insel gemeldet werden: Utetheisa pulchella (Linnaeus,

Sil

1758), Bembecia hymenopteriformis (Bellier, 1860), Luffia lapidella

(Goeze, 1783) und Streblote panda Hübner [1820] (vgl. Romano &

Romano, 1995). Die zuletzt erwähnte Art ist zudem neu für das

italienische Staatsgebiet (vgl. Raineri et al., 1995).

Isola di Pantellerıa

Pantelleri A =... P. Karuscia

Le ni Si) N | Seattle

2 = En

üddig? se Es RL à.

7 OSSEA\. YElmozça 2 à 25 STE

“ D: MURSIA | „>S.Chi adir

À: 288 | lara We

u 19S. Vito \\ a Pte

i Bless Mads S: Frances ..PTracino

| \ hamma®. |

AN Nr 7: Mi Sr par 200. AG

| Ae ni

| Roce Me ‚Grande À

| N AR

\. . 100 =

t P.Tre Pietre É N ca uri ae

\ \ J \ F

\ > |

\ ? a. CuddiaAttalora

\ 16 | = VA

\ vo.

\ at sar, fx

NG Balata d.Turchi

Abb. 1. Topografische Skizze der Insel Pantelleria (Italien, Sizilien).

Topografie

Die Insel Pantelleria ist 83 km? groß und liegt 100 km südlich von

der sizilianischen Küste und 70 km von der tunesischen entfernt im

Canale di Sicilia. Die gebirgige Insel ist vulkanischen Ursprungs, aus

Basalten und Trachyten aufgebaut, und zeigt zahlreiche hydrothermale

Phaenomene. Sie erhebt sich 836 m über das Meer, das hier etwa

2000 m tief ist.

Die Insel zeigt selbstverständlich mediterranes Klima mit einem

Temperatur-Jahresmittel von 18 °C (Jännermittel 11 °C, Augustmittel

25 °C); die Monats-Niederschlagsmaxima von Oktober bis Jänner

liegen bei: jeweils über 50 mm, im Jahresmittel fallen 350 mm (Gabriele,

sine dato).

In der Vegetationsgeschichte wird die Jahrtausende währende mensch-

liche Kulturnahme — wie im gesamten Mediterranraum — deutlich:

Waldreste der Steineiche (Quercus ilex) existieren im SO der Insel,

im zentralen Bereich stocken Aleppo-Kiefern und Stern-Kiefern (Pinus

halepensis und P. pinaster). Als deren Degradationsstufen sind Macchien

und Gariguen erhalten.

In der Agrikultur ist neben dem Weinanbau die Kapernproduktion

zu betonen.

Lepidopterenfauna — Ergebnis

Romano & Romano (1995: 719-721) melden fiir die in der vor-

liegenden Arbeit beriicksichtigten Gruppen 24 Arten, insgesamt wurden

von ihnen auf Pantelleria 69 in der Hauptsache weitverbreitete Arten

registriert.

Hesperiidae

Gegenes pumilio (Hoffmansegg, 1804) — Tracino, Gadir. Falter an

Mesembryanthemum saugend.

Pieridae

Pieris brassicae (Linnaeus, 1758) — Tracino, Pantelleria, Piano di

Ghirlanda, Lago di Venere, Madonna del Rosario.

Pieris rapae (Linnaeus, 1758) — Tracino, Pantelleria, Piano di

Ghirlanda, Lago di Venere, Madonna del Rosario. Eiablage an

Capparis spinosa wurde beobachtet. Falter saugen u.a. an Rosmarinus.

Lycaenidae

Leptotes pirithous (Linnaeus, 1767) — Tracino, Pantelleria, Bue

Marino, Lago di Venere, Madonna del Rosario. Saugpflanze: Ros-

marinus.

Celastrina argiolus (Linnaeus, 1758) — Tracino (1 Expl.).

Nymphalidae

Vanessa atalanta (Linnaeus, 1758) — Tracino, Pantelleria, Lago di

Venere.

Vanessa cardui (Linnaeus, 1758) — Tracino, Lago di Venere.

Notodontidae

Thaumetopoea pityocampa ([ Denis & Schiffermiiller], 1775) — Tra-

cino, Rakhali.

Lymantriidae

Euproctis chrysorrhoea (Linnaeus, 1758) — P. Carace/Gadir, SE

Monte Gibele, 6.bis 17.08.1996 e.l.; Raupennester an Arbutus unedo.

Arctiidae

Eilema complana (Linnaeus, 1758) — Tracino, Rakhali, S. Vito.

Coscinia cribraria (Linnaeus, 1758) — Tracino, Pantelleria, Rakhalı.

Utetheisa pulchella (Linnaeus, 1758) — Lago di Venere (1 Expl.).

Cymbalophora pudica (Esper, 1784) — Tracino, Pantelleria, Rakhalı.

Lasiocampidae

Streblote panda Hübner, [1820] — Tracino (1 Expl.). Ex ovo-

Zuchtversuch an Rubus fruticosus agg. und Prunus spinosa.

Sphingidae

Agrius convolvuli (Linnaeus, 1758) — Tracino (1 Expl.).

Macroglossum stellatarum (Linnaeus, 1758) — Tracino; an Bougain-

villea saugend.

Hyles euphorbiae (Linnaeus, 1758) — Rakhali (1 Expl.).

Abb. 2. Herbstlicher Vegetationsaspekt nahe Tracino.

Abb. 3. Streblote panda: letztes Larvenstadium.

Sesiidae

Bembecia hymenopteriformis (Bellier, 1860) — Tracino, Cala di

Levante, Lago di Venere. Schwärmflug der Männchen vormittags.

Psychidae

Luffia lapidella (Goeze, 1783) — Khamma. Mehrere leere Raupen-

säcke an einer Hausmauer.

Dank

Für Bestimmungshilfen danken wir den Herren Peter Hättenschwiler,

Uster (CH) (Psychidae) und Dr. Karel Spatenka, Prag (Sesiidae) sehr

herzlich.

Literatur

GABRIELE, S., sine dato. Pantelleria Guida pratica dell’isola. — Reggiori,

Cittiglio.

RAINERI, V., ZANGHERI, S. & Zıruı, A., 1995. Lepidoptera Thyridoidea,

Lasiocampoidea, Bombycoidea. Jn: MINELLI, A., RUFFO, S. & LA Posta,

S. (eds.): Checklist delle specie della fauna italiana 88: 1-6. — Calderini,

Bologna.

Romano, F. P. & Romano, M., 1995. Lepidoptera. In: Massa, B. (ed.):

Arthropoda di Lampedusa, Linosa e Pantelleria (Canale di Sicilia, Mar

Mediterraneo). — Naturalista sicil. 19 (Suppl.): 693-722.

Nota lepid. 21 (1): 37-65; 08.111.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

A review of the Old World Scrobipalpula

(Gelechiidae), with special reference to central

and northern Europe

Peter HUEMER ! & Ole KARSHOLT ?

1 Tiroler Landesmuseum Ferdinandeum, Naturwissenschaftliche Sammlungen,

Feldstraße 11a, A-6020 Innsbruck, Austria

2 Zoological Museum, University of Copenhagen, Universitetsparken 15, DK-

2100 Copenhagen, Denmark

Summary. The Old World species of the genus Scrobipalpula Povolny, 1964

are reviewed, with special reference to central and northern European taxa.

Altogether 4 species, namely S. psilella (Herrich-Schäffer, 1854), S. ramosella

(Müller-Rutz, 1934) sp. rev., S. diffluella (Frey, 1870) and S. tussilaginis

(Stainton, 1867) are accepted as valid. Adults and genitalia of both sexes

are figured. S. retusella (Rebel, 1891) syn. n., comb. n. is a new synonym

of S. tussilaginis (Stainton, 1867). S. psilella f. compositella Povolny, 1964

is an invalid species-group name, as are the nomina nuda astericolellum

Hering, 1957, ptarmicae Hering, 1957 and uniflorellum Hering, 1957. The

lectotype designation of Aristotelia imperatella Dumont, 1931 by Viette (1951)

is rejected and this taxon is transferred from Scrobipalpula to Ephysteris

Meyrick, 1908.

Zusammenfassung. Die altweltlichen Arten der Gattung Scrobipalpula Povolny,

1964 werden unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der mittel- und nordeuro-

päischen Taxa revidiert. Insgesamt 4 Arten, nämlich S. psilella (Herrich-

Schaffer, 1854), S. ramosella (Müller-Rutz, 1934) sp. rev., S. diffluella (Frey,

1870) und S. tussilaginis (Stainton, 1867) werden als valid anerkannt. Die

Imagines sowie die Genitalstrukturen beider Geschlechter dieser Arten werden

abgebildet. S. retusella (Rebel, 1891) syn. n., comb. n. ist ein neues Synonym

von S. tussilaginis (Stainton, 1867). S. psilella f. compositella Povolny, 1964

ist, ebenso wie astericolellum Hering, 1957, ptarmicae Hering, 1957 und

uniflorellum Hering, 1957 ein invalider Name. Die Lectotypusdesignierung

von Aristotelia imperatella Dumont, 1931, durch Viette (1951) wird abgelehnt

und dieses Taxon wird aus der Gattung Scrobipalpula zu Ephysteris Meyrick,

1908 überführt.

Résumé. Les espèces du Vieux Monde du genre Scrobipalpula Povolny, 1964

sont revues avec une attention particuliere a celles d’Europe centrale et du

nord. Parmi elles, quatre especes, soit S. psilella (Herrich-Schäffer, 1854),

S. ramosella (Müller-Rutz, 1934) sp. rev., S. diffluella (Frey, 1870) et

S. tussilaginis (Stainton, 1867) sont acceptées comme valides. Les genitalia

des adultes et des deux sexes sont figures. S. retusella (Rebel, 1891) syn. n.,

comb. n. est un nouveau synonyme de S. tussilaginis (Stainton, 1867).

S. psilella f. compositella Povolny, 1964 est un nom invalide du groupe-espece,

tout comme les nomina nuda astericolellum Hering, 1957, ptarmicae Hering,

1957 et uniflorellum Hering, 1957. La désignation du lectotype de Aristotelia

imperatella Dumont, 1931 par Viette (1951) est rejetée et ce taxon est transfere

du genre Scrobipalpula a Ephysteris Meyrick, 1908.

Key words: Gelechiidae, Scrobipalpula, species, nomenclature, identification,

Europe.

Introduction

The genus Scrobipalpula Povolny, 1964 differs from related genera

of Gnorimoschemini in the structure of the genitalia. The most striking

character — a possible synapomorphy — is the spatulate gnathos,

which is not found in other Palaearctic Gelechiidae. About 40 species

of Scrobipalpula are known, mostly from the New World (Povolny,

1991). The few Palaearctic taxa were merged into one single species,

S. psilella (Herrich-Schäffer, 1854), by Povolny (1964) because of

similarities in genitalia and wing pattern. Pelham-Clinton (1989)

pointed out that S. tussilaginis (Stainton, 1867) should be regarded

as a distinct species, and field work in Scandinavia (Aarvik et al., 1988)

and in the Alps has convinced us that S. diffluella (Frey, 1870) also

is specifically different from S. psilella. Based on a study of museum

material of S. ramosella (Müller-Rutz, 1934), we are also able to

conclude that this taxon should be regarded as a further distinct species.

Numerous specimens of Scrobipalpula from central and northern

Europe were available for our study, and information on bionomics

mainly originates from this area. Most available specific names of

Palaearctic Scrobipalpula are based on types from this part of Europe,

and connecting them with well defined species is a first, necessary step

to resolve the taxonomy of this genus in our part of the world.

The few specimens of Scrobipalpula from Asia studied by us all

belong to psilella or closely related, yet unrecognized taxa. However,

future field work in the Himalayas or in East Asia may well reveal

additional species. No members of Scrobipalpula are at present known

from the Afrotropical, Australian or Oriental regions, apart from

Nepal.

Our method for making genitalia preparations as “unrolled slides”

(Pitkin, 1986; Huemer, 1987) allowed us to make more detailed

comparisons between the male genitalia of the taxa involved.

Host plants of Scrobipalpula species are Asteraceae. Individual

species are to our knowledge restricted to one or a few genera, differing

from species to species. The reason behind this “specific oligophagy”

is unknown to us.

Povolny (1967b) considered five Nearctic taxa of Scrobipalpula as

synonyms of S. psilella. From his figures of their genitalia it appears

to us as though they represent closely allied, but distinct species, as

is the case with the central and northern European taxa dealt with

in this paper. This is probably also true for the specimens recorded

as S. psilella from Patagonia (Povolny, 1987).

Dumont (1931) described Aristotelia imperatella from a series of

moths bred from stems of /mperata cylindrica (Poaceae) in the oasis

of Tozeur, Tunisia. Povolny (1983) studied the lectotype selected and

published by Viette (1951) and found it to belong to Scrobipalpula.

Referring Palaearctic taxa of this genus to a single species, he

synonymized imperatella with psilella. A colour slide of the lectotype

of imperatella is kept in The Natural History Museum, London

(BMNH), and this shows that it belongs to S. tussilaginis. The larva

of this species mines in leaves of Tussilago farfara, and it is very unlikely

that it could also live within grass stems. It would also be surprising

for it to occur in an oasis at the border of the Sahara. Dumont gave

a detailed description of his A. imperatella, which was certainly not

based upon specimens of S. tussilaginis. However, it fits an Ephysteris

Meyrick, 1908 well, as does the life history. Therefore, Viette’s lectotype

designation is rejected (ICZN Art. 74a(v)), and we transfer A. im-

peratella to the genus Ephysteris.

The material for this study is deposited in following collections:

Zoological Museum, University of Copenhagen, Denmark (ZMUC);

Zoological Museum, University of Helsinki, Finland (ZMUH); Zoo-

logical Museum, University of Lund, Sweden (MZLU); Naturhisto-

risches Museum, Vienna (NMV); Eidgenössische Technische Hoch-

schule, Zurich (ETHZ); Zoologisches Museum, Humboldt Universitat,

Berlin (ZMHB); The Natural History Museum, London (BMNH);

Tiroler Landesmuseum Ferdinandeum, Innsbruck (TLFM), Landes-

sammlungen für Naturkunde Karlsruhe (LNK).

Check-list of Palaearctic Scrobipalpula

Scrobipalpula Povolny, 1964

psilella (Herrich-Schäffer, 1854)

nocturnella (Staudinger, 1859)

pallidella (Heinemann, 1870)

killiasii (Frey, 1880)

astericolellum (Hering, 1957) (nomen nudum)

asiatica Povolny, 1968

ramosella (Müller-Rutz, 1934) sp. rev.

ptarmicae (Hering, 1957) (nomen nudum)

compositella (Povolny, 1964) (unavailable: ICZN Art. 16)

diffluella (Frey, 1870)

cacuminum (Frey, 1870)

diffluella (Heinemann, 1870)

bellidiastri (Klimesch, 1951)

uniflorellum (Hering, 1957) (nomen nudum)

tussilaginis (Stainton, 1867)

tussilaginella (Heinemann, 1870)

retusella (Rebel, 1891) syn. n., comb. n.

Identification keys (genitalia characters)

A key to the adults after external characteristics is not effective due

to their close similarity; examination of the genitalia is essential.

Key to species, males (genitalia unrolled)

1. Gnathos hook strongly constricted medially

(figs..17,-19; 33=34). LL Je: ee S. ramosella.

— Gnathos hook weakly constricted medially (figs. 29-32, 35-37) ............ 2

2. Valva pointed, apex exceeding uncus (figs: 13, 15) ee S. psilella.

— Valva rounded, apex at most level with uncus (figs. 21, 23, 25, 27) ............. 3

3. Saccus subrectangular, valva strongly dilated distally

(dies. 2], 23). hed Sei ee N S. diffluella.

— Saccus subtriangular, valva moderately dilated distally

(SS 525 227): ee. bebe ee a ee S. tussilaginis.

Key to species, females

(differences between diffluella, ramosella and tussilaginis are weak)

1. Antrum slim, gradually tapered (figs. 38-39) ....................... S. psilella

— Antrum moderately broad, short, distal part irregularly tapered

(figs: AQ-AB) ..............n. ne en thee dale 2

2. Signum Jong and slender (iess41547)) 2 S. ramosella.

— Signum shorter, comparatively stout (figs. 44-46, 48-49) os 3

Figs 1-6. Adults of Scrobipalpula: 1-2 — S. psilella (1 — &, Denmark,

Bornholm, 13 mm; 2 — 9, Denmark, Anholt, 11 mm); 3-4. — S. ramosella

Schweiz, Zermatt (3 — 4, 14 mm, 4 — @, 13 mm); 5-6 — S. diffluella

(5 — &, Austria, Tirol, 12 mm, 6 — ©, Norway, Kongsvold, 11 mm).

} N

5 d

| 12

Figs 7-12. Adults of Scrobipalpula: 7-10 — S. diffluella (7 — &, Sweden,

Uppland, 11 mm, 8 — 9, Sweden, Uppland, 10 mm; 9 — @, Austria, Tirol,

11 mm, 10 — ©, Austria, Tirol, 10 mm); 11-12 — S. tussilaginis, Great Britain,

Dorset (11 — @, 14 mm; 12 — 9, 13 mm).

3. Antrum irregularly tapered, corpus bursae short (fig. 40) ........... S. diffluella.

— Antrum abruptly tapered, corpus bursae long (figs. 42-43) .. S. tussilaginis.

Scrobipalpula psilella (Herrich-Schaffer, 1854)

Gelechia psilella Herrich-Schaffer, 1854: 171.

Gelechia nocturnella Staudinger, 1859: 241.

Lita pallidella Heinemann, 1870: 252.

Gelechia killiasii Frey, 1880: 362.

Gnorimoschema psilellum astericolellum Hering, 1957: 135 (nomen nudum).

Scrobipalpula psilella ssp. asiatica Povolny, 1968: 17.

Material examined. Switzerland: lectotype Gelechia killiasii Q “LEC-

TOTYPE” “G. killiasella vid. Frey Wallis (Anderegg).” “Frey Coll. Brit.Mus.

1890-62.” “Lectotype. 9 Gelechia killiasii Frey teste K.Sattler. 1961” “B.M.

“Gartz a. Oder, 1869, Von Hein. Beschr., Hein 367” “Stettin, Bütt.” “Orign.”

“Scrobipalpula psilella H.Sch., det. Povolny” “slide St. 689” (ZMHB). Spain:

Lectotype Gelechia nocturnella &, “18/3” “161” “Chiclana m.” “Origin.”

“nocturnella” “St. 701” “Scrobipalpula psilella (H.Sch.) det. Povolny” (ZMHB).

Denmark: &,2 9, Glatved, 27.vii.1975, leg. Lundqvist; 4, ditto, but 2.viu.1974

(TLMF); 2 6, 3 9, B, Melsted, la. vi.1923 and 1925 (Artemisia campestris),

leg. Gudmann (slides NLW 19533, HH 16518, HH1663Q); 4, B, Parsdis-

bakkerne, 24.v11.1976, leg. Karsholt (slide OK 34484); ©, LFM, Botg, la.

vi.1936 (Gnaphalium), leg. Sonderup; &, NEZ, Melby Overdrev, 9.v1.1971,

leg. Karsholt (slide OK 717 4); + 746, 27Q from different localities in

Denmark (all ZMUC). Sweden: 2 &, Ol, Tocknekär, 28.vii.1975, leg. Karsholt:

3G, Ol, Seberneby, 29.vii.1975, leg. Karsholt (ZMUC). Austria: 9, Niederös-

terreich, Dürnstein, e.l. 11.1942 (Aster amellus), leg. Klimesch; 10 4, Nordtirol,

Innsbruck, 11.vi.1947, leg. Burmann; 2 @, ©, ditto, but 15.vi.; 4, ditto, but

7.V.1947; 4, ditto, but e.l. 4.vi.1944, leg. Hernegger; ©, Halltal, 1200 m,

14.vu.1981, leg. Burmann; @, Fließ, 1000 m, 29.11.1976, leg. Burmann; 6,

ditto, but 11.1v.1981; 4, ditto, but 25.1v.1987, leg. Burmann & Huemer (coll.

Burmann, Innsbruck; TLMF). Germany: 4, Württemberg, Marbach/ Neckar,

e.l. 3.v.1977 (Artemisia vulgaris), leg. Süssner (TLMF); 3 5, Frankfurt a. M.

(ZMUC). Poland: ©, Breclav, 24.1v.1910 (coll. Burmann, Innsbruck); 2 4,

Breclav, 28.v.1906 (ZMUC). Italy: &, 9, Südtirol, Laas, 800 m, 26.1x.1985,

leg. Burmann; 2 4, 9, Südtirol, Naturns, 550 m, 7-8.vin.1959, leg. Burmann;

6, Prov. Verona, Monte Baldo, San Valentino, 1200 m, M.v.1969, leg.

Burmann (coll. Burmann, Innsbruck; TLMF); 4, Piemonte, Valsusa, Villar-

dora, 500 m, 4.v1.1993, leg. Bassi (slide HH 14064) (ZMUC). France: 9,

Hautes-Alpes, La Bessée, 1100 m, 21.vu.1961, leg. Burmann (coll. Burmann,

Innsbruck); 4, 9, Provence, La Bessée, 1200 m, 8.v.1972, leg. M. & U. Glaser

(LNK; ZMUC); 4, 9, Bretagne, Vannes (ZMUC). Spain: à, 9, Almeria, Mini

Hollywood, 230 m, 14-15.x.1992, leg. Fibiger (slides HH 16533, 16599)

(ZMUC). Turkey: à, Prov. Kayseri, 5 km N Incesu, 1250 m, 30.vii.1989, leg.

Fibiger & Esser (slide HH 1396 3); @, Prov. Agn, 5 km W Eleskirt, 2000 m,

4.1x.1993, leg. Fibiger (slide HH 13934) (ZMUC); 2 8, Prov. Agrı, 23 km

W Dogubayazit, 1800 m, 5.1x.1993, leg. Fibiger; 6, Prov. Kars, Mt. Ararat,

2 km N Cilli Gecidi, 1500 m, 6.1x.1993, leg. Fibiger; 4, Prov. Kars, 3 km

E Karakurt, 1450 m, 12.1x.1993, leg. Fibiger; Prov. Erzerum: 3, Prov.

Erzurum, Kopdagi Gecçidi, 1750 m, 15-16.1x.1993, leg. Fibiger; &, 50 km NE

Erzerum, 1600 m, 17.1x.1993, leg. Fibiger (slide HH 13994); 24, Prov.

Erzurum, Kopdagi Gecidi, 2300 m, 20—22.viii.1993, leg. Schepler (HH 13944)

(all ZMUC). Russia: 6, 29, SW Altai, Katun valley, 10 km W Katanda, 1200 m,

26-27.vu.1983, leg. Mikkola, Hippa & Jalava (slide HH 1657 4) (ZMUH);

&, Primorskij Kraj, Shkotovo distr., Anisimovka, 16.vu.1994, leg. Savenkov

(slide HH 1665 4) (ZMUC). Nepal: 6, Ganesh Himal, Kathmandu, 1330 m,

27.x.1995, leg. Fibiger (slide HH 16584), 4, Gandaki, Tukuche, 2650 m,

5.vii.1996, leg. Fibiger (slide OK 4869 3) (ZMUC), 11 4, 8 km SE Jornson,

Thadung, 3500 m, 7.viii.1996, leg. Fibiger (ZMUC).

Male (fig 1): Wingspan 12-13 mm. Head light to dark greyish brown.

Thorax darker than head. Antenna dark greyish brown, weakly ringed

with lighter brownish on upperside, distinctly paler ringed on underside.

Labial palps recurved; second joint with short rough scales, on outside

grey-brown with light yellow bands in middle and in distal part; third

joint pointed, dark with light yellow band in middle and at tip.

Forewing elongate, dorsal half blackish brown, costal half lighter, both

parts more or less intensely mottled with light scales. An ill defined,

dark brownish streak from base through middle of wing almost to

apex (worn specimens tend to become more uniform greyish brown);

two prominent black stigmata at 1/3 and 2/3 on border between dark

and light part of wing, and two more indistinct stigmata in the fold.

Fringes mottled grey without distinct fringe line. Hindwing light greyish

brown.

Female (fig. 2) slightly smaller than male (9-12 mm), with slightly

more slender wings, and having more contrast between dorsal (dark)

and costal (light) part of forewing.

Male genitalia (figs. 13-16, 29-30). Genital armature elongated.

Uncus broadly rounded; gnathos hook spatulate, medially constricted

to about 0.5 times width of distal spatula. Valva long, exceeding uncus,

distally slightly and gradually dilated, apex pointed; sacculus short,

digitate. Posterior margin of vinculum with prominent paired process,

separated by deep V-shaped incision, apex with outwardly curved tip.

Saccus broad, subrectangular. Aedeagus long and slender with sub-

terminal plate.

Female genitalia (figs. 38-39, 44-45). Segment VIII ventromedially

with distinct honeycomb sculpture, medially separated by membranous

Figs 13-16. S. psilella, male genitalia: 13 — Austria, Tirol, GEL 47 & m;

14 — ditto, aedeagus; 15 — Austria, Tirol, GU 95/541 4; 16 — ditto, aedeagus.

Figs 17-20. S. ramosella, male genitalia: 17 — Switzerland, Valais, GU 95/

533 & P. Huemer; 18 — ditto, aedeagus; 19 — Switzerland, Valais, GU 95/

532 6 P. Huemer; 20 — ditto, aedeagus.

Le + ae hog

Figs 21-24. S. diffluella, male genitalia: 21 — Austria, Tirol, GEL 45 @; 22

— ditto, aedeagus; 23 — Austria, Tirol, GEL 49 4; 24 — ditto, aedeagus.

Figs 25-28. S. tussilaginis, male genitalia: 25 — Austria, Tirol, GEL 616 3;

26 — ditto, aedeagus; 27 — England, GEL 622 4; 28 — ditto, aedeagus.

and weakly sculptured zone. Antrum moderately slim, long and evenly

tapered, funnel-shaped. Ductus bursae with small colliculum. Corpus

bursae pear-shaped, indistinct minute spining, with distinct, slender,

hook-like signum.

Remarks. Gelechia psilella was described from an unspecified number

of specimens collected in the surroundings of Glogau (now Glogöw,

Poland) (Herrich-Schäffer, 1854). We have not been able to trace any

type material, but the identity is restricted to the species dealt with

here as psilella, based on: 1) the host plant Helichrysum arenarium

mentioned in the original description (none of the other Scrobipalpula

have been recorded from this plant); 2) the type locality; 3) the figure

(fig. 496) in Herrich-Schäffer’s work (even though it is not very

accurate).

Gelechia nocturnella was described from an unspecified number of

specimens collected in Andalusia (Staudinger, 1859). It was already

treated as a junior synonym of psilella by Vives Moreno (1992). This

synonymy is confirmed by a male syntype, which is here designated

as the lectotype.

The identity of Lita pallidella Heinemann, 1870 was recently

established (Karsholt, 1995).

Gelechia killiasii was described from an unspecified number of

specimens collected in the Valais by Anderegg (Frey, 1880). Of the

two syntypes in the BMNH, a female, already labelled lectotype by

Sattler, is here designated as such.

In contrast to Povolny (1964), we found reliable genitalic differences

between psilella and the other central and northern European taxa

of this species complex. The male genitalia of psilella are particularly

characterized by the long valva, weakly broadened distally and pointed

at the apex, which distinctly exceeds the uncus. The female genitalia

differ from related taxa by the gradually tapered and very long antrum.

We have observed a slight infrasubspecific variation in male genitalia

of psilella, especially in the form of uncus and gnathos. One male from

the Danish island of Bornholm has the valvae shorter and broader

than normally (but not as short and broad as in diffluella and

tussilaginis). The specimen was bred from Artemisia campestris, and

other specimens from the same series have genitalia typical for psilella.

Povolny (1968) described specimens from Afghanistan as subspecies

asiatica. Such specimens were stated to be ashen in colour. From

Povolny’s (op. cit.) drawing of a forewing and of male genitalia it

seems to fall within the range of variation for psilella. Specimens studied

by us from Nepal have more dark greyish forewings, thus the separation

of the forewing in a lighter costal part and a darker dorsal part is

blurred. Specimens from mountains of eastern Turkey are intermediate

between European and Nepalese ones, whereas those from Altai are

similar to European specimens. The single specimen studied from East

Asia has darker forewings, thus resembling the nominal form of

diffluella. However, its genitalia are typical for psilella. As long as only

male specimens of Scrobipalpula are known from Asia, and no

information on their bionomics is available from there, we find it most

appropriate not to try to separate any populations by giving them

subspecific or specific status. Apparently, Povolny came to the same

conclusion as in a recent paper (1996) on Gnorimoschemini from

Palaearctic Asia, he recorded psilella from mountains of Kyrgyzstan

and from Siberia, without any reference to his subspecies asiatica.

S. psilella has formerly been confused with Scrobipalpa artemisiella

(Treitschke, 1833), and records of this Thymus-feeding species from

Artemisia (hence its specific name) almost certainly refer to psilella.

In artemisiella, the forewings are generally darker brown than in psilella,

with a tendency to become lighter towards base (in psilella the forewings

become lighter towards costa).

Bionomics. The larva is green with darker green warts; head

brownish-yellow with a black spot near the ocelli, and another behind;

prothoracic shield greenish-yellow (Benander, 1928). However, Hering

(1957) described the larva as unicolorous light grey. It feeds on

Artemisia campestris in two generations. According to Hering (1891)

the larva feeds probably on basal leaves of Artemisia campestris from

a long silken tube on the ground surface. However, Hering (op. cit.)

explicitly states that this habit only applies to the sea-shore and not

to inland habitats. Additional host plants are: Helichrysum arenarium

(Herrich-Schäffer, 1854), Artemisia maritima and A. vulgaris (Povolny

& Bradley, 1965). Povolny (1964) also gives Aster amellus and Achillea

as host plants, but the latter may refer to another taxon. Hering (1957)

further lists Anthemis sp., which should be confirmed, and Aster

amellus. The latter is mentioned under Gnorimoschema psilellum

astericolellum Klimesch, which is a nomen nudum.

Distribution. Widely distributed throughout Europe and Asia. Re-

cords from England (Povolny & Bradley, 1965) are dubious; those from

the Netherlands (Huisman & Koster, 1997) refer to S. tussilaginis. In

the Alps up to an altitude of about 1200 m. Furthermore recorded

from North Africa (Povolny, 1971) and Japan (Povolny, 1996).

According to Povolny (1987) also in the Nearctic region and in

Patagonia. However, these records are very doubtful and genitalıa

figured by Povolny (op. cit.) show slight differences compared with

European specimens of psilella.

Scrobipalpula ramosella (Müller-Rutz, 1934) sp. rev.

Lita ramosella Müller-Rutz, 1934: 120.

Gnorimoschema ptarmicae Hering, 1957: 27 (nomen nudum).

Scrobipalpula psilella f. compositella Povolny, 1964: 343 (unavailable, ICZN

Art. 16).

Material examined. Switzerland: Lectotype Lita ramosella & “Type”

“Zeimatt Iriftschlucht 26.VI1.31. 10934 3” “GU 95/532 5 P. Huemer”

“Lectotypus & Lita ramosella Müller-Rutz desig. P. Huemer, 1995” (ETHZ);

& Wallis, Zermatt, above Schwarzsee, 2700 m, 5.v1.1937, leg. Weber (GU 95/

533 ( PH); @, Zermatt, 8.vii.1932, leg. Weber (paralectotype); 4, Zermatt

ob Bvolmen, 7.vi.1937, leg. Weber (slide W. Sauter 2895) (all ETHZ); à,

Q, Graubünden, S. Bernardino pass, 2350 m, e.l. early v.1992 (Erigeron), leg.

Huemer (TLMF). Greece: 24, 9, Olymp, Kataphygion Al, 2500 m, e.l.

10-15.v111.1962 (Centaurea pindicola), leg. Kasy (slide Mus. Vind.15.3034)

(NMV); 9, ditto, but 2100 m, e.l. 10.v11.1962 (Achillea holosericea) (NMV).

Doubtful identity: Macedonia: 4, Treska Schlucht, ex |. 11.1x.1963 (Achillea

ageratifolia serbica), leg. Klimesch (slide Mus. Vind. 15.3048) (NMV).

Adult (figs. 3-4) slightly larger than diffluella and psilella (&

13-14 mm, © 11-13 mm). Resembling psilella in having dorsal half

of forewing darker than costal light part, but differing in that the white

scales are not as scattered as in psilella. Antenna on upperside rather

uniformly dark brown.

Male genitalia (figs. 17-20, 33-34). Genital armature relatively long.

Uncus broadly rounded; gnathos hook spatulate, medially strongly

constricted to about 0.25 times width of distal spatula. Valva long,

at most level with uncus, distally slightly and almost evenly dilated,

apex rounded; sacculus short, digitate. Posterior margin of vinculum

with prominent paired process, separated by deep and almost parallel-

sided incision, apex with outwardly curved tip. Saccus broad, sub-

triangular. Aedeagus slender with subterminal hooklet.

Female genitalia (figs. 41, 47). Segment VIII ventromedially with

distinct honeycomb sculpture, medially separated by membranous and

weakly sculptured zone. Antrum short, distal part abruptly tapered,

nr“

rte

Brin,

mbt,

own

À, +

2.3

= nn

oe Ss

sb:

[ La)

3 ©

TES

a |

On ,,

oS oO

8 an

a ¢

. À

ft Q,

a |

LE à

, Austria, Tirol,

, GU 95/532 & P. Huemer

itto

GU 95/533 3

32 —d

l, GEL 45 @;

ITO

, Austria,

ramosella

— §. diffluella

, Valaı

land

1tzer

land

33 — S$

, lectotype

itto

ilag

GEL 49 &

33, =

’

P. Huemer

iS,

Vala

GEL 616 6

, England, GEL 622 3.

ıtzer

, SW

34 — d

1ro

Austria, T

itto,

36 — d

’

iro

, Aust

ınıs

[USS

631 &

1tto

37 —d

’

funnel-shaped. Ductus bursae with small colliculum. Corpus bursae

pear-shaped, distinct minute spining, with long and slender, weakly

hook-like, signum.

Remarks. Lita ramosella was described from 3 specimens from

Zermatt (Valais, Switzerland). The type material was collected at light

from late July to early August 1931-1932 by P. Weber (Müller-Rutz,

1934). Two syntypes have been examined and the male already labelled

“type” is designated here as the lectotype.

The identity of this species was discussed by Sauter (1961), who

also figured the male genitalia. In that paper, ramosella was treated

as a valid species mainly based on external differences and the sympatric

occurrence with diffluella in the neighbourhood of Zermatt.

The few specimens examined by us displayed some distinct genitalic

characters. The male genitalia are particularly characterized by the

medially strongly constricted gnathos hook. Although this character

varies in the other taxa to a certain degree, intermediate forms have

not yet been found. S. ramosella furthermore differs from diffluella

in the less abruptly tapered valvae and the distally more rounded saccus.

The female genitalia have a very long and slender signum. Therefore,

it seems most appropriate to treat ramosella as a valid species at present.

Scrobipalpula psilella f. compositella Povolny, 1964 from Macedonia

and northern Greece has, according to the figure of the male genitalia

in the original description, a gnathos similar to ramosella. The

forewings are stated to be richer in contrast. Moths were bred from

leaves of Ptarmica ageratifolia and Centaurea pindicola. They are

probably conspecific with specimens from Achillea ageratifolia published

by Hering (1957) under the name Gnorimoschema ptarmicae, a nomen

nudum. We have examined a single specimen from Macedonia, whose

identity cannot be assessed with certainty at present. A small series

from Greece is clearly related to ramosella, though possibly distinct.

However, the latter material is regarded as conspecific with ramosella

until further information becomes available.

Povolny (1967b) treated ramosella as a form of Scrobipalpula

henshawiella (Busck, 1903) from North America. However, the signum

figured by Povolny (op. cit., fig. 58) is much shorther than in European

ramosella.

Bionomics. The larvae were observed mining leaves of Erigeron sp.

and spinning them together. Specimens from Greece were bred from

Centaurea pindicola and Achillea holosericea.

Distribution. Switzerland, Greece; restricted to mountainous areas.

Me.

ee \

: £ À

30 39

Figs 38-39. Scrobipalpula psilella, female genitalia: 38 — Denmark, GEL

628 Q; 39 — Italy, Südtirol, GEL 618 ©.

Scrobipalpula diffluella (Frey, 1870)

Gelechia diffluella Frey, 1870a [April]: 252.

Gelechia cacuminum Frey, 1870a: 252.

Lita diffluella Heinemann, 1870 [Dec. 31]: 247.

Phthorimaea diffluella v. bellidiastri Klimesch, 1951: 105.

Gnorimoschema uniflorellum Hering, 1957: 419, 542 (nomen nudum).

Material examined. Switzerland: Lectotype Gelechia diffluella & “LEC-

TOTYPE” “G. diffluella Mann. Zermatt Riffelb.” “Frey Coll. Brit.Mus.

1890-62.” “Lectotypus & Gelechia diffluella Frey Select.: K. Sattler, 1961”

“B.M. 3 Genitalia Slide No. 7301” (BMNH). Lectotype Gelechia cacuminum

& “LECTOTYPE” “G. cacuminum Frey Engadin” “Frey Coll. Brit.Mus.

1890-62.” “Lectotypus & Gelechia cacuminum Frey Select.: K. Sattler, 1961”

“B.M. @ Genitalia Slide No. 7300” (BMNH); &, Graubünden, Schafberg,

2100 m, 20.vi.1942, leg. Thomann (TLMF). /taly: 5 4, Trentino, Adamello,

Mandron, 2500 m, 4-7.vu.1969, leg. Burmann; 2 4, ©, ditto, but 2800 m,

E.vu.1967 (coll. Burmann, Innsbruck; TLMF); 34, Wallis, Gornergrat,

31.vu.1932, leg. Weber; 1 4, 9, Wallis, Triftkumm, 2600 m, 6.vi.1932, leg.

Weber (ETHZ). Austria: 4, Nordtirol, Nordkette, 2100 m, 5.vi.1947, leg.

Burmann; 3, 2 ©, ditto, but 2100-2200 m, 2.vu.1944; 4, ditto, but 9.viu. 1940;

4, ditto, but 2300 m, 23.v.1948; 4, Nordtirol, Nordkette 2000-2100 m,

2.vu.1944 leg. Burmann (slide PH GEL 456); @, ditto, but 13.v1.1947 (TLMF);

6, Nordtirol, Ötztal, Rofenberg, 2400 m, e.l. iii.1943 (Aster alpinus), leg.

Klimesch (TLMF); 4 3, 3 9, ditto, but 2600 m (Erigeron uniflorus) (ETHZ;

TLMF; ZMUC); 6, Nordtirol, Samoarhütte, 3000 m, 4.vii.1948, leg. Burmann;

4, Nordtirol, Franz Sennhütte, 2300 m, 10.vi.1950, leg. Burmann; /, ditto,

but 2700 m, 17.vi.1949; 3 &, Nordtirol, Leutkircherhütte, 2300 m, 11.vu.1941,

leg. Burmann; 2 4, Osttirol, Virgental, Venedigergruppe, Sajatmähder E,

2450-2500 m, 10.vi.1993, leg. Tarmann (coll. Burmann, Innsbruck; TLMF);

3 4, ©, Osttirol, Lienz, above Dolomitenhütte, 1600-2100 m, 16.vii.1989, leg.

Karsholt (slide OK 4648 3) (ZMUC). Norway: @, On, Vagamo, 4.vu.1983

leg. Schnack; 3, STi, Kongsvold, 900-1100 m, 20-28.v1.1983, leg. Karsholt

& Michelsen (slide OK 4291 3), 48, 12 9, ditto but 12-20.v1.1985 (slide HH

1079 6, HH 1624 4, OK 4436 4); à, ditto, but 5.vii.1983, leg. Schnack; 2 4,

29, ditto, but 13-15.vi.1985 (all ZMUC). Sweden: 5 &, 2, Upl., Alvkarleby,

e.l. vu.1948 (Erigeron acre), leg. Brandt (slide HH 1660 3) (MZLU); @, Gtl.,

Martebomyr, 30.v11.1985, leg. Karsholt (slide OK 4823 3). Finland: 4, Ks,

Kuusamo, Liikasenvaara, 11.v1.1970, 2 8,29, ditto, but 16.vi.1974, leg. Kyrki

(slides HH 1632 ©, JK 318, 779, 780) (ZMOF). Latvia: 6, Livon. ?leg. Lienig

(Zeller coll.) (BMNH).

Adults (figs. 5-10). A rather variable species which occurs in a dark

and a light form (with some intermediate forms). Slightly smaller than

other Scrobipalpula species (4 10-12 mm, 9 9-11 mm). Upper part

of head and thorax of same colour. Forewing not separated in dorsal

dark and costal light part — but in some specimens with a blackish

brown streak from base to apex.

Nominal form with rather uniform dark brown forewings with 2-3

streaks of ochreous scales and scattered white-tipped scales (in females

with many white-tipped scales), and 3-4 more or less distinct black

stigmata. Forewing of this form not divided in dorsal dark and costal

light part — only a blackish brown streak in apex may be present.

In the light form palps, head, thorax and forewings are covered

with whitish or light ochreous scales (especially along costa and dorsum)

with distinct black stigmata. Some specimens have a blackish brown

streak from base to apex. This form is only known from the Alps

and was named bellidiastri by Klimesch (1951).

Frey (1870a) stated the female of diffluella to be brachypterous (“mit

verkiimmerten Flügeln”). Klimesch (1951) even described small differ-

ences in wing shape between diffluella and its form bellidiastri. In the

females of diffluella studied by us, the shape of the wings is only slightly

different from the male — as in psilella — (forewing being a little

narrower and pointed towards apex, and hindwing slightly slenderer),

and not to an extent that we would use the term brachypterous.

However, it is not uncommon among Lepidoptera with females having

tendency to wing reduction that the wing shape shows some variation.

Male genitalia (figs. 21-24, 31-32). Genital armature short. Uncus

broadly rounded; gnathos hook spatulate, medially constricted to about

0.5 times width of distal spatula. Valva rather long, at most level with

uncus, distally strongly and abruptly dilated, apex rounded; sacculus

very short, digitate. Posterior margin of vinculum with prominent

paired process, separated by deep and almost parallel incision, apex

with outwardly curved tip. Saccus broad, subrectangular. Aedeagus

slender with subterminal hooklet.

Female genitalia (figs. 40, 46). Segment VIII ventromedially with

distinct honeycomb-like sculpture, medially separated by membraneous

and weakly sculptured zone. Antrum short, irregularly tapered, funnel-

shaped. Ductus bursae with small colliculum. Corpus bursae short,

pear-shaped, distinct minute spining, with distinct, distally slightly

dilated, hook-like signum.

Remarks. Gelechia diffluella was described from a number of

specimens of both sexes collected in the surroundings of Zermatt

(Switzerland) in mid-July 1869 and a further male specimen from the

Berner Alps (Frey, 1870a). A male syntype, already labelled lectotype

by Sattler, is here designated as such.

40 sa: 4

Figs 40-41. Scrobipalpula spp., female genitalia: 40 — S. diffluella, Austria,

Tirol, GEL 619 ©; 41 — S. ramosella, Switzerland, Graubünden, GEL 6279.

EUR

sis,

wer

Figs 42-43. Scrobipalpula

GEL 617 9; 43 — England, GEL 623 9.

tussilaginis, female genitalia: 42 — Austria,

Tirol,

Gelechia cacuminum, described on the same page as diffluella, was

compared with Gelechia murinella Herrich-Schäffer (currently Scro-

bipalpa murinella (Duponchel, 1843)) but stated as distinctly smaller

(Frey, 1870a). Povolny (1967a) synonymized cacuminum with murinella,

but in a correction leaflet to his paper he withdrew this nomenclatural

act, based on the examination of type-material. The lectotype, already

labelled as such by Sattler, is conspecific with diffluella, whereas other

syntypes belong to murinella. Frey (1870a) clearly intended to name

two different taxa when describing diffluella and cacuminum. However,

to avoid further misunderstandings, we follow here the interpretation

of Povolny (1967a) and Sattler that both are conspecific. S. cacuminum

in the sense of various authors such as Burmann (1951), Huemer &

Tarmann (1993) and Klimesch (1943) is conspecific with Scrobipalpa

murinella. Further synonyms of S. murinella are Gelechia culminicolella

Staudinger, 1871 (we have studied a female syntype) and Lita pygmaeella

Heinemann, 1870.

Phthorimaea diffluella v. bellidiastri was described from an unspecified

number of specimens collected in higher mountainous regions of eastern

Austria (Klimesch, 1951). The original genitalia figures indicate the

conspecificity with diffluella.

The male genitalia of diffluella are mainly charcterized by the

abruptly dilated and distally rounded valvae and the subrectangular

saccus. The female antrum is irregularly tapered distally and the signum

slightly broadened distally.

S. diffluella has in the past been confused with Scrobipalpa murinella

(Duponchel, 1843). The latter species is very small (male 10-11 mm,

female 8-9 mm) and has dark grey-brownish forewings with only few

light scales — and no yellowish scales as in diffluella.

Bionomics. S. diffluella is a taxon of high mountain areas in Central

Europe. In Scandinavia it is found — on account of the northern

latitude — at lower elevations. According to Klimesch (1951), the larvae

are similar to those of psilella; they cause blotch-like leaf-mines. In

the Alps Erigeron sp., Homogyne alpina, Aster alpinus and Bellidi-

astrum michelii (= Aster bellidiastrum) are recorded as host plants

(Klimesch, 1958; Povolny, 1964). A leaf-mine of the last-mentioned

plant was figured by Klimesch (1958). In Scandinavia the host plant

is Erigeron politus. Hering (1957) records this species both under

Gnorimoschema diffluella bellidiastri from Aster bellidiastrum and as

Gnorimoschema uniflorellum Klimesch (a nomen nudum) from Eri-

geron alpinus, E. uniflorus, and Homogyne.

Klimesch (1943) described the biology and larva of cacuminum in

great detail. However, his description refers to Scrobipalpa murinella.

Distribution. Switzerland, Austria, Germany, Norway, Sweden,

Finland, Latvia.

Scrobipalpula tussilaginis (Stainton, 1867)

Gelechia tussilaginis Stainton, 1867: 14.

Lita tussilaginella Heinemann, 1870: 251.

Xystophora retusella Rebel, 1891: 632 syn. n.

Material examined. Switzerland: Lectotype Gelechia tussilaginis &,

“LECTOTYPE” “G. tussilaginis Frey. Ziirich” “Frey Coll. Brit.Mus. 1890-62.”

“Lectotype. 6 Gelechia tussilaginis Frey teste K. Sattler. 1977” (BMNH).

Turkey: Holotype Xystophora retusella 4, “Holo-type” “Mann 1863 Brussa”

“Retusella & Type Rbl. 1891” “Mus.Vind. 15.306 4” (NMV). Great Britain

(England): 9 6, 119, Dorset, Lyme Regis, sea level, la. 17.vu.1988 (Tussilago

farfara), leg. Karsholt (TLMF; ZMUC). Netherlands: Q, Brunsummer Heide,

10.viu.1988, leg. Schreurs (Wf 6163 ©) (coll. van der Wolf, Nuenen); @, St.

Pietersberg, 24.iv.1991, leg. v. Aartsen (JH 1404) (coll. Huisman, Wezep).

Germany: 6, München, 1869, leg. Hartmann (TLMF); 3, Thüringen (ZMUC);

&, Krs. Bitterfeld, NSG Möster Birken, 24.v.1995, leg. Sutter (coll. Sutter,

Bitterfeld). Austria: 44, 39, Nordtirol, Innsbruck, 3-15.v.1941 (Tussilago),

leg. Burmann; 5, Innsrbuck, Mühlauerklamm, 18.vi.1941, leg. Burmann; Ö,

ditto, but 30.v.1942; Q, ditto, but 3.vi.1969 (all coll. Burmann, Innsbruck);

Q, Nordtirol, Innsbruck, Allerheiligenhöfe, 4.vi.1967, leg. Hernegger; 43,29,

Nordtirol, Rißtal, Johannesbachmündung, 950 m, 16.vi.1993, leg. Huemer; @,

Q, ditto, but 22.vi.1993, leg. Cerny; 4, ditto, but 8.vi.1993; ©, Nordtirol, Rißtal,

Weitgriesalm, 900 m, 8.vi.1993, leg. Cerny; 2, Niederösterreich, Klosterneuburg,

Kritzendorfer Au, 12.v.1912, leg. Preissecker (all TLMF). Poland: 4, Pommern,

Stettin (slide HH 1652 4) (ZMUC). Italy: ©, Südtirol, Naturns, 10.v1.1939,

leg. Burmann (coll. Burmann, Innsbruck); 9, Abruzzo, Dint. Vacri, Chierti,

300 m, 7.v.1953, leg. Parenti (slide OK 2843 ©) (ZMUC). Greece: &, Thes-

saloniki, 12 km NW Guemenissa, 1100 m, 26.vu.1986, leg. Fibiger (ZMUC).

Adult (figs. 11-12) differs from other European Scrobipalpula in

being slightly larger (wingspan 12-14 mm), and in having the frons

creamy yellow. The forewings are slightly broader and more uniform

greyish, without contrast between a lighter and a darker part. The

two stigmata at 1/3 and 2/3 in middle of wing are large and prominent.

Light and yellow brownish scales of forewing are more sparse than

in the other species dealt with here. Female similar to male.

Male genitalia (figs. 25-28, 35-37). Genital armature relatively short.

Uncus broadly rounded; gnathos hook broadly spatulate, medially

constricted to about 0.4-0.7 times width of distal spatula. Valva rather

» u.

Figs 44-49. Scrobipalpula spp., female genitalia (signa enlarged): 44 — S.

psilella, Denmark, GEL 628 9; 45 — ditto, Italy, Südtirol, GEL 618 9; 46 —

S. diffluella, Austria, Tirol, GEL 619 ©; 47 — S. ramosella (Müller-Rutz),

Switzerland, Graubiinden, GEL 627 9; 48 — S. tussilaginis, Austria, Tirol,

GEL 617 Q; 49 — ditto, England, GEL 623 © [reversed image].

long, at most level wıth uncus, distally moderately dilated, apex

rounded; sacculus very short, digitate. Posterior margin of vinculum

with prominent paired process, separated by deep U-shaped incision,

apex with outwardly curved tip. Saccus broad, subtriangular. Aedeagus

slender with subterminal hooklet.

Female genitalia (figs. 42-43, 48-49). Segment VIII ventromedially

with distinct honeycomb sculpture, medially separated by membraneous

and weakly sculptured zone. Antrum short, distally abruptly tapered,

funnel-shaped. Ductus bursae with relatively broad colliculum. Corpus

bursae long, pear-shaped, distinct minute spining, with distinct, distally

slightly dilated, hook-like signum.

Remarks. This species was first mentioned as a larval record,

suspected of belonging to Gelechia (Frey, 1857). Later it was named

Gelechia tussilaginis without description of the imago but clearly

referring to this taxon (Frey, 1867). However, the specific name was

already validated by Stainton (1867), whose description was mentioned

by Frey (1870b). A further name, occasionally used by Heinemann

(1870), was Lita tussilaginella.

Xystophora retusella was described from a single male collected by

Mann in Turkey (Rebel, 1891). The holotype has been examined by

us and is regarded as a junior synonym of Scrobipalpula tussilaginis,

with which it completely agrees in external and genitalic characters.

The male genitalia differ from psilella by the distally abruptly dilated

valva without pointed apex and the narrower, sub-triangular saccus.

They are furthermore distinguished from diffluella by the shape of the

saccus and from ramosella by the gnathos hook. Female genitalia are

best separated from psilella by the distinctly shorter and distally

abruptly tapered antrum. The differences in the female genitalia from

other species of the complex are weak and mainly to be found in

the shape of the antrum and signum.

In collections, S. tussilaginis is often confused with small specimens

of Scrobipalpa obsoletella (Fischer v. Röslerstamm, 1841), and they

are indeed similar. S. tussilaginis is best recognized by the cream

yellowish frons. Moreover it has the yellow-brownish scales on the

forewing gathered around the stigmata and along veins, whereas in

obsoletella they are scattered all over the wing.

Bionomics. Host plant: Tussilago farfara, according to Hering (1957)

and Klimesch (1958) also on Petasites. The larval habits and its external

characters have been described in detail by Pelham-Clinton (1989).

According to his paper, the last instar larvae are bright apple-green

with matt dorsal surface and ochreous brown head and prothoracic

plate, the latter divided medially. They produce large blotch mines in

a leaf and pupate outside on the underside of a leaf or among leaf-

litter. The leaf mine is figured by Klimesch (1958). The species is

bivoltine in Great Britain, where it occurs at sea level, but it is stated

to be univoltine on the continent (Hering, 1957). This observation seems

to be correct at least for some montane areas visited by P. Huemer.

Distribution. England, France, Netherlands, Germany, Switzerland,

Austria, Poland, Italy, Hungary, Greece, Turkey.

Acknowledgements

The authors would like to express their gratitude for the loan or

donation of material and/or valuable information to: Dr. R. Danielsson,

Zoological Museum, University of Lund, Sweden; Mr. M. Fibiger,

Sorg, Denmark; Dr. H. J. Huisman, Wezep, The Netherlands; Dr.

J. Itamies, Zoological Museum, University of Oulu, Finland; Mr. J.

Jalava, Zoological Museum, University of Helsinki, Finland ; Mr. J. C.

Koster, Calantsoog, Ihe Netherlands; Dr. M. Lödl and Dr. S. Gaal,

Naturhistorisches Museum, Vienna, Austria; Dr. B. Merz, Eidgenös-

sische Technische Hochschule, Zurich, Switzerland; Dr. W. Mey,

Zoologisches Museum, Humboldt Universitat, Berlin, Germany; Mr.

R. Sutter, Bitterfeld, Germany; Mr. K. R. Tuck, The Natural History

Museum, London, Great Britain; Mr. H. van der Wolf, Nuenen, The

Netherlands. Dr. D. Agassiz, Commonwealth Institute of Entomology,

London and Dr. K. Sattler, The Natural History Museum, London

kindly commented on the manuscript. Photographs of adults were

taken by Mr. G. Brovad; Mr. H. Hendriksen (both of the Zoological

Museum, University of Copenhagen) kindly assisted with making

genitalia slides.

References

AARVIK, L., KARSHOLT, O., LARSEN, K. & ScHnAck, K. 1988: New and

interesting records of Lepidoptera from Norway. — Fauna norv., Ser. B

35: 77-90.

BENANDER, P., 1928. Fjärilar. Lepidoptera. Il. Smäfjärilar. Microlepidoptera.

Tredje Familiegruppen: Malfjärilar. Tineina. 1. Familjen Gelechiidae. —

Svensk Insektfauna 10: 97 p., 7 pls.

BURMANN, K., 1951. Etwas über Lita cacuminum Frey (Lepidoptera, Gele-

chiidae). — VerZ. Ent Ver. Innsbruck 2: 25-26.

Dumont, C., 1931. Contribution a l’etude des Lépidoptères du Nord de

l’Afrique (suite). Description et éthologie de trois espèces nouvelles (Lep.

Gelechiidae). — Bull. Soc.ent.Fr. 1931: 148-153.

Frey, H., 1857. A new mine on coltsfoot. — Ent. Wkly Intell. 3: 53-54.

Frey, H., 1867. Die schweizerischen Microlepidopteren. —

Mitt.schweiz.ent.Ges. 2: 286-303.

Frey, H., 1870a. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Microlepidopteren. — Mitt.

schweiz.ent.Ges. 3: 245-256, 277-289.

[FREY, H.,] 1870b. Notizen. — Mitt.schweiz.ent Ges. 3: 290-296.

Frey, H., 1880. Die Lepidopteren der Schweiz. — Leipzig. 454 S.

HEINEMANN, H., 1870. Die Schmetterlinge Deutschlands und der Schweiz.

2. Abteilung, Kleinschmetterlinge. 2. Die Motten und Federmotten, I. —

Braunschweig. 388 S.

Hering, E., 1891. Ergänzungen und Berichtungen zu F. ©. Büttner’s

Pommerschen Microlepidopteren. — Stett.ent.Ztg 52: 135-227.

HERING, E. M., 1957. Bestimmungstabellen der Blattminen von Europa. Bd.

1-3. — Junk, ’s-Gravenhage. 1185 S. (Bd. 1, 2), 221 S., 86 Taf. (Bd. 3).

HERRICH-SCHÄFFER, G. A. W. 1847-1855. Systematische Bearbeitung der

Schmetterlinge von Europa, 5. — Regensburg. 394 S., 124+7+1 Tab.

HUEMER, P., 1987. Eine modifizierte Genitalpräparationstechnik für die

Gattung Caryocolum (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae). — Mitt.schweiz.ent.Ges.

60: 207-211.

HUEMER, P. & TARMANN, G., 1993. Die Schmetterlinge Österreichs (Lepi-

doptera). Systematisches Verzeichnis mit Verbreitungsangaben für die

einzelnen Bundesländer. — Veröff.tirol. Landesmus. Ferdinandeum, Suppl.

5, 224 S.

HuISMAN, K. J. & Koster, J. C., 1997. Nieuwe en interessante Microle-

pidoptera uit Nederland in het jaar 1994 (Lepidoptera). — Ent. Ber., Amst.

57: 45-65.

KARSHOLT, O., 1995. Kommentiertes Verzeichnis der Symmocidae, Blasto-

basidae und Gelechiidae Ostdeutschlands (Lepidoptera). — Beitr. Ent. 45:

137-154.

Kuimescu, J., 1943. Die Raupe der Lita cacuminum Frey (Lep., Gelechiidae).

— Z.wien.ent.Ges. 28: 153-156.

Kuimescu, J., 1951. Über Microlepidopteren des Traunsteingebietes in

Oberösterreich. — Z.wien.ent.Ges. 36: 101-117.

KLIMESCH, J., 1958. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der blattminierenden Insektenlarven

des Linzer Gebietes und Oberösterreichs. III. Gelechiidae, Acrolepidae.

— Naturkundl. Jb. Linz 1958: 265-279.

MÜLLER-RUTZ, J., 1934. Ueber Microlepidopteren. — Mitt.schweiz.ent.Ges.

16: 116-128.

PELHAM-CLINTON, E. C., 1989. Scrobipalpula tussilaginis (Frey) (Lepidoptera:

Gelechiidae) new to the British Isles. — Entomologist’s Gaz. 40: 103-108.

Pırkın, L. M., 1986. A technique for the preparation of complex male genitalia

in Microlepidoptera. — Entomologist’s Gaz. 37: 173-179.

Povo ny, D., 1964. Gnorimoschemini trib. nov. — eine neue Tribus der Familie

Gelechiidae nebst Bemerkungen zu ihrer Taxonomie (Lepidoptera). — Acta

Soc.ent.Cechoslov. 61: 330-359.

Povo.ny, D., 1967a. Ein kritischer Beitrag zur taxonomischen Klärung einiger

palaearktischer Arten der Gattung Scrobipalpa (Lepidoptera, Gelechii-

dae). — Acta sc.nat. Brno 1: 209-250.

Povoıny, D., 1967b. Genitalia of some nearctic and neotropic members of

the tribe Gnorimoschemini (Lepidoptera, Gelechiidae). — Acta

ent. Mus.natn. Pragae 37: 51-127.

PovornY, D., 1968. Neue und wenig bekannte Taxone aus der Tribus

Gnorimoschemini Povolny, 1964 (Lepidoptera, Gelechiidae). — Acta

sc.nat. Brno (n.s.) 2(3): 1-23, pls 1-21.

PovornY, D., 1971. Zur Fauna der Tribus Gnorimoschemini (Lepidoptera,

Gelechiidae) in Nordwestafrika. — Acta ent.bohemoslov. 68: 23-44.

PovornY, D., 1983. Eine Typenrevision der von den französischen Autoren

beschriebenen Gnorimoschemini (Lepidoptera, Gelechiidae). — Acta

ent. Mus.natn. Pragae 41: 159-187.

PovoıLny, D., 1987. Gnorimoschemini of southern South America III: the

scrobipalpuloid genera (Insecta, Lepidoptera, Gelechiidae). — Steenstrupia

13: 1-91.

Povoıny, D., 1991: Morphologie, Systematik und Phylogenie der Tribus

Gnorimoschemini (Lepidoptera, Gelechiidae). — Acta sc.nat. Brno 25: 1-61,

70 pls.

Povo ny, D., 1996. New taxa and faunistic records of /lseopsis (Euscrobipalpa)

Povolny and Hedma Dumont from Palaearctic Asıa (Lepidoptera, Gele-

chiidae). — Acta zool.fenn. 200: 19-40.

PovoLny, D. & BRADLEY, J. D., 1965. Scrobipalpula psilella (Herrich-

Schäffer) (Lep., Gelechiidae) A species hitherto overlooked in the British

Isles. — Entomologist’s Gaz. 16: 9-12.

REBEL, H., 1891. Beitrag zur Microlepidopteren-Fauna Dalmatiens. — Verh.

zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 41: 610-639.

SAUTER, W., 1961. Über einige von J.C. de la Harpe, J. Müller-Rutz und

P. Weber aus der Schweiz beschriebene Kleinschmetterlinge (Lep.). —

Mitt.schweiz.ent. Ges. 33(4): 264-274.

STAINTON, H. T., 1867. The natural history of the Tineina. 10: xu+304 p.,

pls 10-16. — London, Paris, Berlin.

STAUDINGER, O., 1859. Diagnosen nebst kurzen Beschreibungen neuer an-

dalusischer Lepidopteren. — Stett.ent. Ztg 20: 211-259.

STAUDINGER, O., 1871. Beschreibung neuer Lepidopteren des europäischen

Faunengebietes (Schluß). — Berl.ent.Z. 14: 273-330.

VIETTE, P., 1951. Les Microlepidopteres de C. Dumont. — Rev.fr. Lepid. 13:

56-59.

Vives MORENO, A., 1992. Catalogo sistemätico y sinonimico de los lepıdöpteros

de la Peninsula Ibérica y Baleares (Insecta: Lepidoptera). — Ministerio

de Agricultura Pesca y Alimentaciön. Madrid. 378 p.

Nota lepid. 21 (1): 66-73; 08.11.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

Observations on the biology and distribution

of Pseudophilotes barbagiae

(Lycaenidae, Polyommatini)

Giorgio LEIGHEB ! and Vilfrido CAMERON-CURRY ?

l Via Pansa 4, I-28100 Novara, Italy

2 Via Calandra 2, I-10123 Torino, Italy

Summary. Present knowledge of the distribution of Pseudophilotes barbagiae

De Prins & van der Poorten, 1982 in Sardinia (Italy) and of the different

species of plants and lepidoptera associated with it is presented. The ethology

of the species is discussed. The scanning electron microscopic structure of

the ovum is described in detail for the first time.

Zusammenfassung. Der gegenwärtige Kenntnisstand zur Verbreitung und

Ethologie inklusive der assoziierten Tagfalter- und Pflanzenarten von Pseu-

dophilotes barbagiae De Prins & van der Poorten, 1982 auf Sardinien (Italien)

wird diskutiert. Die Feinstruktur des Chorion wird mittels rasterelektronen-

mikroskopischer Aufnahmen erstmals beschrieben.

Resume. Discussion des connaissances actuelles sur la répartition géographique

et l’éthologie de Pseudophilotes barbagiae De Prins & van der Poorten, 1982

en Sardaigne (Italie) et sur les plantes et lépidoptères associés à cette espèce.

La structure de l’œuf, étudiée au microscope électronique à balayage, est décrite

en détail pour la première fois.

Key words: Lycaenidae, Pseudophilotes barbagiae, distribution, bionomics,

Sardinia, Italy

Bionomics

Pseudophilotes barbagiae De Prins & van der Poorten, 1982, a

lycaenid butterfly endemic to central Sardinia (Italy), was described

relatively recently. Previously, this rarely reported taxon had been

reported as Pseudophilotes baton (Bergsträsser, 1779), which exists in

Corsica (France) but not in Sardinia, as erroneously stated by

Higgins & Riley (1983). Even Hartig (1975), who lived for many years

in Sardinia, in Aritzo, a locality close to where P. barbagiae occurs,

only mentions P baton. However, there are no specimens of P baton

(or P barbagiae) in his collection, now in the Piedmont Regional

Museum in Turin, nor in the Natural History Museum of Gavoi, a

village close to Aritzo, in which a series of butterflies collected by Hartig

in Sardinia is also preserved.

Considering the substantial morphological differences between P

baton and P. barbagiae, it is surprising that the latter has not even

been described as a subspecies of P baton. Verity (1943) reports the

presence of P baton in Corsica and mentions that Ghiliani describes

it as fairly common in Sardinia, but shows no specimen from this

island.

In the past, P barbagiae has apparently been neglected by lepi-

dopterists. This can be attributed in the first place to the fact that

very few specimens have been collected, as it is a very localized species,

restricted to small areas scattered over the slopes of the Gennargentu

mountains, the highest range in Sardinia, situated in the centre of the

island. These localities have only recently become easily accessible.

Moreover, although this univoltine butterfly is on the wing from the

end of April to July, depending on the altitude, it lives only for 15-20

days in each locality.

The results of our observations over a period of four consecutive

years (1992-1996) in Sardinia are reported here.

P. barbagiae is most common in May at an altitude of 800-1000 m,

where the most numerous colonies are present (De Prins & van der

Poorten, 1982; Riemis, 1984). A few specimens have been observed

in July at higher altitudes, up to 1500m and more: these have

erroneously been attributed to a hypothetical second generation.

P. barbagiae has been found to be much more widely distributed than

formerly believed. It was originally found to the east of the Gennargentu

mountain chain (whose highest peak is Punta La Marmora, at 1833 m),

where it is not uncommon over an extension of many km? in widely

scattered, limited, arid, uncultivated areas. The butterfly is also present

north of the Gennargentu and has recently been found by Leigheb

west of these mountains, near Aritzo.

The number of individuals in each colony varies from year to year

and is affected by the weather conditions. The distribution is very

irregular in every single locality: where only isolated individuals have

previously been found, 20-30 butterflies may be observed on another

occasion within a few m2.

The areas inhabited by P barbagiae are characterized by distinctive

geological and botanical features, but even here the distribution of the

colonies is very localized and discontinuous. P. barbagiae prefers sunny,

arid, rocky slopes facing south or south-west, with a scanty vegetation

of sparse bushes or trees, a typically xerothermic montane habitat where

the soil is very hot during the summer months, although due to the

winter rains there is a fairly abundant low vegetation in springtime

(corresponding to the flight period of the butterfly) (fig. 3).

In winter the temperature may fall below freezing point and there

may be snow at the higher altitudes.

The underlying geological structure, typical of the Gennargentu

range, consists of outcropping metamorphic palaeozoic rock covered

by a thin layer of humus, forming irregular slopes and gullies.

The vegetation consists of bushes of Erica arborea L. and Juniperus

oxycedrus L., clumps of Stachys spinosa L., Lavandula stoechas L.,

Teucrium marum L. and Thymus herba barona Loisel. The latter,

which is the larval host plant of P barbagiae, is generally common

over the Gennargentu range. Other plants that are present at 800-1000 m

include Asphodelus microcarpus Salzm, Rumex bucephalophorus L,

Tunica sp., Cistus salvifolius L, Linaria pelisseriana L (Miller), Anthemis

cotula L, Helichrysum saxatile Moris and Carlina corymbosa L.

The most common butterflies that fly together with P barbagiae

in May are Coenonympha pamphilus (Linnaeus, 1758), Maniola nurag

(Ghiliani, 1852), Lasiommata paramegaera (Hübner, [1824] ), Lycaena

phlaeas (Linnaeus, 1761), Polyommatus icarus (Rottemburg, 1775),

Aricia cramera (Eschscholtz, 1821), Euchloe insularis Staudinger, 1861,

Anthocharis cardamines (Linnaeus, 1758), Spialia therapne (Rambur,

1832) and, rarely, Aglais ichnusa (Hübner, [1824] ) and Papilio hospiton

Guenée, 1839, and among the day-flyıng moths Zygaena corsica

Boisduval, [1828].

Behaviour

P. barbagiae is active more or less from dawn to dusk. When the

temperature is low, as in the early morning and in the evening, it rests

with its wings open or slightly lowered in order to absorb as much

heat as possible, whereas in the full sunlight it holds its wings closed

over its body facing the sun (figs. 1, 2). It settles preferably on the

stalks of Teucrium and thyme and on the leaves of asphodel and Erica

arborea, rarely on the ground. Like many other lycaenid species, it

often moves its hindwings in a rotatory fashion. At mid day, its flight

is rapid and erratic and therefore hard to follow, also on account of

Fig. 1. Pseudophilotes barbagiae Fig. 2. Pseudophilotes barbagiae

on an asphodel leaf. on an asphodel leaf.

Fig. 3. Typical habitat of Fig. 4. Typical habitat of Pseudophilotes barbagiae

Pseudophilotes barbagiae in May. in August (clumps of Thymus herba barona

shrivelled by the heat).

„x 100:

: top view

Fig. 5. Ovum of Pseudophilotes barbagiae

133;

Fig. 6. Ovum of Pseudophilotes barbagiae: side view

Fig. 8. Ovum of Pseudophilotes barbagiae: intersections of the meshes, X 1600.

its dark colour and small size. When alarmed, it immediately disappears

from sight, flying low over the vegetation, rarely more than one metre

from the ground. At sunset, the butterflies can be seen resting with

their wings closed on the plant stems where they pass the night.

The eggs are laid singly on the flower heads, leaves or stems of

thyme. In captivity, a female may lay as many as 20-30 eggs, | or 2

at a time, over a period of 2-4 days.

No significant variations or aberrations have been observed. The

males are smaller and darker than the females, and may sometimes

be lightly dusted with blue scales. Many males are particularly small.

Ovum

The egg is very small, 0.3-0.4 mm high, with a diameter of 0.6-0.7

mm; shape a much flattened spheroid; colour greenish white, later

turning to white. At scanning electron microscopy, the surface shows

a reticular pattern of high ridges that circumscribe a series of triangular

or square pits, with a tendency to form a radial structure of larger

polygonal units with 6-7 sides (figs. 5, 6). The reticulation is very

uniform over the entire surface of the egg except in an area of about

200 um around the micropyle, where it is finer with radially arranged

prevalently rectangular meshes (fig. 7). The slightly depressed micropyle

is surrounded by a rosette-shaped area, 50 um in diameter, formed

by a series of semilunar cells arranged in a circular fashion around

the micropyle (fig. 7). The intersections of the meshes are very pro-

minent, button-shaped and flattened superiorly (fig. 8).

Acknowledgement

We extend our sincere gratitude to Dr. Vittorio Mazzarello (De-

partment of Anatomy, University of Sassari, Italy), who prepared the

illustrations of the ovum under the SEM.

References

Hartic, F., 1975. Au Mont Gennargentu, en Sardaigne. — Linn.belg. 6:

26-30.

Hicacins, L. G. & Rmey, N. D. 1983. A field guide to the Butterflies of

Britain and Europe. (Ed. 5). — Collins, London. 384 p.

Kuprna, O., 1986. Butterflies of Europe. Vol. 8: Aspects of the Conservation

of Butterflies in Europe. — Aula-Vlg, Wiesbaden. 323 S.

72.

Prins, W. DE & PoorTEN, D. VAN DER, 1982. Overzicht van het genus

Pseudophilotes in Europa en Noord-Afrika, met beschrijving van een soort

uit Sardinié, nieuw voor de wetenschap. — Phegea 10: 61-76.

RıEmiıs, A., 1984. Sardinia, 14th-20th May, 1983. — Entomologist’s Rec.J. Var.

96: 92-95.

Verity, R., 1943. Le Farfalle diurne d’Italia. Vol. 2. Divisione Lycae-

nida. — Casa Editrice Marzocco, S.A., Firenze. x1 +401 p.

Nota lepid. 21 (1): 74—84; 08.111.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

Comments on “Nomina Lepidopterorum nova”

by S. K. Korb (Papilionidae, Nymphalidae)

CHRISTOPH L. HÄUSER* & YURI P. NEKRUTENKO**

* Staatliches Museum für Naturkunde Stuttgart, Rosenstein 1, D-70191

Stuttgart, Germany e-mail: 113217.3422@compuserve.com

** Schmalhausen Institute of Zoology, UA-252601 Kiev 30, MSP, Ukraine

e-mail: ypnekrut@mbat.freenet.kiev.ua

Summary. In revising a recent publication in which 15 new species-group

names were briefly introduced for various Palaearctic Papilionidae and

Nymphalidae, it is shown that 14 of these names are either unavailable or

objectively invalid. General comments call for more strict criteria for the

acceptance of publications to be applied by the editors of scientific periodicals

to prevent such unnecessary changes in nomenclature resulting from inferior

quality publications in the future.

Zusammenfassung. Die Überarbeitung einer kürzlich erschienenen Veröffent-

lichung, in der 15 neue Artgruppennamen für verschiedene paläarktische

Papilionidae und Nymphalidae eingeführt wurden, ergab, daß 14 dieser Namen

entweder nicht verfügbar oder objektiv ungültig sind. Allgemein wird daran

apelliert, von seiten der Herausgeber strengere Kriterien für die Veröffentlichung

von Beiträgen in wissenschaftlichen Zeitschriften anzuwenden, um derartig

unnötige nomenklatorischen Änderungen als Ergebnis minderwertiger Veröf-

fentlichungen künftig zu vermeiden.

Resume. La révision d’une publication récente, dans laquelle 15 nouveaux

noms du groupe-espéce ont été introduits pour plusieurs Papilionidae et

Nymphalidae paléarctiques, a démontré que 14 de ces noms sont soit

indisponibles, soit objectivement invalides. Des commentaires d’ordre général

visent à l’etablissement de critères d’acceptation plus stricts de la part des

éditeurs de périodiques scientifiques par rapport aux publications soumises,

de sorte a prévenir de tels changements non nécessaires de nomenclature

résultant de publications de qualité inférieure a l’avenir.

Key words: Lepidoptera, Papilionidae, Parnassius, Nymphalidae, nomen-

clature, unjustified changes.

In a short paper recently published in the journal Alexanor (19(8):

485-487), 15 new species-group names were introduced by S. K. Korb

(1997) as replacement names (“nomina nova”), one name was replaced

by an existing available name, and one synonymy was established.

When trying to check some of the references cited in that paper it

became evident that all citations were incorrect or wrongly interpreted,

and that the author was not familiar with certain rules and provisions

of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN) nor with

the literary sources he referred to. The purpose of this contribution,

therefore, is an attempt to avert unnecessary nomenclatural changes

possibly resulting from the above-mentioned paper. Furthermore, this

note is also hoped to deter from similar attempts to increase the

enormous number of nomenclaturally available names in the future,

particularly in such Lepidoptera groups as Parnassius which already

greatly suffer from an overload of available species-group names. The

responsibility for more considerate and self-restrained actions is not

only with the author(s), but similarly with the editors of scientific

periodicals who decide about accepting such contributions for pub-

lication. Therefore, we strongly urge our colleagues who are in charge

of editorship to have all manuscripts submitted to them containing

nomenclatural acts more carefully reviewed prior to acceptance, in

order to keep butterfly nomenclature and taxonomy free from super-

fluous burden.

Since most of the nominal taxa dealt with by Korb (1997) appear

to be subject to some sort of mistake, all names introduced in his

paper are briefly revised herewith in alphabetical order.

alpharatoria Korb, 1997

Invalid, as it is a junior objective synonym of Argynnis sachalinensis

Matsumura, 1908. As all the taxa involved and their respective

references are incorrectly cited by Korb, it has been somewhat difficult

to resolve this case. The name alpharatoria was proposed by Korb

(1997: 486) as a replacement name for “Boloria iphigenia sachalinensis

Matsumura (1911: 53)” which he supposed to be preoccupied by

“Boloria oscarus sachalinensis Matsumura (1911: 53)”. Both taxa,

however, are not mentioned in the publication by Matsumura (1911)

which Korb referred to (p. 51 deals with Heterocera; Rhopalocera are

listed on pp. 40-47, and p. 43 contains Argynnis sachalinensis Mats.

and a description of “Argynnis aglaja L. var. sachalinensis n.” — see

below, under /eucososoma) nor in any subsequent publication of that

author (Matsumura 1925, 1929).

The taxonomic combination Clossiana iphigenia Graes. race sacha-

linensis Matsumura was first established by Warren (1955: 383), and

the taxon in question had been described by Matsumura (1908: 158)

as “Argynnis sachalinensis n. sp.”, but was also listed in the same paper

as “Argynnis selene Schiff. v. sachalinensis”. Thus, the taxonomic status

remained uncertain from the very moment of its publication. Subse-

quently, this nominal taxon was transferred to Argynnis euphrosyne

Linnaeus by Esaki (1916), an opinion which was also accepted by

Matsumura (1925: 99), and later on it was transferred to Argynnis

oscarus Eversmann (Hori & Tamanuki, 1937: 149). The name Boloria

iphigenia alpharatoria Korb, 1997, therefore, has to be regarded as

a junior objective synonym of Argynnis sachalinensis Matsumura, 1908.

anufrievi Korb, 1997

Invalid, as it is a junior objective synonym of Parnassius delphius

menander Hemming, 1934, which had already been proposed as a

replacement name for Parnassius delphius intermedius Verity, [1911].

The later name, indeed, is a junior primary homonym of Parnassius

Phoebus intermedius [M£n£tries], [1850]. Korb (1997: 485) wrongly

attributed the nominal taxon P delphius intermedius to Groum-

Grshimailo (1890) (this is the correct spelling of the author’s name

in the work cited, not “Grum-Grshimailo” as in Korb’s paper) as

author, but in his work the name “intermedia” appears only on a

distribution map without description or indication; in the text, it is

furthermore clearly stated by Groum-Grshimailo (1890: 195, footnote)

that he did not intend to give a name to that form, as he supposed

this was later to be done by Hugo Christoph. The name P. delphius

intermedius was therefore first made available by Verity ( [1911]: 316)

as Clearly stated by Bang-Haas (1915: 154) and Hemming (1934: 99).

Bryk (1923: 58) and Bridges (1988: 1.146). have also erroneously

attributed the name intermedius to Groum-Grshimailo.

elenae Korb, 1997

Invalid, as the name is a junior objective synonym of Parnassius

stubbendorfii typicus Bryk, 1914. The name elenae was proposed by

Korb (1997: 485) as a replacement name for typicus Bryk which he

supposed to be a junior primary homonym of Parnassius delphius

typicus Stichel, 1911. A name typica or typicus, however, has apparently

never been published by Stichel in combination with the generic name

Parnassius, but certainly not in the paper cited by Korb (Stichel, 1910).

The name typicus Bryk, 1914, again, does not appear in the reference

given by Korb but was first published in another paper in the same

journal (Bryk, 1914a: 12). The supposed name “typicus Stichel” can

probably be attributed to another publication of Stichel (1911) in which

he gave a list of individual forms of Parnassius delphius all taken at

a single locality. In this compilation of named forms, two of which

were described as new, Stichel (1911: 277) also mentioned a “forma

typica delphius” by which he simply meant to denote the nominotypical

(individual) form but not to introduce a new name. The mistake to

accept this “forma typica” as name probably goes back to Bryk

(1923: 50) who first listed a “v. typica Stichel” as a synonym of Tadumia

delphius delphius and subsequently the name was erroneously included

in Bridges (1988: 1.306) as an available name. Since the words “forma

typica” in Stichel’s paper (1911) clearly represent no name, the citations

by Bryk (1923) and Bridges (1988) also have no effect.

indra Korb, 1997

Invalid, as it is a junior objective synonym of Parnassius imperator

interjungens Bryk, 1932, which long since had been proposed as a

replacement name for Parnassius imperator intermedius Rothschild,

1909. The latter name, indeed, is a junior primary homonym of

Parnassius phoebus intermedius | M£n£tries], [1850].

jacovlevi Korb, 1997

Invalid, as it is a junior objective synonym of Parnassius actius

urumtsiensis Verity, [1906]. The name jacovlevi was proposed by Korb

(1997: 485) as a replacement name for urumtsiensis Verity, [1906], being

a senior (!) primary homonym of Parnassius actius urumtsiensis

Deckert, 1909. It can probably be assumed that Korb actually intended

to propose a replacement name for urumtsiensis Deckert, the junior

primary homonym, but his text clearly states the opposite. The name

urumtsiensis Deckert, however, is itself a junior objective synonym of

urumtsiensis Verity as both names were based on the same type

specimens. The name urumtsiensis was published by Verity ( [1906]:

60, pl. 13, figs. 7, 8) as “Deckert in litt.” and based on some 20 specimens

taken by Riickbeil in June 1903 said to be in coll. Deckert. In his

description, Deckert (1909: 109) stated that he had received a total

of 15 specimens collected by Rückbeil in July 1903, 14 of which are

now deposited in the Sheljuzhko collection in the Zoological Museum

of Kiev University (Tshikolovets, 1993: 55).

laperusi Korb, 1997

Unavailable, as the name was proposed as a replacement for an

infrasubspecific name, Parnassius honrathi f. ocelloconjuncta Eisner,

1938. The original description of the form ocelloconjuncta appeared

in a different paper (Eisner, 1938: 56) than that cited by Korb (1997:

485), and it was listed as an infrasubspecific name by Bridges (1988:

1.218). A supposed senior homonym, Parnassius apollonius daubi f.

ocelloconjuncta Bryk & Eisner, 1934, also represents an infrasubspecific

name, and again, the original description of this form appeared in

a different paper (Bryk & Eisner, 1934: 22) than that cited by Korb.

leucososoma Korb, 1997

Unavailable, since proposed as a replacement for an infrasubspecific

name, Argynnis paphia neopaphia Fruhs. ab. (fem.) sachalinensis

Matsumura (1925: 102; not 114 as stated by Korb). In addition, a

replacement name (also unavailable) had already been proposed for

this infrasubspecific form: Argynnis paphia ab. virescens Nakahara

(1926: 48).

lezginka Korb, 1997

Unavailable, since proposed as a replacement for an infrasubspecific

name, Parnassius jacquemontii f. caeca von Rosen, 1921. The name

caeca von Rosen has subsequently been treated as infrasubspecific by

Bryk (1935: 259), and is not even listed by Bridges (1988). The supposed

senior homonym, Parnassius delphius staudingeri ab. caeca Verity,

[1911], represents also an infrasubspecific name and has been treated

as such by Bryk (1923: 52; 1935: 196), Kudrna (1983: 42), and Bridges

(1985-1511);

loch Korb, 1997

Unavailable, as proposed as a replacement for an infrasubspecific

name, Parnassius stubbendorfii ab. maculata Bryk, 1914. The name

maculata Bryk, 1914, published in a different paper (Bryk, 1914a: 7)

than that indicated by Korb, clearly denotes a female aberration of

P. stubbendorfii and not a subspecies. The name was subsequently

treated as infrasubspecific by Bryk (1923: 220; 1935: 111) and is not

even mentioned in Bridges (1988).

matsumurai Nakahara, 1926

The supposedly new synonymisation of Argynnis aglaja sachalinensis

Matsumura, 1911 with A. a. matsumurai Nakahara, 1926 (Korb, 1997:

486) had already been undertaken by Gaede (1932: 223), and subse-

quently accepted by, e.g., Hori & Tamanuki (1937). Argynnis aglaja

sachalinensis Matsumura, 1911, furthermore, is unavailable as a junior

primary homonym of Argynnis sachalinensis Matsumura, 1908 (see

also above, under alpharatoria Korb), a fact which is not being

mentioned by Korb.

multidiscobolus Korb, 1997

An available replacement name for Parnassius discobolus Alphéraky,

1881, which is unavailable as a junior primary homonym of Parnassius

discobolus Staudinger, 1881. The reference given by Korb for the

original description of discobolus Staudinger (1881: 275) is badly

misleading as both the title and the journal stated are incorrect. The

two taxa have long been considered as subjective synonyms of

Parnassius tianschanicus Oberthür, 1879. However, they do not re-

present objective synonyms as the type material of Staudinger

(1881: 275) originated from “Ala Tau” collected by Haberhauer in 1878,

whereas the specimens of the type series of discobolus Alphéraky were

collected by the author himself in the Tien-Shan Mts. one year later

(Staudinger, /. cit.).

nakaharae Matsumura, 1929

The name nakaharae Matsumura, 1929 ( [III].3) had been proposed

as an available replacement for Papilio bianor paradoxa Nakahara

(1924: 38), a junior primary homonym of P. (Chilasa) paradoxa Zinken,

1831 (cf. Bridges, 1988: 1.267). P bianor sachalinensis Matsumura

(1925: 89, not 100 as stated by Korb), a junior primary homonym

of P machaon sachalinensis Matsumura (1911: 40, not 45 as stated

by Korb), had already been synonymized by von Rosen (1929: 12)

and Bryk (1930: 601) with P bianor paradoxa Nakahara, and the

substitution proposed by Korb (1997: 486) presents nothing new.

naumanni Korb, 1997

Unavailable, since proposed as a replacement for an infrasubspecific

name, Parnassius delphius staudingeri ab. caeca Verity, [1911]: 317.

The name caeca Verity has subsequently been treated as infrasubspecific

by Bryk (1923: 52; 1935: 196), Kudrna (1983: 42), and Bridges (1988:

1.51). The supposed senior homonym, Parnassius delphius ab. caecus

Dönitz, 1892, the reference to the original description of which was

omitted by Korb, represents also an infrasubspecific name and has

been treated as such by Stichel (1907: 32), Bryk (1923: 52; 1935: 589),

and Bridges (1988: I.51).

necdementroprisus Korb, 1997

Invalid, as it is a junior objective synonym of Parnassius actius brutus

Bang-Haas, 1915. The name necdementroprisus was introduced by

Korb (1997: 486) as a replacement name for brutus Bang-Haas on

the assumption that this name represented a junior primary homonym

of Parnassius actius brutus Bryk, 1914 which, however, is a nomen

nudum. Since Bryk (1923: 72; 1935: 254) took himself as the author

of the name, and since “brutus Bryk” has also been listed as an available

name by Bridges (1988: 1.49), the case is probably worth some more

detailed explanation.

The name brutus for a new subspecies of P. actius from the Pamirs

appeared first in a sales catalogue of the Staudinger & Bang-Haas

Company issued early 1914 which, of course, does not constitute a

publication in the sense of ICZN, Art. 8 and 9. It was with reference

to this sales list, that Bryk (1914b: 40) first mentioned the name in

a publication which appeared in May 1914 as “Parnassius actius

Eversm. subsp. Brutus Bang-Haas (i. 1.) ab. jambicus nova”. In the

following text, however, Bryk just briefly characterised a single female

specimen upon which he based this new “ab. jambicus”. He only

mentioned that he had one pair of this “fine undescribed form”

(= brutus) in his collection, but did not provide any characterisation

nor description of it. The name brutus is therefore not available as

from this publication of Bryk (1914b) because it does not satisfy the

provisions of the ICZN, Art. 12. In 1915, an available description of

brutus was finally provided in a paper by Bang-Haas (1915: 94), which

therefore represents the first publication of this name in the sense of

ICZN.

pagenstecheri Korb, 1997

Unavailable, as the name was proposed as a replacement for an

infrasubspecific name, Parnassius eversmanni f. intermedia Kardakoff,

1928; the name intermedia Kardakoff could probably represent a

nomen nudum. In his paper, Kardakoff (1928: 265) characterised an

individual, intermediate form between P eversmanni maui and mauoides

as a “forma intermedia” which he named “ab. monocula”. Hence the

word “intermedia” in his text was not intended to be a new name,

and such a name has not been mentioned by either Bridges (1988)

or Iwamoto & Inomata (1988), but it was listed as “P e. subsp.

laui + forma intermedia, Kardakoff in: Ent. Mt. ...” by Bryk (1935:

142) which probably has been misinterpreted by Korb.

pratensis Korb, 1997

Unavailable, as the name was proposed as a replacement for an

infrasubspecific name, Parnassius bremeri ab. caeca Sheljuzhko, 1928.

The name caeca Sheljuzhko has subsequently been treated as infra-

subspecific by Bryk (1935: 196) and Bridges (1988: I.51).

ximama Korb, 1997

Unavailable, as the name was proposed as a replacement for a nomen

nudum, “Hypermnestra helios maxima Bryk”. Although there is only

an incorrect reference given by Korb as to the supposed publication

of that name, it probably originates from a misunderstanding of a

catalogue entry by Bryk (1922: 40): “maxima Bryk, Arch. F. Naturg.,

80 A 9, p. 140, t. 6, f. 40”. In the reference indicated, Bryk (1914)

published a colour plate out of his own hand which among other

Parnassiinae depicts a specimen of A. helios, and in the figure legend

to that plate (/ cit.: 140) is stated “ Hypermnestra helios Nick. ( var.

maxima Stgr.”. The real author of the name maxima for a subspecies

of H. helios, however, is Groum-Grshimailo (1890: 141) as correctly

indicated by Verity ( [1906]: 37), and also by Bryk (1922, 1935), and

the listing of Staudinger as the author is apparently a lapsus calami

or a printer’s error. In any case, none of the above indications would

provide availability of the name maxima Bryk, and there is no evidence

that Bryk ever intended to propose a new name.

Acknowledgements

The authors wish to express their deepest gratitude for the tangible

help and assistance they obtained during the preparation of this paper

from Dr. Rikio Sato (Niigata, Japan), Axel Steiner (Staatliches

Museum für Naturkunde, Karlsruhe), and Dr. Dieter Stüning (Zoo-

logisches Forschungsinstitut und Museum Alexander Koenig, Bonn).

References

ALPHERAKY, S., 1881. Lépidoptères du district de Kouldja et des montagnes

environnantes. — Horae Soc.ent.ross. 16: 334-435, pls. 14, 15.

Banc-Haas, O., 1915. Zur Kenntnis von Parnassius delphius Eversm. und

verwandten Arten. — Dt.ent.Z.Iris 29: 148-170.

BRIDGES, Ch. A., 1988. Catalogue of Papilionidae & Pieridae (Lepidoptera:

Rhopalocera). — Ch. Bridges, Urbana, Ill. 1.324 + 1.93 + JIL131 +

IV.98 + V.37 + VI.12 + Appendix I.1 + Appendix Il.4 p.

BRYK, F., 1914a. Ueber das Abändern der Stubbendorfs-Apolls. — /nt.ent.Z.

8: 1-3, 7-9, 11-12, 19-20, 23-24.

Bryk, F., 1914b. Neue Parnassier für den Junk’schen Katalog. — Int.ent.Z.

8(8): 39-40.

BRYK, F., 1923. Baroniidae, Teinopalpidae, Parnassiidae. Jn: Strand E. (ed.).

Lepidopterorum Catalogus Ps. 27. — W. Junk, Berlin. 247 p.

Bryk, F., 1930. Papilionidae HI. /n: Strand E. (ed.). Lepidopterorum

Catalogus Ps. 39. — W. Junk, Berlin. P. 511-676.

Bryk, F., 1935. Lepidoptera: Parnassiidae. Ps. 2 (Subfam. Parnassiinae). Jn:

Das Tierreich. Berlin, Leipzig, Walter de Gruyter 65: li + 790 p., 690 figs.

Bryk, F, & Eisner, C., 1934. Kritische Revision der Gattung Parnassius

unter Benutzung des Materials der Kollektion Eisner. — Parnassiana 3(1/

223-222

DECKERT, H., 1909. Description de Parnassius nouveaux (Lép. Het.). —

Bull. Soc.ent. Fr. 1909: 108-109.

Döniıtz, W., 1892. Parnassius Delphius Ev. ab. Caecus. — Ent. Nachr. 18(13):

193-195.

EISNER, C., 1938. Beitrag zur Kenntnis von Tadumia simo (Gray). —

Parnassiana 5(7-8): 55-56.

Esaki, T. 1916. A note of Argynnis euphrosyne sachalinensis Matsum-

ura. — Ent. Mag. Kyoto 2: 44-50, pl. 2, fig. 8.

GAEDE, M., 1930. 14. Gattung: Argynnis F. In: Seitz, A. (Hrsgb.) Die Gross-

Schmetterlinge der Erde. Supplement zu Band 1. Die Palaearktischen

Tagfalter. — Stuttgart, A. Kernen Verlag — S. 217-227.

GROUM-GRSHIMAILO, Gr., 1890. Le Pamir et sa faune lépidoptérologique.

In: Romanoff, N. M. (réd.). Mémoires sur les Lépidoptères. T. 4. —

Stassuléwitsch, St.-Pétersbourg. xvii + 575 + 2 p., 21 col. pls., 1 lith.,

learte:

HEMMING, F., 1934. Some notes on the nomenclature of Palaearctic and

African Rhopalocera. — Stylops 3(5): 97-99.

Hort, M. & TAMANUuKI K., 1937. Insect-fauna of Saghalien. Pt. 1. Butterflies

(Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera). — Saghalien Centr.exp.Sta.Konuma 19: 1-224,

8 pls. (In Japanese, English summary).

ICZN — International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. Third edition

adopted by the XX General Assembly of the International Union of

Biological Sciences. — Intern. Trust Zool. Nomencl., Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.),

London; Univ. Calif. Press, Los Angeles, 1985. 338 p.

Iwamoto, Y. & INOMATA, T., 1988. Geographical and individual variations

of the genus Parnassius Latreille, 1804 (3). Parnassius eversmanni Ménétriés,

1855. In: Ohya, A. & Inomata, T. (eds): Illustrations of Selected Insects

in the World, (A) 3: 33-48.

Kors, S. K., 1997. Nomina Lepidopterorum nova (Lepidoptera Papilionidae

et Nymphalidae). — Alexanor 19(8): 485-487.

KuDRNA, O., 1983. An annotated catalogue of the butterflies (Lepidoptera:

Papilionoidea) named by Roger Verity. — J. Res. Lepid. 21(1): 1-105.

MATSUMURA, S., 1908. Die Nymphaliden Japans. — Ent. Z. Stuttgart 22(39):

157-158.

MATSUMURA, S., 1911. Erster Beitrag zur Insektenfauna von Sachalın. —

J. Coll. Agric. Tohoku Imp. Univ.Sapporo 4: 42-60.

MATSUMURA, S., 1925. An enumeration of the butterflies and moths from

Saghalien, with description of new species and _ subspecies. —

J.Coll. Agric.Hokkaido Imp.Univ.Sapporo 15(3): 83-196, pls. 8-11 (Feb.

1925).

MATSUMURA, S., 1929. Illustrated common insects of Japan. Vol. I. Butter-

flies. — Shunyodo. Pls. 1-16; p. [I] 1-45 (in Japanese) + [II] 1-66 (in

English) + [III] 1-37 (A list of distribution of butterflies in the Japanese

Empire) + 3 p. unnumbered (Index).

NAKAHARA, W., 1924. An interesting new Papilio from Saghalien. —

Bull. Brooklyn ent.Soc. 19: 38-39.

NAKAHARA, W. 1926. Some Saghalien butterflies: notes and descriptions

(Lepidoptera). — Insecutor Inscit.menstr. Washington 14: 45-48.

OBERTHUR, Ch., 1879. Catalogue raisonné des Papilionidae de la collection

de Ch. Oberthür à Rennes. — Etud.ent. 4: xviii + 19-117 p., 6 pls.

Rosen, K. von, 1921. Die Rhopaloceren-Ausbeute der Pamir-Expedition des

Deutsch-Österreichschen Alpenvereins. — Mitt.münch.ent.Ges. 11: 83-100.

Rosen, K. von, 1929. 1. Gattung: Papilio L. In: Seitz, A. (Hrsgb.) Die Gross-

Schmetterlinge der Erde. Eine systematische Bearbeitung der bis jetzt

bekannten Gross-Schmetterlinge. Supplement zu Band 1. Die Palaeark-

tischen Tagfalter. — Stuttgart, A. Kernen Verlag. — S. 7-15, Taf. 1-3.

SHELJUZHKO, L. A., 1910. Melkiye lepidopterologicheskiye zametki [Brief

lepidopterological notes] — Russ.ent.Obozr. 9: 383-385 (In Russian).

SHELJUZHKO, L., 1928. Parnassius bremeri amgunensis (subsp. nov.) — ein

vermutliches Bindeglied zwischen Parnassius bremeri Brem. und Parnassius

phoebus F. — Mitt.münch.ent.Ges. 18(1/2): 1-9, 4 Taf.

STAUDINGER, O., 1881. Beitrag zur Lepidopteren-Fauna Central-Asiens. —

Stett.ent.Ztg 42: 253-300.

STICHEL, H., 1907. Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Fam. Papilionidae. Subfam.

Parnassiinae. /n: Wytsman P. Genera Insectorum. Fasc. 58. Lepido-

ptera. — Wytsman, Bruxelles. 60 p., 3 pls.

STICHEL, H., 1910. Leitbericht. — Jnt.ent.Z. 4(7): 35-36.

STICHEL, H., 1911. [no title]. Berliner entomologischer Verein. Sitzung vom

1. September 1910. — Int.ent.Z. 4(50): 277.

TSHIKOLOVETS, V. V., 1993. A catalogue of the type-specimens of Parnassius

in the Zoological Museum of the Kiev University (Lepidoptera, Papili-

onidae). — V. V. Tshikolovets, Kiev. 75 p.

VERITY, R., 1905—1911. Rhopalocera Palaearctica: Iconographie et description

des papillons diurnes de la région paléarctique. Papilionidae et Pieri-

dae. — Verity; Landi, Florence. 368 p., 72 pls. [for publication dates of

installments of this work see Kudrna, 1983].

WARREN, B. C. S., 1955. A review of the classification of the subfamily

Argynninae (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Part 2. Definition of Asiatic

genera. — Trans.R. ent. Soc.Lond. 107: 381-391, 4 pls.

ZINKEN, J. L. Th. F., 1831. Beitrag zur Insecten-Fauna von Java. 1. — Nova

Acta phys.-med. 15(1): 129-194, Tab. 14—16.

Nota lepid. 21 (1): 85-86; 08.11.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

Emilio Berio

(1905-1993)

Our distinguished Italian colleague, Dr. Emilio Berio, deceased on

October 28th 1993 ın Genua, aged 88.

Thanks to the excellent Obituary (in Italian), recently published by

Roberto Poggi (Museo Civico di Storia Naturale “Giacomo Doria”,

Genova) in Mem.Soc.ent.ital. (73: 3-22, 30.06.1995), we can at last

present Berio to the numerous colleagues of our SEL and readers of

our Nota lepidopterologica, who have no access to the Italian review

and/or cannot read Italian texts.

Berio started to study Lepidoptera when he was still very young,

and he had a real passion for the moths. He could then work on

material stored in the Museo Civico di Storia Naturale “Giacomo

Doria” in Genova, especially of different “Heterocera” families, collected

mainly in Africa: Arctiidae, Lasiocampidae, Geometridae, Noctui-

dae. cte

Later on, he set up a private collection of Noctuidae and spent all

his sparetime left from his profession as lawyer to study that family.

Thus he described numerous taxa new for science, in total 1,152,

including 133 genus and 836 species names.

Beside more than 200 publications between 1932 and 1993, he wrote

the two first volumes on Noctuidae of the series “Fauna d'Italia”:

I. Generalita, Hadeninae, Cuculliinae; II. Quadrifinae.

For his merits, he was promoted Honorary Curator for entomology

at the Museo Civico di Storia Naturale “Giacomo Doria” in Genova

in 1935, and later (in 1983), Accademico ordinario (1.e. member) of

the Accademia Nazionale Italiana di Entomologia. He was moreover

Vice-President of the Societa Entomologica Italiana, as well as

Executive director of the Boll.Soc.ent.ital. (1960-1993) and of the

Mem. Soc.ent.ital. Moreover, from 1982 on, he was Honorary Member

of the Sociedad Hispano-Luso-Americana de Lepidopterologia

(SHILAP).

His world collection of Noctuidae — ca. 1,000 drawers with 70,000

moths and ca. 1,000 slides — is now property of his son.

The death of Dr. Berio came quite unexpectedly (coronary throm-

bosis), as he was still working actively on the Acontiinae of Sumatra

for a publication in the series “Heterocera Sumatrana” — most

unfortunately for the editors, our SEL members Dr. E. Diehl and Prof.

Dr. L. W. ReiKobes!

For me too — and thus for the Naturhistorisches Museum,

Basel — he identified all the Noctuidae I collected in Kenya and

Tanzania in 1977. From that material, he described one new genus

and three new species to science in Tropical Lepidoptera, ın what

became his last publication just before his death ın October 1993. I

was totally unaware of his age and enjoyed his fast and charming way

of corresponding, always with much skill and precision.

With all our SEL Italian colleagues, I will always remember our

Nestor and Noctuidae-Mentor from Genova, not only as a prominent

Italian lepidopterist, but also as a really helpful and friendly colleague.

+ Emmanuel DE BRos

Nota lepid. 21 (1): 87-91; 08.111.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

Book reviews @ Buchbesprechungen @ Analyses

TsHIKOLOVETS, Vadim V.: The Butterflies of Pamir.

17 X 24 cm, 282 pp., including plates I-XLVI (40 in colour, 6 in black-

and-white), hardback. Edited by Y. P. Nekrutenko. Published by Frantisek

Slamka, Bratislava, March 1997. ISBN 80-967540-1-7. To be ordered from:

V. Tshikolovets, Zoological Museum, B. Chmelnitsky str. 15, UA-252601 Kiev

MSP, Ukraine. Price: DM 98.- excl. postage.

This is the first comprehensive book on the butterflies of Pamir since Grum-

Grshimailo’s monograph “Le Pamir et sa faune lépidoptérologique” from 1890,

edited by N. M. Romanoff in his Mémoires sur les Lepidopteres, St.-

Pétersbourg 4, an unsurpassed, but extremely expensive and very rare work.

In a brief introduction, the author includes a map of the zoogeographical

boundary of Pamir and discusses the exact delimitation of the area as viewed

in this work (the Murgab region of the Nagorno-Badakhshanskaya Avtonom-

naya Oblast’ of Tajikistan and adjacent areas within the political boundaries

of present-day China and Afghanistan), as there has been quite some confusion

in the past about the very concept of Pamir. He further briefly deals with

the climate and plant associations of this region, closing his chapter with

a historical overview of its lepidopterological history, including his own past

trips. A useful list of abbreviations of various museums, where relevant (type)

material is currently deposited, is followed by a more detailed map of the

study area, including national boundaries, mountain ranges, passes, rivers,

lakes, main roads, towns and 51 localities numbered on the map and listed

fully on the opposite three pages (with various precisions as to their exact

name, altitude, peculiarities). Then follows a checklist of the butterflies of

Pamir: 115 species with 158 subspecies in total are recognized. The main body

of the book, “A survey of Pamir butterflies”, treats every taxon in detail,

including the range of the species and, for each subspecies, a reference to

the primary sources (original description with original combination, type

locality, depository of the type material), full synonymy as far as the Pamirs

are concerned, its distribution within Pamir, flight period and habitat. For

each single (sub-)species, there is a small map showing its distribution within

Pamir, as well as — when lying within the boundaries of the region — a

symbol indicating its type locality. In the present work, three new subspecies

are described, viz. Polycaena tamerlana pamira, Polyommatus sieversü

goranus and Polyommatus pheretiades (pheretiades) pseudomicrus; further,

two replacement names are proposed: Polyommatus neoiris nom. nov. pro

Lycaena iris Staudinger, 1886 and Polyommatus devanica evansii nom. nov.

pro Lycaena devanica gracilis Evans, 1912.

Then follows a series of 40 colour plates of really outstanding quality; the

first three plates include six habitat photographs each, all situated within the

political boundaries of Tajikistan; plate 4 depicts the live butterflies, sitting

on the rocky substrate, either singly or in copula (Parnassius spp., Polyommatus

chrysopis chrysopis), plates 5 to 39 illustrate set specimens of all the taxa

reviewed, the bulk of which have been collected by the author himself,

supplemented by various syntypes from the L. Sheljuzhko collection, currently

deposited in the Zoological Museum, Kiev University, other casual types and

single specimens having been collected by other lepidopterists; plate 40 includes

various type specimens (either real specimens or illustrations taken from Grum-

Grshimailo, 1890, as well as labels). With one single exception (plate 7), every

single plate showing the upperside of the specimens on plates 5 to 39, is

immediately followed by one showing the underside of exactly the same

specimens. Plates 41 to 46 include line drawings of the male genitalia of some

“difficult” taxa, 1.e. Pyrgus alpinus group, Turanana, Polycaena, Polyommatus,

Boloria, Melitaea (!) and Paralasa.

A short chapter deals with a list of species known to occur in adjacent regions

and indicated for Pamir (in other words, dubious and erroneous records).

Finally, an exhaustive reference list (327 entries) and an index of genus and

species group names conclude the book.

This book informs us — in a very efficient and compact style — on the

taxonomy, distribution and bionomics of each nominal taxon and includes

a wealth of data on primary sources. The excellent photographs, as well as

the line drawings of genitalia of some critical groups, should enable the reader

to identify without problems any species covered by this study.

The author (and his editor) deserve our warmest congratulations for this

outstanding contribution to our knowledge of the butterfly fauna of this part

of Central Asia, a region that becomes accessible to workers from the western

world and that is increasingly visited by these nowadays (e.g., Kyrgyzstan).

The publication of a new book by the same author, “The Butterflies of

Turkmenistan”, is to be expected in early-mid 1998, being the second of a

planned series on the Lepidoptera of Palaearctic Asia. We look forward to

its publication and hope that the author will continue rejoicing us with several

more works of the kind. Indispensable to any lepidopterist interested in

Palaearctic butterflies.

Alain OLIVIER

Dennis, Roger L. H. & SHREEVE, Tim G.: Butterflies on British and Irish

offshore islands: Ecology and Biogeography.

15.6 X 23.5 cm, XII + 131 pp., 11 text figures, 10 tables, paperback. Published

by Gem Publishing Company, Wallingford, December 1996. ISBN

0-906802-06-7. To be ordered from: Gem Publishing Company, Brightwell

cum Sotwell, GB-Wallingford, Oxfordshire OX10 0QD, United Kingdom. Tel.:

01491 833882; fax: 01491 825161. Price: £ 16.00,- excl. postage.

The British butterfly fauna is probably the best known in the world in all

its aspects, including faunistics, ecology, biogeography and conservation. In

the latter area, for instance, the British are far ahead of any other country.

The Monitoring Scheme, now running well over 20 years, with a constantly

growing team of recorders covering about 100 sites in the UK, has provided

a wealth of data on the current status of British butterflies, their local

distribution, population dynamics and ecology (fluctuations in numbers;

migration; colonization and extinction; effects of weather; climatic warming).

Both present authors are leading authorities in the field of ecology and

biogeography. The book produced here presents an up-to-date synthesis on

the butterflies of Britain’s and Ireland’s offshore islands. The two main aims

of this work are: firstly, to encourage more thorough observations on butterfly

species found on islands around the British and Irish coastlines, with an

emphasis on determining either the resident or vagrant status of species;

secondly, to encourage ecological and evolutionary research into island faunas,

particularly with regard to questions involving the conservation of biological

diversity in Britain and mainland Europe. In the present publication, the

authors contribute to this program by investigating the ecological significance

of species’ records for the British and Irish islands.

The book consists of two main sections. The first one is an account of findings

from analyses of data for a selection of 73 islands: geographical (proximity

of faunal source areas on nearby islands and on the adjacent mainland of

Britain, Ireland and France) and ecological parameters (immigration, colo-

nization and survival) are discussed and a straightforward ecological inter-

pretation of the occurrence of butterflies on British and Irish islands is

presented; historical factors are also taken into account. The second section

is a documentation of species occurrences on 219 islands: a general check-

list of British and Irish butterflies is followed by simple lists for each island,

referring to its order, completed by an exhaustive bibliography including

references up to 1 August 1996. Distinctions are made between native species

and rare immigrants and vagrants, as well as between date classes (pre- and

post-1960). The text is enriched by numerous figures and tables.

The findings of the authors have important connotations for understanding

the processes of colonization and extinction, with ramifications for butterfly

conservation in Britain and Ireland. Well-written and comprehensively doc-

umented as it is, this is primarily an extremely valuable working instrument

for population biologists, biogeographers and conservationists alike, both in

and outside Great Britain.

Alain OLIVIER

BENGTSSON, Bengt Ä.: Scythrididae. Jn: Huemer, P., Karsholt, O. & Lyne-

borg, L. (eds.), Microlepidoptera of Europe, Vol. 2.

17 X 24 cm, 301 pp., 14 colour plates, 419 text figures, hardback. Apollo

Books, Stenstrup, 1997. ISBN 87-88757-11-0. Obtainable from: Apollo Books

Aps., Kirkeby Sand 19, DK-5771 Stenstrup, Denmark. Price: Danish Kroner

500, excl. postage.

Already one year after the release of the first volume of the series “Microle-

pidoptera of Europe”, the second part is published, dealing with the family

Scythrididae, not exactly the most attractive, but certainly not the least

interesting, group. The same author had already published a comprehensive

work about this family (The Scythrididae of Northern Europe, Fauna ent.

scand. 13, 1984), but there only the Northern European species were treated.

In the present book all European taxa are considered, including the Canary

Islands, as well as those occurring in North Africa and the Asiatic part of

Turkey. Altogether, 237 species are dealt with, distributed over 7 genera, and 40

species new to science are described. Many new synonymies, as well as a

few new combinations, are established. For some species lectotypes are

designated, and for one species a neotype.

The text begins with a general part about the morphology of the Scythrididae,

as well as information about the identification, the preparation of the genitalia

and the collecting of Scythrididae. The more, this part contains information

about the bionomics, systematics and geographic distribution of this family

of Microlepidoptera. A checklist enumerates all the species treated, as well

as their synonyms.

In the systematic part, all species are enumerated according to a uniform

scheme: complete citation with cross-reference to the original description,

diagnosis (distinctive characters when compared to related species), features

of the male and female genitalia, distribution and biology (kind of biotope,

larval host plant, adult flight period). Sometimes there is an extra paragraph

dealing with problems related to the systematic position of the taxon in

question. After the enumeration of the 237 recognized taxa follow five more

nomina dubia, for which it is at present impossible to ascertain to which

species they apply and two species that have always been listed among the

Scythrididae, but that belong elsewhere.

The distribution of the different species within the area covered is presented

in the form of tables with little over 50 columns, thus offering a quick overview

of the general distribution of each species, as well as an idea of the species

number in the separate regions (mostly countries). The book ends with an

extensive references list and an alphabetical index.

The 253 figures on the 14 colour plates are really of an exceptional quality.

They equal the famous illustrations in the celebrated series “Microlepidoptera

Palaearctica” and have been painted by the author himself. Only a few species

could not be depicted, as they are only known after one or a few specimens

that could not be obtained. With these illustrations it is, in many cases, possible

to name the Scythrididae species. Only in a few cases — especially with the

(nearly) unicolourous species — is it necessary to prepare the genitalia for

a completely reliable identification. For that purpose, line drawings of the

male and female genitalia of each species are included, with arrows indicating

the diagnostic features.

As stated by the author himself, this publication allows the identification of

all known Scythrididae species from Europe, but there is a good chance that

quite a few new species remain to be discovered, especially in the mediterranean

region and in North Africa. The more, the biology of many species remains

entirely unknown. Hopefully, this work will incite many microlepidopterists

to pay more attention to this interesting family.

As is the case with the first volume of this series (Pterophoridae), this book

is very carefully edited and well bound. It will be the standard work on the

West-Palaearctic Scythrididae for years to come and should not be absent

from the library of any microlepidopterist !

Willy DE PRINS

GAEDIKE, Reinhard: Acrolepiidae. Jn: Heppner, J.B., Lepidopterorum Ca-

talogus (New Series) fasc. 55.

21.5 X 28 cm, 20 pp., 16 text figures, stapled. Scientific Publishers Inc., P.O.

Box 15718, Gainesville, FL 32604 U.S.A., 1996. ISBN 0-945417-55-1. Price

US$ 7.50.

Shortly after the publication of the first part (fasc. 48, Epermeniidae) in this

new series of the Lepidopterorum Catalogus — apart from the three-volume-

work on the Noctuidae — the second little part is now published by the same

author. Gaedike treats the family Acrolepiidae, that belongs to the Ypono-

meutoidea, and includes 95 species worldwide. Acrolepiidae are distributed

over all continents except Australia.

The catalogue itself presents the complete scientific naming, a citation of the

original description, type locality, synonymy, distribution, cross-references to

previously published illustrations, the biology and larval host-plants. After

the enumeration of the species follows a comprehensive references list and

indices of the host-plants, the species and the genera.

The text figures consist of a world map including the type localities of the

valid species and a plate with black and white photographs of 15 representative

species.

This publication is part of a prestigious series, for which 124 parts are planned.

The work is intended for all lepidopterists, especially systematists and

taxonomists.

Willy DE PRINS

cong'ess or),

OS N

XIth European Congress of Lepidopterology

B-2390 Malle Belgium

22 - 26 March 1998

Second announcement

The XIth European Congress of Lepidopterology will be organised by the Societas

Europaea Lepidopterologica (SEL) in the “Provinciaal Vormingscentrum Malle”, at

about 25 km NE Antwerpen, Belgium, from Sunday 22 to Thursday 26 March 1998.

Plenary sessions:

Conservation biology

Ecology and population biology

Field reports and faunistics

Systematics and phylogeny

Zoogeography and biodiversity

Parallel sessions / Workshops:

Computer workshop

Microlepidoptera

Noctuidae

Pest control

Tropical Lepidoptera

Registration form and details:

Dr. Ugo Dall’Asta

Royal Museum for Central Africa

B-3080 Tervuren (Belgium)

Tele32 27695372

Faxsct32.2</09.5095

e-mail: selcon98@africamuseum.be

INSTRUCTIONS FOR AUTHORS

RAR pe cd to Nota HIE ODE ee should be original contributions to any aspect of lepidopterology.

de Publication languages are English, German and French. All manuscripts will be reviewed by a board of assistant

editors and by at least two appropriate referees. The editors reserve the right to make textual corrections

Me that do not alter the author’s meaning.

MAS Fbe manuscript should be submitted in triplicate and on a PC-compatible (not Macintosh) disk. Please

Be #7 not send registered mail! The papers should be accompanied by a summary not exceeding 200 words.

For acceptable style, format and layout please examine recent issues of the journal. Latin names of genera

and species should be underlined or ifalicised. The first mention of any living organism must include the

full scientific name with the author and the year of publication, but thereafter the author and date can be

‘omitted and the generic name abbreviated. Male and female symbols have to be coded as @ and # respectively.

Geographic and other names in languages where other than Latin characters are used (e. g. Armenian, Chinese,

ae rgian. _ Greek, Russian, Ukrainian etc.) should be given in transliteration/ transcription (not translation!).

Summary, tables, footnotes, the list of figure legends and references must be on separate sheets. The title

ve the paper should be informative and concise. The name and full postal (and e-mail if available) address

Hee eee) to whom all correspondence should be addressed should be given on the first page.

7 _ The authors should strictly follow provisions of the current edition of the International Code of Zoological

pour New taxa must be distinguished from related taxa (diagnosis, key). The abbreviations gen.

n., n., Sp. n., syn. n., comb. n. should be used to distinguish all new taxa, new synonymies and new combinations.

In describing new genus group taxa, the nominal type-species must be designated in its original combination

and with reference to the original description immediately after the new name. In deseribing new species

group taxa, one specimen must be designated as the holotype; other specimens mentioned in the onginal

_ description and included into the type series are to be designated as paratypes — all immediately after the

name. The complete data of the holotype and paratypes, and the institutions in which they are deposited

. (abbreviated as explained in the introductory section), must be recorded in the original description as follows:

Material, Holotype @, Turkey, Hakkari, 8 km E. of Uludere, 1200 m, 10.V1.1984, H. van Oorschot

vous (ITZA). Paratypes: 7@, 3#, labelled as holotype; @, #, “Achalzich Chambobel 1910 Korb” (NHMW);

- 2@, #,. Iraq, Kurdistan, Sersang, 1500 m, L. Higgins leg. (BMNH); @, Iraq, “Shaglawa, 2500 ft, Kurdistan,

Ba 1957” L. G. Higgins leg. (BMNH).

„All material examined should be listed in similar format: localities should be cited in order of i increasing

a A ision as shown in the examples; in cases when label text is quoted, it should be included between opening

Pa nie inverted commas.

> Figures must be drawn in black waterproof ink and should be submitted about twice their printed size,

"tabled with stencilled or pre-printed lettering or numbering in Arabic numerals large enough to allow reduction.

N must be best quality prints on glossy paper. Each drawing, graph or photograph should be

oh "signed on the back by the author’s name and the fig. (or plate) number; the top should be indicated.

| _ References in the text should be cited by author, date (and page, table, plate, figure if necessary) and

2 4 should be collated at the end of the paper in alphabetical and then in chronological order in the following

_ form (please . draw attention to the punctuation and the use of Em (—) and En (-) dash not replaced with

3 ‘ Pi "A nonbreaking hyphen ©

{ | Hicams, L. G, 1950. A descriptive catalogue of the Palaearctic Euphydryas (Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera).

‘4

ame

"2 BS _ — Trans. R.ent.Soc.Lond. 101: 435-489, figs. 1-44, 7 maps.

| Hicons, L. G. & Ruey, N. D. 1980. A field guide to the butterflies of Britain and Europe. 4th ed. —

= Collins, London. 384 p., 63 pis. ,

14 N Grauen, O., 1901. Famil. Papilionidae - Hepialidae. Jn: Sraupincer, O. & Reser, H. Catalog der

à 4 4 ~ Lepidopteren des palaearctischen = tn PE 3. Aufl. — Friedlander & Sohn, Berlin. XXX+411 p.

| eS | | CFagfaler p. 1-97).

AI authors. quoted i in the text are to be included in the list of References and vice versa. Titles of journals

“hou be given in complète or abbreviated according to the World List of Scientific Periodicals.

à 3 _ Twenty-five reprints of each Saber will be supplied free of charge to the first author; additional copies

4 iy ade Be ordered ona form enclosed with the proofs.

am | Kopien dieser Hinweis in deutscher Sprach sind beim Redaktor eth

Copie rations en franc set ponts pts de di,

ISSN 0342-7536

ipidopterologica

A quarterly journal devoted to Palaearctic lepidopterology

Published by Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

| SNITHSONMAY

JUL 2 7 1998

fo Vol 21 No.2 1998

eae CR, RAR ye ra ,

N ws 2 at RÉ M X © | à 5

SEL SOCIETAS EUROPAEA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA e.V.

CoUNCIL

President: Prof. Dr. Niels P. Kristensen Vice-President: Dr. Jacques Lhonoré

General Secretary: Dr. Christoph L. Hauser Treasurer: Manfred Sommerer

Membership Secretary: Willy O. De Prins Editor: Alain Olivier

Ordinary Council Members: Dr. Jaroslaw Buszko, Michael Fibiger,

Mark Parsons, Steven Whitebread. Dr. Alberto Zilli

COMMITTEES

Literature: Dr. Martin Wiemers

Habitat and Species Protection: Dr. Paul Waring

HONORARY MEMBERS

Jean Bourgogne (F), Pamela Gilbert (GB),

Laszl6 Gozmany (H), Zdravko Lorkovié (HR),

Esko Suomalainen (FIN), P. Sigbert Wagener (D)

Applications for membership, changes of address and orders for Nota lepidopte-

rologica back volumes and other literature should be sent to the treasurer. Subscriptions

should be paid to your country’s representative (see SEL-News 25) or to the treasurer:

SEL M. Sommerer, Volpinistraße 72, D-80637 München, Germany

Postgiroamt Köln Nr. 1956 50-507

In Deutschland Einzahlungen/Überweisungen auch auf das Bankkonto der SEL

bei Bayerische Vereinsbank (BLZ 700 202 70) Nr. 2692511 (German residents only).

Annual subscription fees (to be paid at the beginning of each year):

Ordinary members DEM 65.—

Corporate members DEM 80.—

Admission fee DEM 5.—

Overseas and mail charges DEM 15.—

Non-members and institutions may order Nota lepidopterologica through our agent:

Apollo Books Aps., Kirkeby Sand 19, DK-5771 Stenstrup, Denmark.

News. All items for SEL-News should be sent to Willy De Prins, Diksmuidelaan 176,

B-2600 Antwerpen, Belgium (e-mail: willy.deprins@village.uunet.be).

For all other matters contact Dr. Christoph L. Häuser, SEL General Secretary,

Staatliches Museum für Naturkunde Stuttgart, Rosenstein 1, D-70191 Stuttgart,

Germany (e-mail: 11327.3422@compuserve. com).

Printed by Imprimerie Universa Sprl, 24 Hoenderstraat, B-9230 Wetteren, Belgium

by no means, electronic or mechanical including photocopying, recording or any other information

storage and retrieval system, without written permission from the publisher. Authors are

responsible for the contents of their papers.

NOTA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA

A journal of the Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

Published by Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

Vol. 21 No. 2 Basel, 10. VII.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

Editorial Board

Editor: Alain Olivier, Lt. Lippenslaan 43, bus 14, B-2140 Antwerpen (B)

Assistant Editors: Dr. Roger L. H. Dennis (Wilmslow, GB),

Prof. Dr. Konrad Fiedler (Bayreuth, D), Dr. Enrique Garcia-Barros (Madrid, E),

Ole Karsholt (Kobenhavn, DK), Dr. Yuri P. Nekrutenko (Kiev, UA),

Dr. Erik J. van Nieukerken (Leiden, NL), Dr. Alexander Pelzer (Wennigsen, D)

Contents @ Inhalt e Sommaire

EUPPIN ADS", BALINT, Zs!, BALLETTO, E., BuszKko, J., Courtsis, J.

G., GOFFART, P., KULFAN, M., LHONORE, J. E., SETTELE, J. & MADE,

J. G. van der The status, ecology and conservation of Lycaena dispar

neo Pycacnmı) in PUTO Pe ....................................... 8 94

DuBATOLOV, V. V. & USTJUZHANIN, P. Y. A new Ethmia species

(Erkmindae)irom Turkmenistan. ........................3..22........2. FEAT 101

Mey, W. Description of a new species of Leucoptera from Oman (Lyo-

RE Cr ne Ne 106

ASSELBERGS, J. A new Acrobasis species from Morocco (Pyralidae:

PEN) LL NT EP hen]... alii

NEKRUTENKO, Y. P. A catalogue of the type specimens of Riodinidae

and Lycaenidae deposited in the collection of Zoologisches Forschungs-

institut und Museum Alexander Koenig (Bonn) 2. 9

In memoriam: Emmanuel de Bros (1914-1997) ................................ ae 149

Nota lepid. 21 (2): 94-100; 10.VII.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

The status, ecology and conservation of

Lycaena dispar (Lycaenidae: Lycaenini)

in Europe

Andrew S. PuLınm |, Zsolt BALINT 2, Emilio BALLETTO 3, Jaroslaw

Buszko‘*, John G. Courtsis >, Philippe Gorrart ®, Miroslav

KULFAN 7, Jacques E. LHONorE 8, Josef SETTELE ? & Jan G. VAN

DER MADE (0

I School of Biological Sciences, The University of Birmingham, Edgbaston,

GB-Birmingham B15 2TT, United Kingdom

2 Department of Zoology, Hungarian Natural History Museum, Baross utca

13, H-1088 Budapest VIII, Hungary

3 Dipartemento di Biologia Animale, Universita di Torino, Via Accademia

Albertina 17, I-10123 Torino, Italy

4 Institute of Biology, Copernicus University, Gagarina 9, PL-87-100 Torun,

Poland

> Glykonos Street 4, GR-10675 Athens, Greece

6 Unité d’Ecologie et de Biogéographie (U.C.L.), Place Croix-du-Sud 4-5, B-

1348 Louvain-la-Neuve, Belgium

7 Department of Zoology, Comenius University, Mlynska dolina B-1, 842 15

SK-Bratislava, Slovak Republic

8 Lab.de Biosystématique des insectes, Université du Maine, Faculté des

Sciences, B.P. 535, F-72017 Le Mans Cedex, France

9 UFZ — Centre for Environmental Research Leipzig-Halle, Permoserstrasse

15, D-04318 Leipzig, Germany

10 De Vlinderstichting, P.O. Box 506, NL-6700 AM Wageningen, The Nether-

lands

Summary. Past and present distribution maps are presented for the endangered butter-

fly, Lycaena dispar ({Haworth], 1802), in Europe. Recent changes in distribution show

that the species is under greatest threat in the north of its range, particularly univoltine

populations. Declines have not occurred everywhere but the species is vulnerable to

rapid decline if its wetland habitats are developed for agricultural use. Priority actions

are suggested for its conservation.

Zusammenfassung. Das ehemalige und aktuelle Vorkommen der bedrohten Tagfalterart

Lycaena dispar ({Haworth], 1802) in Europa wird auf Verbreitungskarten dokumentiert.

Rezente Veränderungen des Vorkommens zeigen, daß die Art am stärksten im Norden

ihres Areals bedroht ist, besonders im Falle univoltiner Populationen. Die Art ist nicht

überall im Rückgang begriffen, aber sie ist immer dort aktuell im Bestand bedroht,

wo Feuchthabitate zu landwirtschaftlichen Nutzflächen umgewandelt werden. Priori-

täten für Schutzmaßnahmen zur Erhaltung der Art werden vorgeschlagen.

Résumé. Présentation de cartes européennes de r£partition, passées et actuelles, du

papillon diurne menacé Lycaena dispar ([Haworth], 1802). De récents changements

dans la répartition montrent que cette espèce est gravement menacée dans le nord

de son aire, spécialement les populations univoltines. Les déclins ne sont pas survenus

partout mais l’espèce est sensible à une réduction des habitats humides exploités par

l’agriculture. Des actions prioritaires sont suggérées pour sa conservation.

Key words: Lycaenidae, Lycaena dispar, distribution, status, ecology, conservation,

Europe.

Introduction

The butterfly Lycaena dispar ([Haworth], 1802) has been re-

cognised as one of the most endangered insects in Europe. The

rapid decline of its wetland habitat in north-west Europe has

drawn attention to its vulnerability and resulted in its inclusion

in the Bern Convention on the Conservation of European Wildlife

and Natural Habitats (1979) and in Annexes II and IV of the

EC Habitats Directive (1992) as a species requiring strict pro-

tection in its own right and designation of special areas of con-

servation. It is also currently listed as endangered in the IUCN

(world) Red Data Book (IUCN 1990).

The aims of this paper are to present information on the current

distribution of this species in Europe, on the variation in its

ecology and habitat requirements across its range, and to suggest

priority actions for its conservation.

European distribution

The current distribution is shown in figure | and is based on

records gathered within each country, either by the authors or

from recently published distribution maps (Bink, 1995; Kudrna,

1994; Reichl, 1992; Reinhardt & Thust, 1993; Ebert & Rennwald,

1991; Engel, 1987; Jaksıc, 1988). For comparison, its probable

distribution before large-scale drainage (from known records) is

shown in figure 2. This is based on all available records including

Bretherton (1966) and Bink (1995). There is also a recent report

by Altmüller et al. (1991) that the species occurs in the Lower

Saxony area of Germany, but the locations are not shown on

the map to protect the few remaining sites.

Ecology and habitat requirements

As with many widespread insect species, the ecology and

habitat requirements of L. dispar vary across its range. In the

Netherlands and the introduced sites in the UK it is univoltine

with no records of second generations. In northern Poland popu-

lations are also univoltine, but are capable of producing a partial

second generation in warm years, such as 1995. At mid latitudes,

from France through southern Belgium, Germany, Austria,

Czech Republic, Slovakia, Hungary and Romania, populations

are bivoltine. In more southerly locations, three generations may

be possible in some years depending on elevation.

In the Netherlands and introduced UK populations, larvae feed

exclusively on Rumex hydrolapathum. This is also the preferred

host plant in Poland, suggesting a link between univoltinism and

dependence on this food plant. In mid latitudes from France

across to Romania, up to five species are used, R. hydrolapathum,

R. acetosa, R. aquaticus, R. crispus and R. obtusifolius, with

the latter two being preferred in some places. A few records also

exist for Polygonum bistorta as a food plant, but this is regarded

as erroneous by Ebert & Rennwald (1991).

The species is closely associated with wetland habitats across

its entire range, but its requirements appear to become more

specialised towards the north of its range. In the Netherlands

the species is confined to fenland habitats which have been created

and maintained by traditional farming. These areas are under

a variety of management regimes including winter cutting for

reed, Phragmites australis, summer mowing for hay and summer

grazing. The males form territories in July within the summer

mown areas (hay meadows) before they are cut (Pullin & Webb,

submitted). This situation appears to be similar in Poland, where

males are most frequently seen in moist meadows. In central

Europe, where there are two generations, the habitat requirements

for the first generation are similar to the univoltine races, except

rather less specialised, exploiting acid meadows and pastures,

reflecting the use of a greater range of food plants. The second

generation appears to behave differently from the first, dispersing

through a wider range of habitats, including drier areas. In Bel-

gium both generations have been recorded breeding in fallow

land in industrial areas and on railway verges.

All populations appear to overwinter ın either the second or

third larval instar. Diapausing larvae also appear to be resistant

to the frequent flooding which is typical of their habitat in fens

and river valleys. However, there is some evidence that periods

of flooding longer than 1 month may cause significant mortality

(Webb, 1995). Flooding whilst the larvae are actively feeding

seems to cause catastrophic mortality (Duffey, 1977), and this

may limit the length of the season in some areas, particularly

in the spring.

Conservation

The distribution maps show that the decline in range of this

species is most serious in north-west Europe, particularly the

univoltine populations in the UK and The Netherlands, and

bivoltines in northern Germany, but local declines are also

notable in other areas, such as Italy. However, in some areas

Figure 1. Present European distribution of Lycaena dispar ([Haworth], 1802), based

on distribution maps and site records from the last 10 years. Distributions are based

on a 15’ square grid.

Figure 2. Past European distribution of Lycaena dispar ([Haworth], 1802), based on

distribution maps and records up to the last 10 years. Distributions are based on

a 15’ square grid.

of central Europe and in France there is no evidence of decline.

Interestingly, in Belgium, the species seems to have declined from

wetter habitats where R. hydrolapathum is used as a foodplant,

but has increased in abundance in drier habitats where it uses

R. crispus and R. obtusifolius. Further research is required to

monitor this situation.

Action plans for the species recovery in the UK and The

Netherlands have already been produced (Butterfly Conservation,

1995; Oostermeijer, 1996). Conservation of this species should

concentrate on the following priority actions:

1. Study of the habitat requirements of the species in the most

vulnerable areas (particularly the univoltine populations) where

it still exists in order to halt further declines.

2. Restoration in areas where it has previously disappeared

in order to reverse the decline. This should only be done if the

reasons for the original extinction have been removed and suf-

ficient habitat exists to maintain viable populations or metapopu-

lations.

3. Regular monitoring of its distribution in the strongholds

of its range in eastern Europe, south-west Germany and France.

A major problem with meeting the first two objectives is the

integration of management plans for the habitat with the ecology

of the species. L. dispar appears to have an opportunistic strategy

exploiting early stages in hydroseral succession. Future work

needs to concentrate on appropriate management of habitat at

local and regional scales.

Acknowledgements

Many people provided information to the authors, including

P.M. Kristal/ ARGEHELEP-working group on Lepidoptera of

Hessen (Germany) and the Working Group on Lepidoptera in

Wallonia (Belgium). The authors acknowledge support through

English Nature’s Species Recovery Programme to ASP.

References

ALTMULLER, R., BAETER, J. & GREIN, G., 1991. Zur Verbreitung von Libellen,

Heuschrecken und Tagfaltern in Niedersachsen (Stand 1980). — Beiheft

zur Schriftenreihe Naturschutz und Landschaftspflege in Niedersachsen,

Heft 1. Niedersaechsisches Verwaltungsamt Naturschutz, Landschaftspflege,

Vogelschutz. Hannover.

Bink, F.A., 1995. Invertebrates of the Habitats Directive — species information

sheet: Lycaena dispar. — European Invertebrate Survey, Leiden.

BRETHERTON, R.F., 1966. A distribution list of the butterflies (Rhopalocera)

of western and southern Europe. — Trans.Soc. Br. Ent. 17: 1-94.

BUTTERFLY CONSERVATION, 1995. Species Action Plan: Large Copper, Lycae-

na dispar. — Butterfly Conservation. Unpublished.

Durrey, E., 1977. The re-establishment of the large copper butterfly, Lycaena

dispar batava Obth. on Woodwalton Fen National Nature Reserve, Cam-

bridgeshire, England, 1969-73. — Biol. Conserv. 12: 143-158.

EBERT, G. & RENNWALD, E. (eds.), 1991. Die Schmetterlinge Baden-Wiirt-

tembergs. Band 2. Tagfalter II. — Eugen Ulmer, Stuttgart. 535 pp.

ENGEL, D.E., 1987. Beitrag zur Faunistik der hessischen Tagfalter (Insecta:

Lepidoptera: Papilionoidea). — Nachr.ent.Ver.Apollo, N.F. (Suppl. 7):

1-116.

IUCN, 1990. Red list of threatened animals. — World Conservation Monitoring

Centre, Cambridge.

Jaxsıc, P., 1988. Privremene Karte Rasprostranjenosti dnevnih leptira Ju-

goslavije (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera). — Soc.ent.jugosl. Editiones separatae

1: 1-216.

Kuprna, O., 1994. Kommentierter Verbreitungsatlas der Tagfalter Tschechiens.

— Oedippus 8: 1-137.

OOSTERMEUER, J.G.B., 1996. Actieplan voor het herstel van de Grote

vuurvlinder in Nederland. — Rapport nr. VS 96.99, De Vlinderstichting,

Wageningen.

PuLLm, AS. & WEBB, M.R., submitted. Prospects for the conservation and

restoration of Lycaena dispar in north-west Europe. — Lecture presented

at the 9th Congress of Lepidopterology, Lednice, 1994.

Reicut, E.R., 1992. Verbreitungsatlas der Tierwelt Österreichs. Band 1:

Lepidoptera-Diurna, Tagfalter. Forschungsinst. f. Umweltinformatik, Linz.

7 S., 170 Verbreitungskarte, 10 Taf.

REINHARDT, R. & THUST, R., 1993. Zur Entwicklung der Tagfalterfauna

1981-1990 in den ostdeutschen Ländern mit einer Bibliographie der

Tagfalterliteratur 1949-1990 (Lepidoptera, Diurna). — Neue ent. Nachr. 30:

1-281.

Wess, M.R., 1995. Ecology and Conservation of the Large Copper Butterfly,

Lycaena dispar batavus. — PhD Thesis, Keele University.

100

Nota lepid. 21 (2): 101-105; 10.V11.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

A new Ethmia species (Ethmiidae) from

Turkmenistan

Vladimir V. DuBATOLOV & Peter Y. USTJUZHANIN

Siberian Zoological Museum, Institute of Anımal Systematics and Ecology,

Frunze street, 11, RU-Novosibirsk, 630091, Russia

Correspondence address: P/O Box 169, RU-Novosibirsk, 630056, Russia

Pesrome. B cTaTbe onvcbiBaeTca HOBbIM Bu Ethmia turkmeniella sp. n. (Ethmiidae)

43 ropHoro TypkMeHHcTaHa. HoBblä Bua ÖOJH30K K E. quadrinotella (Mann, 1861),

OcIIM4aeTCA OT HETO IIO CTPOEHHIO BBIPOCTOB Ha THATOce.

Summary. A new species, Ethmia turkmeniella sp. n. (Ethmiidae), is described from

Turkmenistan. It belongs to the E. distigmatella (Erschoff, 1874) species group and

differs from the most related species, E. quadrinotella (Mann, 1861), by large differences

in the gnathos structure.

Zusammenfassung. Eine neue Art, Ethmia turkmeniella sp. n. (Ethmiidae), wird aus

Turkmenistan beschrieben. Sie gehört in die E. distigmatella (Erschoff, 1874) Arten-

gruppe und underscheidet sich von der nächst verwandten Art — E. quadrinotella

(Mann, 1861) — durch einen stark verschiedenen Gnathos.

Resume. Une nouvelle espèce, Ethmia turkmeniella sp. n. (Ethmiidae), est décrite en

provenance du Turkmenistan. Elle appartient au groupe d’especes de E. distigmatella

(Erschoff, 1874) et differe de la plus proche — E. quadrinotella (Mann, 1861) —

par le gnathos fortement different.

Key words: Ethmiidae, Ethmia, turkmeniella sp. n., species.

During the identification of Lepidoptera material collected by

V. V. Dubatolov on the Kuhitang Mountains (south-eastern Turk-

menistan), a new species of the genus Ethmia Hiibner, [1819],

was found: it belongs to the E. distigmatella (Erschoff, 1874)

species group. A specimen of the same species was sent by A.

L. Devjatkin for determination to P. Y. Ustjuzhanin. It was

collected on the western Kopet-Dag Mountains. A description

of the new species is given below.

Ethmia turkmeniella sp. n.

MATERIAL. Holotype &. SW Turkmenistan, SW Kopet-Dag Mts., Kara-Kala,

22.V1.1985, leg. A. L. Devjatkin, coll. Siberian Zoological Museum of the Institute

101

of Animal Systematics and Ecology of the Siberian branch of the Russian Academy

of Sciences (formerly Zoological Museum of the Biological Institute), Novosibirsk.

Paratypes. @ SE Turkmenistan, Kuhitang Mts, 12 km N Charshanga, the junction

of the roads to Svintsovyi Rudnik and to Gaurdak, at light, 16.V.1991, leg. V. V.

Dubatolov: coll. Siberian Zoological Museum of the Institute of Animal Systematics

and Ecology of the Siberian branch of the Russian Academy of Sciences; 4 4, Bazar-

depe village, 13.V.1991, leg. V. V. Dubatolov: coll. Siberian Zoological Museum of

the Institute of Animal Systematics and Ecology of the Siberian branch of the Russian

Academy of Sciences.

DESCRIPTION. Male. Head, thorax, tegulae and antennae set with

whitish scales; head bearing well developed frontal crests with

a sharp outer edge. Palpae white, long, their first unit with a

dense brush of scales. Legs whitish grey. Forewing length holo-

type 6.75 mm, paratypes 6.5-7.0 mm, wing expanse 14-15 mm.

Forewings whitish grey, to some extent darker than hindwings;

four contrasting grey spots arranged into two lengthwise rows

and 6-7 black dots along the outer margin (fig. 1); fringes of

the same colour as the wing ground-colour. Hindwing evenly

white, slightly transparent, without spots.

Fig. 1. Ethmia turkmeniella sp. n., holotype à.

Female. Unknown.

Male genitalia (fig. 2). Uncus wide, tapering to the apex and

split into two acute lobes, each ending with two or three teeth.

Distal part of gnathos weakly sclerotized, proximal part repres-

ented by two heavily sclerotized tooth-like curved processes.

102

Fig. 2. Ethmia turkmeniella sp. n., holotype, male genitalia. a, b — tegumen and

gnathos: a. caudal view; b. lateral view; c. valva; d. aedeagus.

Lateral appendages of transtilla (labis) narrow, long, slightly

curved to uncus. Valve trilobate apically, with well expressed

relatively wide cucullus. Saccus pointed apically. Aedeagus short,

curved to half-ring.

DrAGnosis. By the shape of the valve the new species comes

closest to E. quadrinotella (Mann, 1861) (fig. 3a), inhabiting the

southern and eastern Mediterranean, Western Asia and southern

Central Asia, especially to its subspecies E. quadrinotella quin-

quenotella (Chrétien, 1915) (fig. 3b-d), but in the new species

the costal process of the valve is quite wide, resembling that in

some specimens of E. quadrinotella quinquenotella from Herat

103

in West Afghanistan (fig. 3c), and the apex of valva is trilobate,

the central lobe being rounded; in a specimen of E. quadrinotella

quinquenotella from Bahrain depicted by Sattler (1967) (fig. 3c),

the apex is also trilobate, but the central lobe is strongly tapering

to the apex. Nevertheless, both specimens strongly differ by the

shape of the processes on the gnathos. In E. quadrinotella these

are wide, dentate (fig. 3a, b), in the new species these are narrow,

without teeth (fig. 2a, b). The apices of the uncus lobes also differ

in the two species: in E. quadrinotella they are rounded (fig. 3b),

while in the new species each lobe bears 2-3 small teeth (fig. 3a).

Fig. 3a. Ethmia quadrinotella quadrinotella (Mann, 1861) (from Sattler, 1967, plate

21, fig. 3-,), male genitalia; b. Ethmia quadrinotella quinquenotella (Chrétien, 1915)

(from Sattler, 1967, plate 21, fig. 3a-,); c. valve, Bahrain (from Sattler, 1967, plate

22, fig. 3a-,); d. valve, Herat, W. Afghanistan (from Sattler, 1967, plate 22, fig. 3a-7).

104

Acknowledgements

The authors are very grateful to the administration of the

Kuhitang Nature Reserve for assistance with the work, to Dr.

A. L. Devjatkin (Moscow) for additional material, to Mr. V.

M. Korshunov (Ashkhabad) for financing the 1991 expedition

to Kuhitang, to Dr. O. E. Kosterin for his help with the trans-

lation of the manuscript and the photographs of the moths.

Reference

SATTLER, K. 1967. Ethmiidae. Microlepidoptera Palaearctica. 2. — Verlag

Georg Fromme & Co, Wien. xvı + 185 pp., 106 plates.

105

Pr mm,

Nota lepid. 21 (2): 106-110; 10. VII.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

Description of a new species of Leucoptera from

Oman (Lyonetiidae)

Wolfram MEY

Museum für Naturkunde der Humboldt-Universität Berlin, Invalidenstr. 43,

D-10115 Berlin, Germany

Summary. Leucoptera omanica sp. n. has been collected in the mountains of northern

Oman. The male of the new species is described and the diagnostic characters of

the genitalic apparatus are figured. L. omanica sp. n. belongs to the L. lustratella

(Herrich-Schäffer, 1855) group.

Zusammenfassung. Leucoptera omanica sp. n. wurde in den Bergen von Nord Oman

gesammelt. Das Männchen der neuen Art wird beschrieben, und seine diagnostischen

Merkmale des Genitalapparates werden abgebildet. L. omanica sp. n. gehört zur L.

lustratella (Herrich-Schäffer, 1855) Gruppe.

Resume. Leucoptera omanica sp. n. a été récoltée dans les montagnes du nord d’Oman.

Le male de la nouvelle espéce est decrit et les caracteres diagnostiques des genitalia

sont figures. L. omanica sp. n. est placée dans le groupe de L. lustratella (Herrich-

Schaffer, 1855).

Key words: Lyonetiidae, Leucoptera, omanica sp. n., lustratella, species.

Introduction

The genus Leucoptera Hiibner, [1825] comprises 20 nominal

species in the West Palaearctic Region (Mey, 1994). Although

widely distributed, it has not previously been recorded from the

Arabian Peninsula. The discovery of an undescribed species in

Oman shows that the eremial biome obviously includes habitats

suited for the occurrence and maintenance of Leucoptera species.

The Fabaceae is the most important host plant family of the

group (Kuroko, 1964). Many genera and species are known to

occur in the area, especially herbaceous plants and shrubs. They

could easily accomodate further representatives of the genus

Leucoptera.

106

k ; % _.

[AI

In \

er | | | | II || | \\ \\ \\\ MX

| | \ \ NEN \ N

Hl) |

\ SOX à N

\ NX

\ , N

Fig. 1. Leucoptera omanica sp.n., male wing pattern.

Leucoptera omanica sp. n.

MATERIAL: Holotype ¢ and 17 GG paratypes, Oman, Northern Region, Jabal Shams,

19 km NW Al Hamra, 1100 m, 7. I. 1993, leg. B. Skule, (Holotype, GP MEY 1

97, and 13 GG paratypes in ZMU Copenhagen, 4 @@ paratypes, GP MEY 2/97,

in MNH Berlin).

DESCRIPTION. Male. Forewing length 2-2.5 mm. Head with

white, smooth scales on frons, collar and vertex; midpoint of

vertex with a small brush of erected, white hairs. Scape enlarged

and covered with broad scales, forming an eye-cap; anterior edge

with pecten; flagellomeres greyish, bronzy shining, darker towards

tip of antennae. Antennae reaching second costal streak of wing

apex. Labial and maxillary palpi obsolete. Proboscis sometimes

protruding, whitish. Patagia and mesothorax white, metathorax

scantily scaled and brown. Legs greyish white, pretarsus darker;

spurs 0.2.4., inner medial spur of hindtibia very long, nearly

reaching end of tibia; hindtibia white scaled and with long white

hairs. Abdomen white; abdominal terga II to VIII finely spined.

Forewings shining white, with two yellow-orange costal streaks,

finely bordered with brown scales and suffused anteriorly of the

tornal spot; area between costal streaks white; apical fringe with

107

a small costal and a longer apıcal, fuscous line; subapical and

basal line lacking, tornal spot formed by silvery metallic scales

and some black scales on the basal and costal side (metallic scales

sometimes lacking). Hindwings and cilia whitish.

Male genitalia (figs. 2-4). Segment 8 with a spined tergum

and a pair of pleural lobes. Vinculum (vi) embedded within 8th

segment, of triangular shape. Appendices anelli (app.an) elongate

and bifid; the inner part slightly curved mediad and with a patch

of blunt spines on the tip; the outer part membraneous and

straight. Anellus with a long, single rod, directed obliquely

dorsad. Subanal plates weakly sclerotised, 10th segment entirely

membraneous. Phallic apparatus with a long bulbus ejaculatorius

(b.e), tapering distally into an upwardly bent aedeagus.

Female. Unknown.

BioroGy. Unknown.

PHYLOGENETIC POSITION. The phylogeny. of the genera of Lyo-

netiidae has not been studied so far. Also, the relationships

between species within Leucoptera are largely unknown. The

grouping of the species in the revisionary work on the West

Palaearctic fauna (Mey, 1994) was a provisional step towards

the recognition of the internal structure of the genus. The species

groups are not defined yet by synapomorphies. Instead, they are

grouped by similarities of the male genitalic characters. This

seems to be sufficient for the moment with regard to the restricted

geographical scale and the small number of species studied.

L. omanica sp. n. 1s not closely related to any of the revised

species. The genitalic apparatus shows a number of remarkable

features:

I. Tergum 8 is fully developed, shieldlike and has the same

spines as the preceding terga. This is obviously a plesiomorphic

state. The apomorphic character state is a fully membraneous

dorsal lobe without spines as well as the loss of the entire tergum

as a separate structure. However, a prerequisite is the reduction

of the tegumen. L. omanica sp. n. exhibits a final stage in this

reduction process.

2. The bifid appendices anelli are very elongate and large. Their

enlargement was probably accompanied by the loss of valvae.

108

Figs. 2-4. Male genitalic apparatus of Leucoptera omanica sp. n. 2 — lateral view;

3 — dorsal view (tergal spines omitted); 4 — ventral view (an — anellus, app.an. -

appendices anelli, b.e — bulbus ejaculatorius, pl — pleural lobe, t.a — tuba analıs,

t8 — tergum 8, vi — vinculum).

A sımilar combinatıon is found in other species. However, it is

yet to decide if this character is expressing a tendency (parallel

evolution) or if it has a unique origin.

3. The bulbus ejaculatorius and the upwardly bent aedeagus

(or aedeaguslike structure) are very similar to those in L.

lustratella (Herrich-Schäffer, 1855). Another shared character

with this species is the large and triangular vinculum, which is

much more reduced in other species.

The smoothly scaled head is considered the apomorphic

condition in Leucoptera. The ancestral character state is a roughly

tufted head. L. omanica sp. n. takes an intermediate position

in possessing a small tuft at vertex surrounded by a smoothly

scaled surface.

In conclusion, L. omanica sp. n. has retained a number of

ancestral characters, which are diagnostic for members of the

lustratella group. The species shows a kind of mixture between

characters of L. onobrychidella Klimesch, 1937 and L. lustratella.

The presumed apomorphies of the other groups in Leucoptera

are largely based on reductions, and thus are of uncertain value

for making decisions on relationships. I tentatively place the new

species in the /ustratella group.

Acknowledgement

My sincere thanks go to Mr. Ole Karsholt, Zoological Museum

Copenhagen, for providing the material of the new species for

study and for his patience in waiting for the results for so long.

References

Kuroxo, H., 1964. Revisional studies on the family Lyonetiidae of Japan

(Lepidoptera). — Esakia 4: 1-61.

Mey, W., 1994. Taxonomische Bearbeitung der westpaläarktischen Arten der

Gattung Leucoptera Hübner, [1825], s.l. — Dt.ent.Z., N.F. 41(1): 173-234.

110

Wovanenid. 2\ (2): Wis: VO VIET993 7 ISSN 0342-7536

A new Acrobasis species from Morocco

(Pyralidae: Phycitinae)

Jan ASSELBERGS

Neerland 20, NL-4614 GD Bergen op Zoom, The Netherlands

Summary. Acrobasis aicha sp. n. is described from Marrakech, Morocco and compared

with the related Acrobasis consociella (Hiibner, 1813) with which it has an external

resemblance; however, after a closer examination the two species can easily be

distinguished.

Zusammenfassung. Acrobasis aicha sp. n. von Marrakech, Marokko wird beschrieben

und verglichen mit der nahe stehenden Acrobasis consociella (Hübner, 1813) die ähnlich

ist. Jedoch, nach einer genauere Untersuchung sind die zwei Arten leicht zu trennen.

Resume. Description de Acrobasis aicha sp. n. de Marrakech au Maroc, qui est

comparée à l’espece voisine Acrobasis consociella (Hübner, 1813). Il y a une certaine

ressemblance superficielle entre les deux espèces, mais un examen plus détaillé permet

de démontrer qu’il s’agit de deux espèces bien distinctes.

Key words: Pyralidae, Phycitinae, Acrobasis, aicha sp. n., species.

Introduction

The genus Acrobasis Zeller, 1839 is immediately characterised

by an obvious trıangular scale thorn at the base of the male

antenna, which is ciliated in both sexes, but in the female the

ciliae are shorter than in the male. The labial palp is mostly

slender and uprising, while the maxillary palp is filiform. Ocellus

present and proboscis well developed. At base of forewing m,

and m, aproaching one another. Hindwing m, and m, stalked

or originating from one point. A strong spine forms the frenulum

in both sexes.

8th abdominal segment provided with a culcita. Male genitalia

with triangular uncus and U- or V- formed anellus. Bursa

copulatrix in female genitalia thin, membraneous and partly

scobinate just as ductus bursae, with faint, mostly rounded

signum bursae (Hanneman, 1964).

Hitherto, 17 Acrobasis species have been known from the

Palaearctic region (Roesler, 1988).

Hut

Acrobasis aicha sp. n.

MATERIAL. Holotype 4. Morocco, Marrakech, 27.V.1982, at light, leg. J.A.W.

Lucas, genitalia slide GP 3881 Ass in coll. ZMA (Instituut voor Systematiek

en Populatiebiologie, Zoölogisch Museum Amsterdam).

DESCRIPTION. Male (fig. 1). Wingspan 15 mm. Labial palp

1.3 X eye diametre, curved upwards, not reaching edge of frons ;

third article rather pointed and with a dark ring in the middle.

Maxillary palp filiform and about 0.75 X as long as third article

of labial palp. Proboscis well developed and frons nearly flat.

Antennae about 0.75 X length of forewing, slightly serrate, ciliae

about 0.3 X width of shaft. Robust triangular scale thorn at base

of antenna. Scapus slightly wider than first antennal segment,

third segment provided distally with a tiny scale tooth. Patagia,

thorax and tegulae violet brown with greyish edged scales.

Abdomen greyish brown.

Fig. 1. Acrobasis aicha sp. n. holotype 6 Morocco, Marrakech, 27.V.1982, leg. J.A.W.

Lucas, gen. slide 3881 Ass.

Forewing slightly rounded near the apex and termen rounded

towards the tornus. Ground-colour greyish brown sprinkled with

dark brown scales mainly at costa till just before postmedial line,

and at inner margin till before antemedial line. Antemedial line

greyish brown, originating at about one fifth at the costa, slightly

112

oblique and running to a point lying at one third from wingbase

on inner margin; followed distally by a broad band of dark brown

scales of which several are half erect, band widening towards

costa. Postmedial line originating from 0.8 on the costa and only

visible by the bordering darker brown scales, traject bluntly

curved in the middle before running inwardly to the inner margin.

Fringes light greyish brown with a darker dividing line. Hindwing

light greyish brown with some light brown sprinkling along veins.

Apex blunt, some long brown scales at wing base. Fringes light

greyish brown with a darker dividing line. Forewing underside

uniformly greyish brown. Hindwing underside considerably lighter

greyish brown. Tibia of middle leg with 2 spurs and that of

hindleg with 4, of which outer one of distal pair is minute to

the extent that it is scarcely visible. Frenulum and retinaculum

formed respectively by a long spine and a row of curved scales.

Female. Unknown.

Male genitalia (figs. 2-4). Valve triangular and with costal

enforcement, which gradually becomes narrower, ending just

before cucullus. Sacculus about 0.5 X length of valve; proximad

on costa is a clasper, slender and with parallel sides, just reaching

upper edge of costa. Uncus half the length of valve, A-formed

and distally flattened. Gnathos tongue-formed, distally pointed,

0.8 X length of uncus; lateral gnathos components slender and

distally provided with continuations. Transistilla terminal-medially

fused with rather sharp hook on both sides at terminal-medial

end, proximally terminating just before vinculum. Anellus U-

formed with slender and straight lateral components which are

as long as gnathos, terminally provided with a few hairs.

Vinculum V-formed with a flattened base (fig. 2). Aedeagus

robust, nearly as long as valve and about 0.3 X wider than valve

at its greatest width; distal part with 2 groups of very small cornuti

(fig. 3). Culcita composed by a slightly curved list from which

originates a row of simple, long and slender scales in the centre,

at each of both sides from this list originate 2 bundles of broader

scales (in the slide those 2 bundles are lying one above the other).

Row of scales in the more rounded lower one followed by a

second row (fig. 4).

113

i nl.

Fig. 2. Acrobasis aicha sp. n., male genitalia.

Fig. 4. id., culcita.

Fig. 3. id., aedeagus.

114

Diacnosis. A. aicha sp. n. resembles A. consociella (Hübner,

[1813]); both species can be

characters:

A. aicha sp. n. (fig. 1)

labial palps 1.3 X eye diametre

third antennal segment with small

chitinous tooth

forewing: distally from dark band

following antemedial line, scales of

the groundcolour

discoidal spots absent

lateral anellus components as long

as gnathos (fig. 2)

gnathos tongue-formed

uncus distally flattened (fig. 2)

valve with clasper (fig. 2)

aedeagus wider than valve (fig. 3)

culcita with 5 scale components

(fig. 4)

Brotocy. Unknown.

distinguished by the following

A. consociella (fig. 5)

labial palps 2 X eye diametre

antennal segments without chitinous

teeth

forewing: distally from dark band

following antemedial line, triangular

patch of yellowish brown to orange

brown scales with its base on the

inner margin

discoidal spots present

lateral anellus components half as

long as gnathos (fig. 6)

gnathos bifurcate

uncus distally pointed (fig. 6)

valve without real clasper but with

a curvation at longitudinal axis end-

ing in a continuation at base of valve

(fig. 6)

aedeagus as wide as valve (fig. 7)

culcita with 3 scale components

(fig. 8)

DISTRIBUTION. So far only known from Morocco, Marrakech.

EtryMo.oay. Aicha is an arabic maiden name.

Fig. 5. Acrobasis consociella (Hübner, 1813) 4, The Netherlands, Prov. Gelder-

land, Twello, 6.V1.1992.

HHS

OK Wy. SOs

SN NS

ay KT NATEN x

RSS «à SSS

wo »

i CP à ue >>

0.2 mm

Fig. 8. id., culcita.

Fig. 7. id., aedeagus.

116

Discussion

From the resembling A. consociella, two more subspecies have

been described :

— A. consociella nuragha Roesler 1988 from Sardinia and

Corsica; nuragha has a strongly darkened ground-colour when

compared to nominate consociella; the 3™ article of the labial

palps is as long as the 2nd article (0.66 - 0.75 X in nominate

consociella) The ciliae of the male antennae are 0.25 X the

antennae diametre (0.33 X in nominate consociella)

— A. consociella jessica Roesler, 1988 from Anatolia (Turkey);

Jessica differs from the brown yellowish consociella by a more

greyish ground-colour; on average jessica with a wingspan of

15-18 mm is the smallest one (nuragha and nominate consociella

both 14-17 mm). The scale cone at the frons is small and

inconspicuous when compared with nuragha and it is different

from nominate consociella by the shortness of the ciliae in the

male antennae (nuragha < 0.33 X antenna diametre, nominate

consociella 0.33 X). Both nuragha and consociella have two black

discoidal spots on the forewing and the male and female genitalia

are not different from those in nominate consociella.

Lucas (1914) described Acrobasis consociella var. oberthüri

from Ain-Fedden in Tunisia. In translation his short description

reads only: “little and greyish form, deprived of the reddish parts

which are present in European specimens”.

A specimen from Le Tarf, Algeria must also have been

considered by Lucas for his description; in this specimen the two

black discoidal spots are present.

A. consociella is known from nearly all the European countries

including Corsica, Sardinia and Sicily in the Mediterranean

(Speidel in Karsholt & Razowski, 1996). In North Africa known

from Tunisia and Algeria. The larva feeds on Quercus spp.

Acknowledgements

The author thanks Dr. J.A.W. Lucas, Rotterdam, The Ne-

therlands for the loan of his specimen and Dr W. Speidel, Berlin,

Germany for his inquiries in the MHNP (Muséum National

d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris) concerning the type material of A.

consociella var. oberthüri.

117

References

HANNEMAN, H.J., 1964. Kleinschmetterlinge oder Microlepidoptera (s.l.)

(Cochylidae und Carposinidae). Die Zünslerartigen (Pyraloidea). /n: DAHL,

F. Die Tierwelt Deutschlands und der angrenzenden Meeresteile nach ihren

Merkmale und ihrer Lebensweise. — Jena. vııı + 401 pp., 22 Taf., 296

Fig.

Lucas, D., 1914. Les Phycitinae de la région tunisienne. — Int. Congr. Zool.

1914 : 795-806.

ROESLER, R.U., 1988. Die Gattung Acrobasis Zeller, 1839 in der Paläarktis

(Lepidoptera, Pyraloidea, Phycitinae) Taxonomische Neuorientierung und

Beschreibung neuer Taxa. — Entomofauna 9: 201-223.

Runes, C., 1979. Catalogue raisonné des Lépidoptères du Maroc. Inventaire

faunistique et observations écologiques. — Trav.Inst.Scient. Rabat, ser.

Zool. 39: [14] + 222 + [10], 2 cartes.

SPEIDEL, W., 1996. Pyralidae. In: KARSHOLT, O. & Razowskı, J. The

Lepidoptera of Europe. A distributional Checklist. Apollo Books, Stenstrup,

Denmark. — P. 166-196.

ZELLER, P.C., 1839. Versuch einer naturgemassen Eintheilung der schabenähn-

lichen Schmetterlinge. Lepidoptera Crambina und Lepidoptera Tineacea.

— Isis, Jena 1839: 167-220.

118

Nota lepid. 21 (2): 119-148; 10.V11.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

A catalogue of the type specimens of Riodinidae

and Lycaenidae deposited in the collection

of Zoologisches Forschungsinstitut

und Museum Alexander Koenig (Bonn)

Yuri P. NEKRUTENKO

Schmalhausen Institute of Zoology, UA-252601 Kiev 30, MSP, Ukraine

e-mail: ypnekrut@mbat.freenet.kiev.ua

Summary. A revision of the Lepidoptera collection of the Zoologisches Forschungs-

institut und Museum Alexander Koenig (Bonn) showed it to contain the type material

of 3 nominal species group taxa of Riodinidae and 53 of Lycaenidae. 7 label names

are established to be unavailable as infrasubspecific, preoccupied (published replacement

names are cited) and/or unpublished. In 6 cases unavailable subsequent “paratype”

and “lectotype” designation was found. Among others, the collection contains the type

materials of W. Forster, J. P. Rambur, C. Ribbe, I. de Sagarra, R. Verity and R.

Ziillich.

Zusammenfassung. Die Durchsicht der Lepidoptera-Sammlung des Zoologischen For-

schungsinstituts und Museums Alexander Koenig (Bonn) ergab, daß das Typenmaterial

von 3 nominellen Taxa der Artgruppe bei den Riodinidae und von 53 Taxa bei den

Lycaenidae enthalten war. 7 Etiketten-Namen wurden als nicht verfiigbar festgestellt,

weil sie infrasubspezifisch, praeoccupiert (veröffentlichte Ersatznamen werden auf-

geführt) und/oder unpubliziert sind. In 6 Fällen wurde eine nicht verfügbare Fest-

legung von Paratypen und Lectotypen gefunden. Unter anderem enthält die Samm-

lung Typenmaterial von W. Forster, J. P. Rambur, C. Ribbe, I. de Sagarra, R. Verity

and R. Züllich u.a.

Résumé. Une révision de la collection de lépidoptères du Zoologisches Forschungs-

institut und Museum Alexander Koenig (Bonn) a révélé que celle-ci contient le matériel-

type de 3 taxa nominatifs du groupe-espéce parmi les Riodinidae et de 53 parmi les

Lycaenidae. 7 noms d’étiquettes sont établis comme non-disponibles, étant infrasub-

specifiques, préoccupés (des noms de remplacement publiés sont cités) et/ou non-

publiés. Dans 6 cas, une désignation ultérieure et non-disponible de paratypes et de

lectotypes a été trouvée. La collection contient, entre autres, du matériel-type de W.

Forster, J. P. Rambur, C. Ribbe, I. de Sagarra, R. Verity et R. Züllich.

Key words: Lepidoptera, Riodinidae, Lycaenidae, collections, type specimens,

nomenclature.

119

This catalogue ıs one of the results of the author’s research

visit to the Zoologisches Forschungsinstitut und Museum Alex-

ander Koenig during September-November 1997 sponsored by

the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft. A closer examination of

the Riodinidae/Lycaenidae section of the Lepidoptera collection,

one of the largest and most important in Germany, allowed to

find a rich type material, most of which, up to the present, was

out of proper attention of researchers. The aim of this publication

is to make this material available and to return it to the scientific

circulation.

The species-group taxa names are arranged here in alphabetical

order, separately for Riodinidae and Lycaenidae. Each entry

begins wıth the species-group name originally applied to the type

specimens; available names are given in boldface, unavailable

(infrasubspecific, replaced homonyms, unpublished) in lightface

characters. This heading is followed by the original combination

quoted from the primary sources (original descriptions); type

specimens as specified in the original description (holotype, allo-

type, paratype, syntype, cotype, type, topotype, metatype) are

classified to four classes of nomeclatural types defined and

regulated by the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature

(ICZN) as name-bearing types: holotype, allotype (if originally

designated), paratype and syntype. Unavailably designated spe-

cimens, since they are in the collection, are cited under paragraph

heading in single quotation marks and ‘in italics’. For each

specimen the label text is quoted in double quotation marks in

following order: locality label; accessory label(s) (origin, depos-

itory, inventory nos. etc.); designation label. To assist better

recognition of the specimen, each label is provided with char-

acteristics of the paper on which it is written. Each line in the

label text is separated in run-in quotations by a virgule (/). All

extensions of abbreviations used in the label text are enclosed

in square brackets except for kurentzovi, where the square

brackets originally enclose the word “Paratype” on designation

labels. In quotations of combined labels (handwritten on printed

forms), the handwritten text 1s reproduced in italics; completely

handwritten and completely printed labels are quoted in a

standard character face.

120

RIODINIDAE

hoenei Forster, 1951

“Dodona hoenei sp. n.” Forster, 1951: 64, Taf. 5, Abb. 8.

Holotype:

e Ö with labels: printed “Li-kiang (China) / Provinz Nord-

Yuennan. / 15.8.1934. H. Höne” (on yellowish paper); hand-

written (Forster) on printed form “Holo-Typus 3 / Dodona

hoenei | Forster | W. Forster München” (on pink paper).

Allotype: |

e © with same locality label (8.9.1934); handwritten (Forster)

on printed form “Allo-Typus 2 / Dodona hoenei Forster |

W. Forster München” (on pink paper).

Paratype:

e À with same locality label (20.8.1934) and handwritten

(Forster) on printed form “Para-Typus & / Dodona | hoenei

Forster | W. Forster Miinchen” (on pink paper).

minor Forster, 1951

“Polycaena lua Gr. Gr. minor ssp. nov.” Forster, 1951: 63, Taf. 4, Abb. 3.

Holotype:

e Ö with labels: printed “Batang (Tibet). / Alpine Zone (ca.

5000 m) / 21.6.1938 H. Hone” (on dirty grey paper);

handwritten (Forster) on printed form “Holo-Typus & /

Polycaena lua | ssp. minor Forster | W. Forster München”

(on pink paper).

Paratypes:

e 35 with same locality labels (16.6, 20.6, 31.7.1938) and

handwritten (Forster) on printed form “Para-Typus & /

Polycaena lua | ssp. minor Forster | W. Forster München”

(on pink paper).

pallidior Forster, 1951

“Polycaena chauchowensis Mell pallidior ssp. nov.” Forster, 1951: 62, Taf. 4, Abb.

152;

Holotype:

@ GS with labels: printed “Li-kiang (China) / Provinz Nord-

Yuennan. / 1.9.1935. H. Höne” (on yellowish paper); hand-

PAI

written (Forster) on printed form “Holo-Typus @ / Poly-

caena chanchowensis | ssp. pallidior Forst. | W. Forster

München” (on pink paper).

Allotype:

@ © with same locality label (13.10.1954); handwritten (Forster)

on printed form “Allo-Typus 9 / Polycaena | chauchowen-

sis / ssp. pallidior Forst. | W. Forster München” (on pink

paper).

Paratypes:

@ 76,29 with same locality labels (different dates) and printed

labels “Para-Typus...” with the same text as for holo- and

allotype (on pink paper).

LYCAENIDAE

ainonica Murayama, 1952

“Celastrina sugitanii ainonica (ssp. nov.)” Murayama, 1952: 1 (Japanese text), 3

(English translation), figs. 2, 4, 5.

Paratypes:

@ 23 with labels: handwritten (unknown hand) “Hokkaido

Japan / Okusibetu / 16.V1.1947 / leg. Murayama” (on white

paper); printed “Paratypus” (on red paper in box). One of

specimens bears also handwritten (Murayama) labels on

glassine paper (folded): “Hokkaido / Okusibetu / 16.VI.

1947 / JAPAN” and “Celastrina sugitanii / ainonicus ¢¢@ /

PARATYPE”.

amelia Hemming, 1927

“Turania amelia nov. sp.” Hemming, 1927: 277.

Paratype:

e À with labels: printed “PORTUGAL / Alemtejo, 10 m. /

24.4.1927 Querci” (on white paper, folded); handwritten

“662” (on crosslined notebook paper); printed “9/57 ex

coll. / R. Oberthür” (on blue paper); handwritten (de Sagar-

ra?) on printed form “PARATYPE / S.[colitantides] amelia

Hemm. / from typical series” (on green paper).

In recent literature this taxon is considered as a subspecies

of Pseudophilotes abencerragus Pierret, 1837 (see also Hemming,

1929: 27, 84, pl. 1, fig. 3).

andarabi Forster, 1937

“Lycaena pheretiades andarabi ssp. nov.” Forster, 1937: 61, Taf. 4, Abb. 28, 29, Taf.

5, Abb. 28, 29.

Paratype:

@ & with labels: printed “Nord-Ost-Hindukusch / Nuksan-

Pass-Nordseite / Alpenwisenzone / 3500-4000 m Mitte

Juli / leg. H. & E. Kotzsch” (on white paper); printed “110.”

(on white paper); handwritten (unknown hand) “phereti-

ades / v. andarabi / Forst.”; handwritten (Forster) on

printed form “Para-Type / Lyc.[aena] | pheretiades |

andarabi Forst. | W. Forster München” (on pink paper).

angustimargo Howarth, 1957

“Neozephyrus souleana Riley ssp. angustimargo ssp. n.” Howarth, 1957: 258, Figs.

72,88.

Paratypes:

e 85 with printed labels “Li-kiang (China) / Provinz Nord-

Yuennan. / 20.6, 14.7, 15.7, 16.7.1935” (on yellow paper);

one specimen with removed abdomen (15.7) bears a printed

label with handwritten (Howarth) inscription “T. G.

H.[owarth] / 1955 / 172” (on white paper); one specimen

with removed abdomen (16.7) bears a printed label with

handwritten (Howarth) inscription “T. G. H.[owarth] /

1954-62” (on white paper); one specimen bears a handwritten

(Howarth) label “Neozephyrus | souleana | angustimargo |

Hth” on printed form “det. T. G. Howarth 1955” (on white

paper); each specimen is designated with a circle printed

label with yellow margin “Para- / type”.

araxiana Kocak, 1979

“Agrodiaetus (Sublysandra) myrrhus araxiana n. subsp.” Kocak, 1980: 266, figs. 7-9.

Paratype:

@ À, with labels: printed “Turkei / Kars / Akcay / 1500-1700

m / 22.-28.7[19]76 / Eckweiler leg.” (on white paper);

“Museum A Koenig / Eing. Nr. 87/202 / ex. Coll. Eckweiler

(on white paper); handwritten (Kocak) on printed form

“PARATYPUS & / Agrodiaetus | (Sublysandra) myrrha

araxiana Koçak, 1979” (on red paper).

123

asturiensis de Sagarra, 1924

“Agriades corydonius, H. S. rassa asturiensis, nova rassa” de Sagarra, 1924: 202.

Paratype:

@ © with labels: printed “ASTURIAS / Pajares m. 1300 /

8 VIII.[19]24 Querci” (on white paper); handwritten “404”

(on crosslined notebook paper); handwritten on printed

form “TOPOTYPE / taken with type / A.[griades] cory-

donius H.S. / asturiensis Sag.” (on green paper).

In case whether the specimen was labelled “topotype taken

with type”, this “topotype” designation suggests its paratype status

unless the author deliberately limited the type series to contain

specimens by his choice. The original description provides

following data: “Tipus de Pajares, 1300 mts., 16-VIII-[19]24. (en

Col. Mus. Cién. Nat. de Barcelona) Romei leg.”

atayalicus Shirözu & Murayama, 1943

Thecla atayalica Shirözu & Murayama, 1943 — Ent.World 11(107): 2-4, fig. 1, 2

(not seen).

Paratype:

@ à with labels: (no locality label); handwritten (Murayama)

“Leucantigius / atayalicus 6 / PARATYPE” (on glassine

paper, folded); printed “Paratype” (on red paper).

bieneri Forster, 1941

“Celastrina argiolus L. bieneri ssp. nov.” Forster, 1941: 614, Taf. 21, Abb. 3, 4; Taf.

22, Abb. 3, 4.

Paratypes:

e 264 with labels: printed “Chita (10) (Transbaikal) / Mai 1926.

V. Tolmachov” (on pale orange paper); handwritten (Forster)

on printed form “Para-Type @ / Celastrina argiolus | ssp.

bieneri Forst. | Dr. W. Forster München” (on pink paper).

bofilli de Sagarra, 1924

“Strymon spini, Schiff., rassa bofilli, nova rassa” de Sagarra, 1924: 200.

Paratypes:

@ à with labels: printed “ARAGON / Albarracin m. 1100 /

26 V1.[19]24 Querci”; handwritten “551” (on crosslined note-

book paper); handwritten on printed form “PARATYPE /

124

S.[trymon] spini Schiff. | bofilli Sag / dull form” (on blue

paper); printed “Paratypus” (on red paper).

e © with same locality label (4. VII.[19]24); handwritten “553”

(on crosslined notebook paper); handwritten on printed

form “PARATYPE / S.[trymon] spini Schiff. | bofilli Sag /

bright form” (on blue paper); printed “Paratypus” (on red

paper).

brevicaudata Püngeler

Unpublished.

Syntype:

e © with labels: handwritten “brevicaudata / Piing.[eler] /

Zermatt” (on white paper, in eight-cornered box); handw-

ritten on printed form “COTYPE / brevicauda- | ta | v.

d. Goltz” (on blue paper, in box). — Satyrium spini (| Denis

& Schiffermüller], [1775]).

camboi de Sagarra, 1926

“Strimon [sic !] esculi Hb. rassa camboi, nova rassa” de Sagarra, 1926: 135.

Paratypes:

e 5 with labels: printed “CATALONIA / Llinas 200 m. /

17.6.[19]25 Querci” (on white paper); handwritten “565” (on

crosslined notebook paper); handwritten (de Sagarra?) on

a printed form “PARATYPE / S.[atyrium] esculi Hb. |

camboi Sag.” (on blue paper); printed “Paratype” (on red

paper).

@ ¢ (uncertain status) with labels: printed with handwritten

notes “PORTUGAL / Algarve, 500 m. / 27.5.[19]28 Quercı”

(on white paper); handwritten “559” (on crosslined notebook

paper); handwritten (de Sagarra?) on a printed form

“PARATYPE / S[atyrium] esculi Hb. | type like.” (on blue

paper); printed “Paratype” (on red paper).

deinareton Fruhstorfer, 1917

“Chr.[ysophanus] alciphron deinareton subspec. nova” Fruhstorfer, 1917: 18.

‘Paratype’

e à with labels: printed “PIZZO TRE VESSOVI m. 1200 /

ASCOLI PICENO Italia Centr. / Querci 25-30 Luglio 1923”

125

(on dirty white paper); handwritten “599” (on cross lined

notebook paper); printed “9/57, ex coll. / R. Oberthür” (on

blue paper); handwritten on printed form “PARATYPE /

L.[ycaena] alciphron Rott. / deinareton Fr.” (on blue paper).

— Subsequent paratype designation, not available.

diversa de Sagarra, 1926

“Scolitantides melanops B. rassa diversa, nova rassa.” de Sagarra, 1926: 137.

Paratype:

e 3 (abdomen missing) with labels: printed “CATALONIA /

Llinas 200 m. / 28.5.[19]25 Querci” (on white paper); printed

“9/57 ex coll. / R. Oberthür” (on blue paper).

A comparison of the locality label text with data given in the

original description (“Série tipica... Llinas, V. (Querci leg.)”; for

year — 1925 - see p. 129) confirms the specimen to belong to

the type series as a paratype. This specimen is signified now with

a printed label “melanops diversa | de Sagarra / PARATYPUS /

Y. Nekrutenko det. 1997” (on yellow paper).

erzurumensis Eckweiler & Hesselbarth, 1978

“Agriades pyrenaicus erzurumensis n. subsp.” Eckweiler & Hesselbarth, 1978: 65,

Abb. 1-4.

Paratypes:

@ 33 with printed labels: “Türkei/Erzurum / Palandöken

Dag / 2900-3100 m / 27.7-31.7.[19]77 / leg. Eckweiler” (on

white paper); “Paratypus @ / Agriades pyrenaicus / ssp.

erzurumensis / des. ECK WEILER et / HESSELBARTH

1978”; one of the paratypes bears a printed label with

handwritten inscription “Museum A. Koenig / Eing. Nr.

87/202 | ex coll. Eckweiler” (on white paper, in box).

farsica Rose & Schurian, 1977

“ Apharitis myrmecophila farsica n. ssp.” Rose & Schurian, 1977: 146, Abb. 1.

Paratype:

@ Ö with printed labels: “Südiran / Dasht-e-Arjan, / 2000-2200

m, / 60-70 km westl. Shiraz / prov. Fars / 15-26.5.1976 /

leg.” (on white paper, in box); “ZFMK / 81/90/91” (on

126

white paper, type writer); “Paratypus / Apaharitis myrme-

cophila Dumont / ssp. farsıca / 1977 ROSE u. SCHU-

RIAN” (on red paper, in box).

ferdinandi de Sagarra, 1926

“Agriades thersites (Cant.) Chapman rassa ferdinandi nova rassa. IL? generaciö

ferdinand?’ de Sagarra, 1926: 138.

Paratypes:

e À with labels: printed “CATALONIA / Llinas 200 m. / 18

7.[19]25 Querci” (on white paper); handwritten “404” (on

crosslined notebook paper); handwritten on printed form

“TOPOTYPE / taken with type / A.[griades] thersites Chap.

/ ferdinandi Sag.” (on green paper).

@ © with labels: printed “CATALONIA / Llinas 200 m. / /8

7.[19]25 Querci” (on white paper); handwritten “708” (on

crosslined notebook paper); handwritten on printed form

“TOPOTYPE / taken with type / A.[griades| thersites Chap.

/ ferdinandi Sag.” (on green paper).

In case whether the specimen was labelled as “topotype taken

with type” this “topotype” designation suggests its paratype status

unless the author deliberately limited the type series to contain

specimens by his choice. The original description provides

following data: “Tipus dels pujols entre Vilamajor i Llinas, VII.

[ 1925 — for year see op. cit. p. 129] (Querci Sagarra leg.)”

Jlorianii Bozano, 1996

“Teratozephyrus florianii Bozano sp. nov.” Bozano, 1996a: 206, Figs.1-4, 13, 39.

Holotype:

@ 4 (abdomen missing) with labels: printed “CHINA / Gonga

Shan / Kanding SICHUAN / native collectors” (on white

paper); handwritten (Bozano) “prip.[arato] 89”; printed with

handwritten inscription “Museum A. Koenig / Eing. Nr.

97/498 | ex. Coll.”; handwritten (Bozano) “HOLOTYPUS /

Teratozephyrus florianii / Bozano, 1996” (on red paper).

Jukiensis Forster, 1941

“Orthomiella pontis fukiensis ssp. nov” Forster, 1941: 625, Taf. 21, Abb. 18, Taf.

22, Abb. 18.

187

Holotype:

e & with labels: printed “Kuantun (2300 m) 27, 40n. Br. /

117, 406. L. J. Klapperich / 6.4.1938 (Fukien)” (on pale

pınk paper); handwritten (Forster ) on printed form “Holo-

Type & / Orthomiella pontis | ssp. fukiensis Forst. | W.

Forster München” (on pink paper).

Paratypes:

@ 1334, with same locality (different dates) labels and hand-

written (Forster) on printed form “Para-Type & / Ortho-

miella pontis | ssp. fukiensis Forst. | W. Forster München”

(on pink paper).

fusca de Sagarra, 1926

“Lampides boeticus L. gen. aut. fusca, nova forma” de Sagarra, 1926: 136 —

infrasubspecific name.

Paratypes:

@ à with labels: printed “CATALONIA / Llinas 200 m. /

28.9.[19]25 Querci” (on white paper); handwritten “610” (on

crosslined notebook paper); printed “9/57 ex coll. / R.

Oberthür” (on blue paper); handwritten (de Sagarra?) on

a printed form “PARATYPE / L.[ampides] boeticus /

infuscata Sag.” (on blue paper).

e 9 with labels: printed “CATALONIA / Llinas 200 m. /

9.9.[19]25 Querci” (on white paper); handwritten “609” (on

crosslined notebook paper); printed “9/57 ex coll. / R.

Oberthür” (on blue paper); handwritten (de Sagarra ?) on

a printed form “PARATYPE / L.[ampides] boeticus /

infuscata Sag.” (on blue paper).

Labelled as infuscata, these specimens, collected by Querci in

September 1925, were described under the name fusca (cf. de

Sagarra 1926: 129, 137). These specimens are signified now with

printed labels “fusca de Sagarra 1926 / PARATYPUS / Y.

Nekrutenko det. 1997” (on yellow paper).

giacomazzoi Bozano, 1996

“Satyrium giacomazzoi spec. nov.” Bozano, 1996b: 329, Figs. 4, 5, Col. pl. 7b, Fig.

5430:

128

Holotype:

e ¢ with printed labels: “Jinshui m. 1200, Yang Xian / (Hu

Xian Qin Ling S. slopes / Shaanxi, CHINA / 21.V.1995

E. Giacomazzo” (on white paper); “Museum A. Koenig /

Eing. Nr. 96/494 ex. Coll.” (on white paper); “Satyrium

giacomazzoi / Bozano, 1995 HOLOTYPUS’” (on red paper).

The specimen pinned underside up.

hersilia Leech, 1893

“Cyaniris hersilia, sp. nov.” Leech, 1893: 319, pl. 31, fig. 16, Q.

‘Allotype’:

e à with labels: printed “Kuatun (2300 m) 27, 40n Br. / 117,

4086. L. J. Klapperich / 16.4.1938 (Fukien)” (on dirty purple

paper); handwritten (Forster) on printed form “Allo-Type

& / Celastrina / hersilia Leech / W. Forster München” (on

pink paper). — Subsequent allotype designation (originally

described on females only), not available, not published (cf.

Forster 1941: 606-608; ICZN, 72A).

hespericus Rambur, [1840]

“Polyommatus Hespericus. Mihi’? Rambur, [1840]: 270, pl. 10, figs 14. Type

locality “J’ai trouvé cette belle espece dans la méme localité que L’Agestor...”

(Rambur, op. cit.: 271); “...sur les collines, pres d’Alfacar...” (Rambur, op. cit.: 270).

Syntypes:

@ 29 with labels: handwritten (Rambur ?) “hesperica” (on

white paper); printed “Type / Rambur” (on white paper);

printed (new) “Typus” (on red paper).

As it might be deduced from the print and paper quality, these

printed labels were pinned to the specimens much later than

Rambur’s description appeared in press, surely when they were

moved from the original collection where they all were designated

in a drawer by a bottom label (a custom common to the first

half 19th century). Recent status: Plebeius pylaon hespericus

(Rambur, | 1840]).

hoenei D’Abrera, 1993

“Taeosopis hoenei sp. nov.” D’Abrera, 1993: 405. Junior objective synonym of

praetextatus Fujioka, 1992 (Bozano et al., 1995: 14) — see praetextatus Fujioka below.

129

Holotype:

@ © with labels: printed (type writer) “Minshan, Shensi / 7,

VII, 1987”; a circle printed label with red margin “Holo- /

type”; handwritten (Fujioka) “Holotype / Laeosopis prae-

textatus / Fujioka, 1992”; handrwitten (Ackery) “HOLO-

TYPE / Laeosopis / hoenei D’Abrera / det. P. Ackery,

1994” and “HOLOTYPE / Laeosopis praetextatus / Fujio-

ka / det. P. Ackery, 1994) — ICZN Art. 72(d).

The statement “TYPE IN BERLIN MUSEUM?” (D'Abrera,

1993: 405) is erroneous.

hoenei Forster, 1940

“Glaucopsyche (Sinia) lanty hönei ssp. nov.” Forster, 1940: 876, Taf. 22, Abb. 13,

Taf. 23, Abb. 13.

Holotype:

e 6 with labels: printed “Batang. (Tibet). Untere / Urwaldzone.

(Ca. 3800 m) / 15.5 1936. H. Hone”; handwritten (Forster)

on printed form “Holo-Iype & / Shijimia lanty / hönei

Forst. / W. Forster München” (on pink paper).

Allotype:

e 9 with labels: same locality label (6.6 1936); handwritten

(Forster) on printed form “Allo-Type 9 / Shijimia lantyi |

hönei Forst. | W. Forster München” (on pink paper).

Paratypes:

e 154, 22 with same locality labels as holotype and allotype

(10.5.-29.6 1936); handwritten (Forster) on printed form

“Para-Type @ / Shijimia lantyi | hönei Forst. | Dr. W.

Forster Miinchen” (on pink paper).

e 54, 29 with labels: printed “Batang. (Tibet). In Tal / des

Yangtse (ca. 2800 m) / (dated 5.5.-30.7.1936). H. Höne”

(on grey paper); same designation label as above.

e 4, 2 with labels: “A-tun tse (Nord Yünnan) / obere Höhe

(ca. 4500 m) / 25.6 1936 (Q 26. 6 1936). H. Hone” (on

yellow paper); same designation labels as above.

hoenei Forster, 1941

“Celastrina huegelii Moore hoenei ssp. nov.” Forster, 1941: 602.

130

Holotype:

e à with labels: printed “Makanshan / prov. Chekiang /

22.5.30 | H. Hone” (on white paper); “Präparat No. 806 /

W. Forster München”; handwritten (Forster) on printed

form “Holo-Type @ / Celastrina huegelii | hönei Forst. |

W. Forster Miinchen” (on pink paper).

Allotype:

@ © with the same locality label (31.5.30); handwritten (Forster)

on printed form “Allo-Type @ / Celastrina huegelii | hönei

Forst. | W. Forster Miinchen” (on pink paper). Abdomen

removed, pinned.

hoenei Howarth

Unpublished — see tienmushanus Shirözu & Yamamoto below.

Paratypes:

e 66 with printed labels “West Tien-mu-shan / Prov. Che-

kiane, / 27.6, 1727, 22.7, 26.7, 28.7.1932. H. Hone” (on white

paper); one specimen with removed abdomen bears a printed

label with handwritten (Howarth) inscription “T. G.

H.[owarth] / 1955 / 138” (on white paper); one specimen

bears a handwritten (Howarth) label “@ Pl[ara] T.[ype] /

Neozephyrus / hônei / Howarth” on printed form “det. T.

G. Howarth 1955” (on white paper); each specimen is

designated with a circle printed label with yellow margin

“Para- / type”.

All above material is to be referred to Neozephyrus tienmu-

shanus Shirözu & Yamamoto (cf. Howarth, 1957: 255-256); a

female designated as “neoallotype female” (op. cit.: 256) is not

in the ZFMK collection (apparently in The Natural History

Museum, London).

idas Rambur, [1840]

“Polyommatus Idas. Mihi’ Rambur, [1840]: 266, pl. 10, figs 5-7. Preoccupied name

(unavailable secondary homonym) replaced by ramburi Verity, 1913: 189; see also

Verity, 1929: 357, footnote) — see below. Type locality: “L’/das se trouve sur

les parties très élevées et légèrement arides de la Sierra Nevada, a plus de 2,000 mètres

d’elevation.” (Rambur, op. cit.: 268).

131

Syntypes:

@ 44, 39 with printed labels “Type / Rambur” (on white

paper).

As ıt might be deduced from the print and paper quality, these

printed labels were pinned to the specimens much later than

Rambur’s description appeared in press, surely when they were

moved from the original collection where they all were designated

in a drawer by a bottom label (a custom common to the first

half 19th century). These specimens are signified now with printed

labels “idas Rambur [1840] / SYNTYPUS / Y. Nekrutenko det.

1997” (on yellow paper).

infuscata de Sagarra

Unpublished — see fusca de Sagarra, 1926 above.

insignis de Sagarra, 1924

“Loweia alciphron, Rott., rassa insignis, nova rassa” de Sagarra, 1924: 201.

Paratypes:

e 3 with labels: printed “ARAGON / Albarracin m. 1100 /

3.V11.[19]24 Querci”; handwritten “591” (on crosslined note-

book paper); handwritten on printed form “PARATYPE

| L[oweia] alciphron Rott | insignis Sag.” (on blue paper).

e © with same locality label (20.V1.[19]24); handwritten “596”

(on crosslined notebook paper); handwritten on printed

form “PARATYPE / L.[oweia] alciphron Rott | insignis

Sag.” (on blue paper).

josephina de Sagarra, 1924

“Agriades thersites, (Cant.) Chapman, rassa josephina, nova rassa” de Sagarra, 1924:

202.

Paratypes:

@ © with labels: printed “ARAGON / Albarracın m. 1100 /

25.V1.[19]24 Querci”; handwritten “406” (on crosslined note-

book paper); handwritten on printed form “TOPOTYPE /

taken with type / A.[griades] thersites Chap. | josephina

Sag.” (on green paper). ol

@ Ö with labels: printed “ARAGON / Tramacastilla m. 1300 /

31.V1.[19]24 Romei”; handwritten “465” (on crosslined

182

notebook paper); handwritten on printed form “TOPO-

TYPE / taken with type / A.[griades] thersites Chap. |

josephina Sag.” (on green paper).

In case whether the specimen was labelled as “topotype taken

with type”, this “topotype” designation suggests its paratype status

unless the author deliberately limited the type series to contain

specimens by his choice. The original description provides follow-

ing data: “Tipus d’Albarracin (Arago), 1100 mts., 28-VI-[19]24.

(en Col. Mus. Cièn. Nat. de Barcelona) Romei leg.”

juennana Forster, 1940

“Glaucopsyche (Phengaris) atroguttata juennana ssp. nov.” Forster, 1940: 877.

Paratypes:

e à with labels: printed “Li-kiang. (China). / Provinz Nord

Yuennan. / 7.7.1934. H. Hone” (on yellow paper); hand-

written (Forster) on printed form “Para-Type 5 / Glauco-

psyche (Phengaris) | attroguttata [sic !] juennana Forst. |

Dr. W. Forster Miinchen.” (on pink paper).

@ 39 with same locality labels (2., 17.9.1934, 28.8.1935) and

with same designation labels. 14 and 29 in the collection

with the same locality labels not designated as paratypes;

original description gives 24 and 2% paratypes from the

Höne’s collection.

kurentzovi Sibatani, Saigusa & Hirowatari, 1994

“Maculinea kurentzovi sp. nov.” Sibatani, Saigusa & Hirowatari, 1994: 196, Figs. 9,

18, 19, 20-24, 43, 44, 48.

Paratypes:

@ & with printed labels: “Lahasusa (Am Zinfluss / des Sungari

in den / Amur) Juli 1918” (on dirty white paper); “[PARA-

TYPE] Maculinea kurentzovi / Sibatani, Saigusa & Hiro-

watari, 1994”; “Museum A. Koenig / Eing. Nr. / ex. Coll.

loan”; handwritten “8 296 / scale”.

@ Ö with removed right wings (pinned in a glassine paper

envelope) and abdomen (genitalia pinned in a tube), with

printed labels: “Chita (Transbaikal) / Juni 1920. V. Tolma-

chev”; “[PARATYPE] Maculinea kurentzovi / Sibatani,

Saigusa & Hirowatari, 1994”; “Museum A. Koenig / Eing.

Nr. / ex. Coll. loan’.

183

kyushuensis Fujioka, 1975

“Tratsume orsedice kyushuensis Fujioka. ssp. nov.” Fujioka, 1975: 102 (Japanese text),

281 (English translation), Pl. 62, Figs. 69-73, 75-77).

Paratype:

e à with labels: printed “Mt. Sobosan (1700 m) / Oh-ita &

Miyazaki-ken / July, 17-29, 1969 / Coll. S. Koiwaya” (on

white paper); handwritten (Fujioka) on printed form “Para-

type / I.[ratsume] orsedice kyushuensis | Fujioka, 1975.”

langhami Romei, 1927

“ Agriades thetis, Rott. ... race ... Janghami” Romei, 1927a: 128.

Holotype:

e 3 with labels: printed “NUEVA CASTILLA (Cuenea

[sic !]) / Huelamo 1200 m. / 26.8.1926 Querci (on white

paper, folded); handwritten “433” (on crosslined notebook

paper); handwritten on printed form “TYPE / A.[griades]

thetis Rott. | langhami Romei’ (on dark red stiff paper).

Paratype:

e 9 with labels: printed “NUEVA CASTILLA (Cuenca) /

Villacabras 1200 m. / 17.9.1926 Querci (on white paper,

folded); handwritten “436” (on crosslined notebook paper);

handwritten on printed form “TYPE / A.[griades] thetis

Rott. | langhami Rome?’ (on dark red stiff paper).

lenzeni Forster, 1941

“Celastrina gigas Hemm. lenzeni ssp.nov.” Forster, 1941: 609, Taf. 19, Abb. 7, 8; Taf.

20, Abb. 7, 8.

Holotype:

@ 6 with labels: printed “Tapaishan im Tsiling / Sued-Shensi.

— Ca. 1700 m. / 29.4.1936 H. Hone” (on red paper);

handwritten (Forster) on printed form “Holo-Type & /

Celastrina gigas | lenzeni Forst. | W. Forster München.”

(on pink paper).

Allotype:

e © with same locality label, 20.4.1935; handwritten (Forster)

on printed form “Allo-Type 9 / Celastrina gigas | lenzeni

Forst. | W. Forster Miinchen; handwritten (pencil) label

“Celastrina / hersilia (Leech) / det: J. N. Eliot” (recto),

“Korrespondenz / 24.10.1980” (verso).

134

Paratypes:

e 65 with same locality labels; handwritten (Forster) on

printed form “Para-Type 5 / Celastrina gigas | lenzeni

Forst. | W. Forster Miinchen” (on pink paper); two of them

bear handwritten (pencil) label: “ Celastrina / sugitanii

(Mat) / det. J. N. Eliot” (recto), “Korrespondenz. /

24.10.1980” (verso); “Celastrina / hersilia (Leech) / det.: J.

N. Eliot” (recto), “Korrespondenz / 24.10.1980” (verso).

lucida Forster, 1942

“Orthomiella lucida spec. nov.” Forster, 1942: 580.

Holotype:

@ 4 with labels: printed “Kuantun (2300 m) 27, 40n. Br. /

117, 406. L. J. Klapperich / 2.4.1938 (Fukien)” (on pale

pink paper); handwritten (Forster) on printed form “Holo-

Typus & / Orthomiella lucida Forst. | W. Forster München”

(on pink paper).

Paratypes:

@ 95 with same locality labels (different dates) and handwritten

(Forster) on printed form “Para-Type @ / Orthomiella

lucida Forst. | W. Forster Miinchen” (on pink paper).

luxurians Forster, 1940

“Polyommatus (Albulina) orbitulus (pheretes auct.) luxurians var. nov.” Forster, 1940:

880.

Syntypes:

@ 615, 159 with labels: printed “Li-kiang. (China). / Provinz

Nord Yuennan. / (dated 29.5.-18.8.1935). H. Höne” (on

yellow paper); handwritten (Forster) on printed form “Co-

typus ¢ (©) / Albulina orbitulus | var. luxurians Forst. |

W. Forster München.” (on pink paper).

magnificus Balint, 1987

“ Plebejus (Plebejides) sephirus magnificus ssp. n.” Balint, 1987: 101.

Paratype:

e & with labels: printed “Macedonia / Ohrid Petrina / 6.6-

7.7.1935 / Wolfschäger” (on white paper, in box); handw-

ritten “24.6.[19]35 / Petrina” (on white paper); printed “Sig.

135

E. Griep / Eing. Nr. 1, 1955” (on white paper); handwritten

(Balint) on printed (in red ink) form “Paratypus & /

P{lebejus| sephirus | materteresa (recto) | Zs. Balint, | 1987

(verso) (on white paper).

melconi Querci

Unpublished.

Holotype:

@ & with labels: printed “NUEVA CASTILLA (Cuenca) /

Villacabras 1200 m. / 29 May 1928 Querci” (on white paper);

handwritten (Querci ?) “Type de Melconi Querci”; printed

“Typus” (on red paper). — Glaucopsyche alexis (Poda,

1761).

Paratype:

e © with labels: printed “NUEVA CASTILLA (Cuenca) /

Huelamo 1200 m. / 31 May 1928 Querci (on white paper);

handwritten (Querci?) “Melconi Q paratype”; printed “Al-

lotype” (on red paper). — Glaucopsyche alexis (Poda, 1761).

montanabella Verity, 1928

“Aricia medon ... race ... montanabella” Verity, 1928: 180.

Syntypes:

e À with labels: printed “NUEVA CASTILLA (Cuenca) /

Villacabras 1200 m. / J 9.1926 Querci” (on white paper,

folded); handwritten “665” (on crosslined notebook paper);

handwritten on printed form “TOPOTYPE / taken with

type / A [ricia] medon | montanabella | Verity.” (on green

paper).

e 9 with labels: printed “NUEVA CASTILLA (Cuenca) /

Villacabras 1200 m. / 4. 9.1926 Querci” (on white paper,

folded); handwritten “666” (on crosslined notebook paper);

handwritten on printed form “TOPOTYPE / taken with

type / A.[ricia] medon | montanabella | Verity.” (on green

paper).

In case whether the specimen was labelled as “topotype taken

with type”, this “topotype” designation suggests its paratype status

unless the author deliberately limited the type series to contain

specimens by his choice. The type series in the Museo Zoologica

136

de la Specola (Florence) contains 236 and 139 syntype specimens

from Huelamo (6.VIIL-8.1X.1926) and Villacabras (13.VII.-

8.1X.1926) collected by Querci (Kudrna, 1983: 32-33). The above

two specimens, that undoubtedly belong to the type series, were

forwarded by Verity to de Sagarra who designated these syntypes

as “topotypes”.

morronensis Ribbe, [1910]

“Lycaena idas Rbr. [v.] morronensis” Ribbe, [1910]: 190.

Syntypes: |

e & with handwritten label “S. Spanien / Sierra / Espuña /

[19109 Korb”.

e 5 with handwritten label “ Lyc.[aena] idas & / Sierra

Espuna / 1909 Korb”.

e © with handwritten label “Lyc.[aena] idas Q / Sierr. Espuna

[sic !] / 1909 Korb”.

In evidence that these specimens belong to the sample that

served Ribbe as type material, a quotation from the original

description follows (Ribbe, [1910]: 190): “Sehr interessant war

mir nun von Korb zu hören, dass er 1909 in der Serra de Espuña

in Murcia, auf dem Gipfel des Morron in einer Höhe von 2000

m im Juli idas gefangen habe. Vor kurzer Zeit erhielt ich einige

Stücke aus diesem Gebirge von Korb und kann folgendes

feststellen. ... Alle diese Merkmale scheinen konstant zu sein, und

schlage ich daher für die murcianischen idas den namen mor-

ronensis vor.”

morronensis Rıbbe, [1910] ıs the oldest available name for

preoccupied idas Rambur [1840] — see ramburi Verity, 1913

below.

These specimens are signified now with printed labels

“morronensis Ribbe [1910] / SYNTYPUS / Y. Nekrutenko det.

1997” (on yellow paper).

nahizerica Eckweiler, 1978

“Aricia teberdina nahizerica ssp. n.” Eckweiler, 1978: 115, Abb. 1-4.

Paratypes:

@ 4, 22 with printed labels: “Tiirkei/Erzurum / Ispir/Nahi-

zer / 1700-1900 m / 4.8.-8.8.[19]77 / leg. ECK WEILER”

ISA

(on white paper); “Paratypus 3 (9) / Aricia teberdina ssp. /

nahizerica / des.[ignavit| ECKWEILER 1978” (on red

paper); male and one of female paratypes bear a circle

printed label with yellow margin “Para- / type”.

nevadensis Züllich, 1928

“Lycaena nevadensis n. sp.” Züllich, 1928: 73, Taf. 5, Figs. 2, 7-10. Preoccupied name

replaced by zullichi Hemming, 1933: 277 — see below.

Syntype:

e 9 with labels: printed “HISPANIA / SIERRA NEVADA /

2400 M 12.V11.1926” (on white paper); printed “9/57, ex

coll. / R. Oberthür (on blue paper); handwritten (Züllich ?)

“Cotype ® / Lyc[aena] nevadensis Züllich / Z.[eitschrift]

d.[es] ö.[sterreichischen] E.[ntomologen-] V.[ereines] XIIIf.]

J.[ahrgang] p. 73. 1928” (recto), “Züllich” (verso) (on red

paper). The specimen pinned underside up.

noguerae de Sagarra, 1924

“Hirsutina damon, Schiff. rassa noguerae, nova rassa” de Sagarra, 1924: 203.

Paratypes:

e © with labels: printed “ARAGON / Noguera m. 1700 /

2 VII[19]24 Rome’ (on white paper); printed “9/57 ex

coll. / R. Oberthür” (on blue paper); handwritten “118” (on

crosslined notebook paper); handwritten on printed form

“TOPOTYPE / taken with type / A.[irsutina] damon

Schiff. | noguerae Sag.” (on green paper).

@ à with labels: printed “ARAGON / Orihuela m. 1700 /

15 V11.[19]24 Querci” (on white paper); printed “9/57 ex

coll. / R. Oberthür” (on blue paper); handwritten on printed

form “TOPOTYPE / taken with type / A.[irsutina] damon

Schiff. / noguerae Sag.” (on green paper).

In case whether the specimen was labelled as “topotype taken

with type”, this “topotype” designation suggests its paratype status

unless the author deliberately limited the type series to contain

specimens by his choice. The original description provides fol-

lowing data: “Tipus de Noguera (Arag6), 1.400 mts., 31-VII-

[19]24, [en Col. Mus. Cien. Nat. Barcelona]. Romei leg.”

138

nuksani Forster, 1937

“Lycaena candalus nuksani ssp. nov.” Forster, 1937: 62, Taf. 4, Abb. 1-3.

Paratype:

e & with labels: printed “Nord-Ost-Hindukusch / Nuksan-

Pass-Nordseite / Alpenwisenzone / 3500-4000 m Mitte

Juli / leg. H. & E. Kotzsch” (on white paper); handwritten

(Forster): on printed form “Para-Type / Lyc[aena] canda-

lus | nuksani Forst. | W. Forster München”.

patungkoanui Murayama, 1956

“Japonica lutea patungkoanui ssp. nov.” Murayama, 1956: 13, Figs. 3, 7, 8.

Paratype:

@ G with labels: written (unknown hand) “Zentral Formosa /

Sankakuho / 23.VI.1942 / leg. Murayama” (on white

paper); printed “Paratypus” (on red paper, in box); hand-

written (Murayama) “Sankakuho / Zentralformosa /

23.V1.1942” and “Japonica lutea / patungkoanui € /

PARATYPUS” (both on glassine paper, folded).

paupercula de Sagarra, 1924

“Loweia alciphron, Rott. rassa paupercula, nova rassa” de Sagarra, 1924: 201.

Paratype:

@ GS with labels: printed “ARAGON / Orihuela m. 1700 /

10.V11.[19]24 Querci”; handwritten “594” (on crosslined

notebook paper); handwritten on printed form “PARA-

TYPE / L. [oweia] alciphron Rott. | paupercula Sag.”

pauperella de Sagarra, 1926

“Glaucopsyche cyllarus Rott. rassa pauperella, nova rassa” de Sagarra, 1926: 138.

Paratypes:

e À with labels: printed “CATALONIA / Llinas 200 m. /

3.6.[19]25 Querci” (on white paper); printed “9/57 ex coll. /

R. Oberthür” (on blue paper); written “481” (on crosslined

notebook paper); handwritten on printed form “TOPO-

TYPE / taken with type/ G.[laucopsyche] cyllarus Sag.

[sic !] / pauperella Sag.” (on green paper).

@ © with labels: printed “CATALONIA / Llinas 200 m. /

2.6.119]25 Querci” (on white paper); printed “9/57 ex coll. /

139

R. Oberthür” (on blue paper); written “482” (on crosslined

notebook paper); handwritten on printed form “TOPO-

TYPE / taken with type/ G.[laucopsyche] cyllarus Rott. /

pauperella Sag.” (on green paper).

In case whether the specimen was labelled as “topotype taken

with type”, this “topotype” designation suggests its paratype status

unless the author deliberately limited the type series to contain

specimens by his choice. The original description provides fol-

lowing data (p. 139): “Serie tipica procedent de Llinas, VI. (Querci

leg.) 1 dels voltants de Barcelona, V.”

perrettei Weiss, 1977

“Lycaena helle perrettei subspecies nova” Weiss, 1977: 255 (fig. p. 254).

“Paratypes

@ Ö with labels: handwritten (Weiss) in printed form “Gérard-

mer / Vosges / 600 m 1.VII.[19]80 / Coll. J. C. Weiss”

(on white paper); handwritten on printed box “PARA-

TYPUS (highlighted with a red marker) Lycaena helle / ssp.

perrettei / Coll. J. C. Weiss et Lucette W.[eiss] (on white

paper).

@ Ö with labels: handwritten on printed form “Haut du Tot /

Vosges / 800 m / 1.V11.[19]75 Coll. Weiss” (on white paper);

same designation label.

e à with labels: handwritten on printed form “Haut du Tot /

Vosges / 800 m / 28.5.[19]75 Coll. Weiss” (on white paper);

handwritten on printed box “METATYPE (highlighted with

a red marker) L.[ycaena] / ssp: perretter Bere

WEISS” (on white paper).

Though designated as paratypes and “metatype” (?), none of

these specimens represent the type series (cf. type material data

as given in the original description — Weiss, 1977: 255). Sub-

sequent paratype designation, not available. These specimens

represent the topotypical population and should be considered

as topotypes.

praemerisina Lorkovic, 1943

“E.[veres] argiades merisina gen. vern. praemerisina n.” Lorkovic, 1943: 451, Taf. 25,

Abb. 12; Taf. 26, Abb. 11 — infrasubspecific name.

140

Paratype:

e © with labels: printed with inscribed date “Ling ping /

Südchina / V.1922 | H. Hone (on white paper); handwritten

(Forster — sic!) on printed form “Para-Typus © / Everes

argiades | praemerisina Lorkovié” (on pink paper).

praetextatus Fujioka, 1992

“Laeosopis praetextatus Fujioka, sp. nov.” Fujioka, 1992: 13 (Japanese text), 18

(English translation), Figs. 6B, 7-10.

Holotype:

@ © with labels: printed (type writer) “Minshan, Shensi / 7,

VII, 1987”; a circle printed label with red margin “Holo- /

type”; handwritten (Fujioka) “Holotype / Laeosopis prae-

textatus / Fujioka, 1992”; handwritten (Ackery) “HOLO-

TYPE / Laeosopis / hoenei D’Abrera / det. P. Ackery,

1994” and “HOLOTYPE / Laeosopis praetextatus / Fujio-

ka / det. P. Ackery, 1994).

‘Allotype’:

@ Ö with printed labels: “Jiuzhaigou mt. 2250 / north Si-

chuan / 14.VII.1994 - CHINA / Leg. E. Giacomazzo” (on

white paper); “Museum A. Koenig / Eing. Nr. 96/494 |

ex. Coll.” (on white paper, in box); “Artopoetes praetexta-

tus / Fujioka, 1992 / ALLOTYPUS” (on red paper). —

Subsequent allotype designation, not available (cf. Bozano

ciel 995: 15, Fig. 7, 8; ICZN, 72A).

pseudolorquini Verity, 1925

“Cupido sebrus, B. ... race ... pseudolorquini, mihi” Verity, 1925: 76.

Syntypes:

@ & with labels: printed “ARAGON / Albarracin m. 1100 /

2.V1.[19]24 Querci” (on white paper); printed “9/57 ex

coll. / R. Oberthür” (on blue paper); written “624” (on

crosslined notebook paper); handwritten on printed form

“PARATYPE / C.[upido] sebrus Hb. | pseudolorquinii

Ver.” (on blue-green paper).

@ © with labels: printed “ARAGON / Albarracin m. 1100 /

29.V1.[19]24 Querci” (on white paper); printed “9/57 ex

coll. / R. Oberthür” (on blue paper); written “628” (on

crosslined notebook paper); handwritten on printed form

141

“PARATYPE / C.[upido] sebrus Hb. | pseudolorquinii

Ver.” (on blue-green paper).

The type series in the Museo Zoologica de la Specola (Flo-

rence) contains 45 and 3Q syntype specimens from Albarracin

(7.-23.V1.[19]24) collected by Querci (Kudrna, 1983: 37). The

above two specimens, that undoubtedly belong to the type series,

were forwarded by Verity to de Sagarra who designated these

syntypes as “paratypes”.

ramburi Verity, 1913

— see idas Rambur, [1840] and morronensis Ribbe, [1910] above (ICZN Art. 72(e)).

“In any case it will be found necessary to alter the name [Lycaena] idas given by

Rambur to a Spanish species of the same genus, and it may be dedicated to its author

under that of ramburi” (Verity, 1913: 189); “ Lycaena ramburi, nom. nov. [pro] Lycaena

idas, Ramb. [non Lycaena idas, L.]’ (Verity, 1913: 191).

septentrionalis Forster, 1941

“Celastrina huegelii Moore septentrionalis ssp. nov.” Forster, 1941: 600, Taf. 19, Abb.

15, 16; Taf. 20, Abb. 15, 16.

Holotype:

@ Ö with labels: printed “Min-Shan (Prov. Shansi) / Mittlere

Höhe ca. 1500 m / 20.5.1937. H. Hone” (on greenish paper);

handwritten (Forster) on printed form “Holo-Type © /

Celastrina huegelii | septentrionalis Forst. | W. Forster

Miinchen” (on pink paper).

Allotype:

@ 9 with same locality label as holotype (18.V.1937); hand-

written (Forster) on printed form “Allo-Type 9 / Celastrina

huegelii | septentrionalis Forst. | W. Forster München” (on

pink paper).

Paratypes:

@ 4023, 169 with same locality labels as allotype (different

dates: 18.V.—3.VI.1937); with printed labels “Para-Typus ¢

(2) / Celastrina hegelei / septentrionalis Forster / W.

Forster München” (on pink paper).

sinensis Elwes, 1887

“Chilades sinensis, n. sp.” Elwes, 1887: 446 (“Described from a [male] specimen taken

by Mr. H. Leech near Nongpo...”).

142

‘Allotype’:

e © with labels: printed with handwritten inscription “Ost

Tien-mu-shan / Prov. Chekiang / 24.4.1921 H. Hone” (on

white paper); handwritten (Forster) on printed form “Allo-

Type © / Orthomiella / sinensis Elw. / W. Forster München”

(on pink paper). — Subsequent allotype designation, not

available, not published (cf. Forster, 1941: 626; ICZN, 72A).

tetrica de Sagarra, 1925

“ Raywardia telicanus, Lang. rassa tetrica, nova rassa” de Sagarra, 1925: 45.

Paratypes:

@ & with labels: printed “CATALONIA / Llinas 200 m. /

25.9.[19]25 Querci” (on white paper); handwritten “611” (on

crosslined notebook paper); printed “9/57 ex coll. / R.

Oberthiir (on blue paper); handwritten (de Sagarra ?) on

a printed form “PARATYPE / L.[ampides] telicanus Lang |

tetrica Sag.” (on blue paper).

@ 9 with labels: printed “CATALONIA / Llinas 200 m. /

5.9.[19]25 Querci” (on white paper); handwritten “612” (on

crosslined notebook paper); printed “9/57 ex coll. / R.

Oberthür (on blue paper); handwritten (de Sagarra?) on a

printed form “PARATYPE / L.[ampides] telicanus Lang |

tetrica Sag.” (on blue paper).

tibetanus Lorkovic, 1943

“E.[veres] argiades tibetanus n.” Lorkovic, 1943: 451, Taf. 25, Abb. 14, 15; Taf. 26,

Abb. 13, 14.

Holotype:

@ 4 with labels: printed “Batang. (Tibet). Im Tal / des Yangtze

(ca. 2800 m) / 23.5.1936 H. Höne” (on dirty white paper);

handwritten (Forster — sic!) on printed form “Holo-Typus

& | Everes argiades Pall. | thibetanus Lorkovic” (on pink

paper).

Allotype:

@ with same locality label (14.8.1936); handwritten (Forster —

sic!) on printed form “Allo-Typus © / Everes argiades Pall.

/ thibetanus Lorkovic” (on pink paper).

143

Paratypes:

@ 253, 199 with same locality labels (different dates); hand-

written (Forster - sic!) on printed form “Para-Typus & /

Everes argiades | thibetanus Lorkovié” (on pink paper).

togakusiensis Murayama, 1964

“Lycaeides subsolanus togakusiensis ssp. nov.” Murayama, 1964: 36, Taf. 4, Fig. 6-9).

Paratypes:

@ À, with labels: handwritten (unknown hand) “Mt Tugakusi

(1911 m) / Pref. Nagano, Japan / 18.VII.1962 / leg.

Murayama” (on white stiff paper); “Paratypus” (on red

paper, in box); handwritten (Murayama) on glassine paper

(folded) “Mt. Togakusi (1911 m) / Pref. Nagano / Japan /

18.V11.1962” 4 bears a handwritten (Murayama) label on

glassine paper “Lycaeides subsolanus / togakusiensis /

PARATYPE”.

volpii Romei, 1927

“Zizera lysimon Hb. razza Volpii n. f.” Romei, 1927b: 275.

Holotype:

e à with labels: printed “TRIPOLITANIA / Sidi Mersi m.

30 / 01.V1.[19]24 Ederli” (on white paper); handwritten

“619” (on crosslined notebook paper); handwritten (Romei ?)

on printed form “TYPE / L.[ycaena] Iysimon Hb. | volpii

Romer’ (on deep red paper); printed “9/57 ex coll. R.

Oberthür” (on blue paper).

Allotype:

e © with labels: printed “TRIPOLITANIA / Sidi Mersi m.

30 / 13.8.[19]25 Ederli” (on white paper); handwritten “624”

(on crosslined notebook paper); handwritten (Romei?) on

printed form “TYPE / L.[ycaena] lysimon Hb. | volpii

Romei’ (on deep red paper); printed “9/57 ex coll. R.

Oberthür” (on blue paper).

Paratype:

e à with same labels except date on locality label (/9.8[19]25),

“621” and “PARATYPE / VOLPII / Romei’ (on blue

paper).

144

yatsugatakensis Murayama, 1954

“Atropoetes pryeri subsp. n. yatsugatakensis” Murayama, 1954: 33-35 (not seen).

Paratypes:

e à with labels: handwritten (unknown hand) “Nagano Pref. /

23.V11.1948 / leg. Kamikochi (on white paper); handwritten

(Murayama) “5 Kamikochi / Nagano Pref. / 23.VII.1948 /

paper, folded); handwritten “4” (on glassine paper); printed

“Paratype” (on red paper, in box).

e © with labels: handwritten (unknown hand) “Mt. Yatsug-

adake / Nagano / 15.V11.1950 / leg. Kamikochi”; hand-

written (Murayama) “Atropoétes pryeri / yatsugadakensis /

PARATYPE &, ©” (on glassine paper, folded); printed

“Paratype” (on red paper, in box).

zullichi Hemming, 1933

(recte: zuellichi) — see nevadensis Züllich, 1928 above (ICZN Art.72(e)).

“Agriades zullichi nom. nov. pro Lycaena nevadensis Zullich... a homonym of Lycaena

argus Linn. var. nevadensis Oberth.” (Hemming, 1933: 277).

Acknowledgements

I would like to express my most sincere thanks to Prof. Dr.

Clas M. Naumann, who made my visit to Zoologisches For-

schungsinstitut und Museum Alexander Koenig possible and who

supplied me with certain rare and hardly accessible literary

sources from his rich personal library. I am especially grateful

to Dr. Dieter Stiining for his everyday attention, assistance,

generous help and friendly encouragement during my stay in

Bonn. An access to certain important literary sources was

provided by Mr. Willy O. De Prins (Antwerp) and Dr. Wolfgang

Speidel (Berlin) who also read and made constructive remarks

to the first draft, and by Prof. Dr. Emilio Balletto (Turin) and

Mr. Ole Karsholt (Copenhagen).

References

BALINT, Zs., 1987. Description of a new subspecies of Plebejus (Plebejides)

sephirus FRIVALDSZKY, 1835 from Macedonia with short note on the

pylaon-complex (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). — Ber. Kreis.nürnb. Ent. Gala-

thea 3(4): 98-108.

145

BozAno, G. C., 1996a. New or little known butterflies from China. — In:

Koiwaya, S. (ed. & publ.). Studies of Chenese [sic!] butterflies. Tokyo.

3: 205-210, Col. pl.

Bozano, G. C. 1996b. Satyrium giacomazzoi spec. nov. from Shaanxi, China

(Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae, Theclinae). — Atalanta (Würzburg) 27(1/2):

329-332, pl. 7b.

BozANO, G. C., DELLA-BRUNA, C. GALLO, E. & GIACOMAZZo, E., 1995. An

annotated list of Theclini butterflies collected in Sichuan, China. — Butter-

flies 12: 13-18.

D’ABRERA, B., 1993. Butterflies of the Holarctic region. Part III. Nymphalidae

(concl.), Libytheidae, Riodinidae & Lycaenidae. — Hill House; Victoria,

Australia. — i-vii, 335-524 p.

ECKWEILER, W., 1978. Zwei Lycaeniden-Neufunde aus Nordostanatolien. —

Nota lepid. 1(3): 115-118.

ECKWEILER, W. & HESSELBARTH, G., 1978. Eine neue Unterart von Agriades

pyrenaicus Boisduval aus Ostanatolien (Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae). —

NachrBl.bayer. Ent. 27(4): 65-68.

ELWES, H. J., 1887. Description of some new Lepidoptera from Sikkim. —

Proc.zool.Soc.Lond. 30: 444-447.

Forster, W., 1937. Liste der von H. und E. Kotzsch im Hindukusch erbeu-

teten Lycaeniden. — Mitt.münch.ent.Ges. 27(1): 57-64, Taf. 4, 5.

Forster, W., 1940. Neue Lycaeniden-Formen aus China. I. — Mitt. münch.

ent. Ges. 30: 870-883, Taf. 22-24.

FORSTER, W., 1941. Neue Lycaeniden-Formen aus China. II. — Mitt. münch.

ent. Ges. 31: 593-627, Taf. 19-22.

FORSTER, W., 1942. Neue Lycaeniden-Formen aus China. III. — Mitt. münch.

ent.Ges. 32: 579-580, Taf. 16.

Forster, W., 1951. Die Riodiniden der Ausbeuten Dr. Hönes aus China.

— Z.wien.ent.Ges. 36: 62-66, Taf. 4, 5.

FRUHSTORFER, H., 1917. Neue Lycaeniden. — Ent. Rdsch. 34(3): 16-18.

Fus1oka, T., 1975. Butterflies of Japan [vol. 1]. — 312 p., 137 col. pls. (In

Japanese; the description of new taxa translated in English on pp. 280-283).

Fusioka, T., 1992. Zephyrus (Theclini butterflies) in the world (2) — Genus

Ussuriana and Laeosopis. — Butterflies 2: 3-18 (In Japanese, English

summary).

HEMMING, FE, 1927. A new European Lycaenid: Turania amelia nov. sp. —

Entomologist 60: 277.

HEMMING, F., 1929. Revision of the baton group of the genus Turanana

Bethune-Baker, with an account of an unrecognized species, 7: vicrama

Moore. — Entomologist 62: 27-34, 60-64, 84-89, 2 pls.

HEMMING, F., 1933. Holarctic butterflies: miscellaneous notes on nomenclature.

— Entomologist 66: 275-279.

Horn, W. & SCHENKLING, S., 1928. Index Litteraturae Entomologicae. Serie

I: Die Welt-Literatur über die gesamte Entomologie bis inklusive 1863.

Bd. III. Leconte-Schaum. Walter Horn, Berlin-Dahlem. S. 705-1056, Taf. 3.

146

HowARTH, T. G., 1957. A revision of the genus Neozephyrus Sibatani and

Ito (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). — Bull.br.Mus.(Nat. Hist) Ent. 5(6): 233-272,

105 figs.

ICZN — International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. Third edition

adopted by the XX General Assembly of the International Union of

Biological Sciences. — Intern. Trust Zool. Nomencl., Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.),

London; Univ. Calif. Press, Los Angeles, 1985. 338 p.

Kocak, A. O., 1980. Studies on the family Lycaenidae III. Review of the

subspecies of Agrodiaetus (Sublysandra) myrrhus (Herrich-Schäffer, 1852).

— Atalanta (Würzburg) 11(4): 262-272, 14 figs.

Kuprna, O., 1983. An annotated catalogue of the butterflies (Lepidoptera:

Papilionoidea) named by Roger Verity. — J. Res. Lepid. 1982, 21(1): 1-105.

Leecnu, J. H., 1893-1894. Butterflies from China, Japan, and Corea. Part 2.

Lycaenidae, Papilionidae, and Hesperiidae. — Porter; London. — pp. 298-

417 (pp. 285-417 published January 1893; plates 1-47 are bound in a

separate volume with title page dated 1892-1894).

Lorkovié, Z., 1943. Modifikationen und Rassen von Everes argiades Pall.

und ihre Beziehungen zu der klimatischen Faktoren ihrer Verbreitungs-

gebiete. — Mitt.mtinch.ent. Ges. 33: 431-478, Taf. 23-27.

MABILLE, P., 1872. Notice bibliographique sur les travaux du Dr P. Rambur.

— Annls Soc.ent.Fr. 5(2): 307-312.

MURAYAMA, S., 1952. On Celastrina sugitanii Mats. from Japan, with

description of a new species and twe [sic !] new aberrant forms. — Butter-

flies and Moths 3(1): 1-3.

MURAYAMA, S., 1954. New subspecies of butterflies from Japan, with notes

on some species — New Entomologist 3(4): 33-35 (not seen).

MURAYAMA, S., 1956. Remarks on the races of Japonica lutea Hew., with

description of a new race. — Työ to Ga 7(2): 12-13 (In Japanese, English

summary).

MURAYAMA, S., 1964. Neue Tagfalterformen aus Japan und Korea. — Z.wien.

ent. Ges. 49: 35-37, Taf. 4, 5.

RAMBUR, [J.] P., [1840]. Faune entomologique de l’Andalousie. T. 2, Livr.

5. — Bertrand; Paris. — pp. 213-304, pls. 8, 10-12, 14, 15, 17, 18. ([March

1840] — for the date of publication see Mabille, 1872: 309-310, Rothschild,

1917: 24: 351-352, Schumacher, 1922: 206, Horn & Schenkling, 1928: 966).

Risse, C., 1909-1912. Beiträge zu einer Lepidopteren-Fauna von Andalusien

(Süd-Spanien). Macrolepidopteren. — Dt.ent. Z.Iris 23: 1-395, 2 Taf.

Romeı, E., 1927a. Notes on collecting in Spain in 1925-26. — Entomologist’s

Rec.J.Var. 39: 107-109, 127-129, 136-138.

Romeı, E., 1927b. Contribuzioni alle conoscenza di alcuni Lepidotteri della

Tripolitania. — Boll. Lab.zool. Portici 20: 270-281.

Rose, K. & ScHuRIAN, K., 1977. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Rhopaloceren

Irans 10. Beitrag: Neue Lycaeniden-Unterarten aus dem Südiran (Lep.).

— Ent.Z., Frankf.a.M. 87(14): 145-151, ills.

ROTHSCHILD [W.], Lord, 1917. Notes on Rambur’s “Faune Entomologique

de l’Andalousie” — Novit.zool. 24: 351-352.

147

SAGARRA, I. DE, 1924. Noves formes de Lepidopters Ibèrics. — Butll.Inst.

catalana Hist.nat. 49): 198-204.

SAGARRA, I. DE, 1925. Anotacions a la Lepidopterologia ibérica. I, II. —

Butll. Inst.catalana Hist.nat. 5(1): 45-49.

SAGARRA, I. DE, 1926. Anotacions a la lepidopterologia ibérica. IW(1). —

Butll.Inst.catalana Hist.nat. 6(6-7): 128-139.

SCHUMACHER, F., 1922. Die Cicadidae in Ramburs Fauna von Andalusien.

— Dt.ent.Z. 2: 205-215.

SHIROZU T. & MURAYAMA, S., 1943. On a new Lycaenid-Butterfly resembling

Thecla nivea (Nire) from Formosa. — Ent. World 11(107): 14 (not seen).

SIBATANI, A., SAIGUSA, T. & HIROWATARI, T., 1994. The genus Maculinea

van Eecke, 1915 (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) from the East Palaearctic

Region. — Työ to Ga 44(4): 157-220, ills.

Verity, R., 1913. Revision of the Linnean types of Palaearctic Rhopalocera.

— J. Linn. Soc. 32(215): 173-191.

VERITY, R., 1925. Notes on Spanish Lepidoptera. — Entomologist’s Rec. J. Var.

SMIC:

VERITY, R., 1928. Distinction de quelques races de l’Aricia medon Hüfn. et

de l’espèce différente A. cramera Ersch. [Lep. Lycaenidae]. — Bull. Soc.

ent.Fr. 1928: 179-183.

VERITY, R., 1929. Essai sur les origines des Rhopalocères européens et médi-

terranéens et particulièrement des Anthocharidi et des Lycaenidi du groupe

d’agestis Schiff. — Annis Soc.ent.Fr. 98: 323-360.

Weiss, J.-C., 1977. Lycaena helle Schiff et Proclossiana eunomia Esper dans

les Vosges. Description d’une nouvelle sous-espèce de Lycaena helle Schiff.

(Lepidoptera Lycaenidae). — Linn.belg. 6(10): 253-256.

ZULLICH, R., 1928. Lycaena nevadensis n. sp. — Z.öst. Ent. Ver. 13(8): 73-75,

ata5:

148

Nota lepid. 21 (2): 149-152; 10.V 11.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

Emmanuel de Bros

(1914-1997)

The 25th March 1997 Emmanuel de Bros, an outstanding

member of the SEL, passed away. Those who knew him will

remember him as an enthusiastic friend with a good sense of

humour!

Emmanuel de Bros was born the 3th February 1914 ın Geneva,

where he spent his childhood. After college he made an appren-

ticeship in a bank and got his university degree in law at the

Geneva University. His first job was with the International Red

Cross (IKRK), followed by a second with the Swiss military

insurance. In 1946 he moved to Basle where he worked as a

149

scientific interpreter for CIBA and later for CIBA-Geigy until

his early retirement in 1974.

Since his childhood Manni de Bros had a keen interest for

butterflies and moths. In 1929, he was accepted as “youth

member” to join the “Société Lépidoptérologique de Genève”,

where he was introduced into systematics, nomenclature and

biogeography by the well-known lepidopterists M. Rehfous, J.

Romieux and C. Lacreuze. When moving to Basle, he joined

the local entomological cercle there, where he participated

regularly (even in early 1997!) at the meetings, excursions and

other manifestations of the Society. His main interest concerned

the Central European fauna and, in particular, the regions of

Geneva and Basle, as well as the Valais and Ticino. As a keen

mountaineer he was particularly fond of the alpine fauna. In the

early 80’s he stimulated the search for Psodos wehrlii, and

participated on the first excursion to the “Mettelhorn” (3400 m).

Within the Lepidoptera it was the Macro- and the “mountable”

Microlepidoptera which he studied. In over 60 years he built

up a large collection which constitutes an important base for

faunistic research. In addition to numerous excursions to his main

collecting sites, he had several occasions for going on field trips

to exotic countries where he discovered some undescribed species.

In his entertaining manner he reported on these trips in talks

and articles (see references in de Bros, 1993). Besides the Lepi-

doptera collection, he built up with the same competence a

remarkable scientific library containing in addition to many

books and journals also a large quantity of reprints. Since his

retirement he worked as honorary curator of the Lepidoptera

collection in the Natural History Museum, Basle. He also built

up the small collection for identification purposes of the Ento-

mological Society, Basle, which he curated until his death. As

one of his most important achievements certainly his capacity

as an editor has to be acknowledged here: Nota lepidopterologica

from 1980 (volume 3) to 1990 (volume 13) and Mitteilungen der

Entomologischen Gesellschaft Basel from 1961 (volume 11) to

1983 (volume 33).

Due to his open and friendly character, Manni de Bros had

a large circle of entomological friends and acquaintances. He

knew the specialities of the various colleagues and knew whom

150

to ask for help with this or that “difficult insect”. Particularly

young persons and beginners received a lot through his help,

and his enthusiasm was contagious. It is so that my first encounter

with Männi de Bros took place in 1966, when, as a boy, I had

difficulties to identify some butterflies. He showed me how to

proceed for getting good identifications and how to build up a

collection.

His scientific work comprises some 100 papers. A list of his

publications up to 1992 was published in this journal (de Bros,

1993). Here the titles published from 1993 onwards are listed.

Two autobiographies are worth mentioning in which Manni de

Bros describes his life and his interests (de Bros, 1980, 1993).

In the latter paper he also mentions that his collection and library

will go to the Natural History Museum of Neuchatel, except for

the “exotic” material which is already integrated in the collection

of the Natural History Museum, Basle, and each a small local

collection which will be deposited in the Natural History Museums

of Geneva and Sion.

List of publications by E. de Bros since 1993

1993. Lepidoptera collecting in Kenya and Tanzania. — Tropical Lepidoptera

4: 16-25.

1993. Expédition du CI.ERJ dans le Haut-Jura méridional (Pays de Gex):

Quatrieme expédition: “Sur Thoiry” Crét de la Neige 11-20 juillet 1988.

— Mémoires du CLERJ 1, Tome III.

1993. Eucarphia vinetella Fabricius, 1787 — une Phycitinae nouvelle pour

la Suisse (Lepidoptera, Pyralidae). — Bull.romand Ent. 11: 61-63.

1993. Les Mircrolépidoptères des Tattes de Thoiry, Pays de Gex (Ain, France).

— Bull.romand Ent. 11: 79-92.

1993. Eucarphia vinetella (Fabricius, 1787). Une erreur de determination. —

Bull.romand Ent. 11: 105-107.

1993. Coups de filet dans le Haut-Atlas en Avril. — Bull.Soc.ent. Mulhouse

(Jan.-Mars 1993): 8-12.

1993. Auf Expedition in Peru: Kultur, Trekking und Lepidoptera, 6. Juli-4.

August 1979. — Mitt.ent.Ges. Basel 43(4): 146-162.

1993. Willy Eglin-Dederding (1911-1985) — der Mensch, Erinnerungen eines

Freundes. — Mitt.ent. Ges. Basel 43(4): 169-176.

1994. Corrigenda zum “Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Lepidopteren-Fauna von

Antalya und des lykischen Taurus in der Südwesttürkei”. — Mitt.ent.

Ges. Basel 44(2): 74-75.

1994. In Memoriam Edwin Denz. — Mitt.ent.Ges. Basel 44(3/4): 165.

151

1995:

1996.

1997:

Les limites de répartition de Pyrgus malvae L. et malvoides Elw. &

Edw. entre St Maurice et Martigny (Lep. Hesperiidae). — Bull.romand

Ent. 13: 5-7. (second author, with P. WILTHSHIRE).

Catalogue des Lépidoptères du bassin genevois (5): Microlépidoptères

1. — Bull.romand Ent. 14: 39-50. (first author, with D. BURCKHARDT

and J. WUEsT).

Eine neue Noctuidenart (Lepidoptera, Noctuidae, Cuculliinae) aus

Argentinien mit Bemerkungen zur Gattung Andesia Hampson. — Mitt.

ent. Ges. Basel 46(2/3): 46-51. (second author, with A. ANGULO).

Erinnerungen an ein Trekking in Patagonien und Feuerland mit Sam-

meln von Lepidopteren. — Mitt.ent. Ges. Basel 46(2/ 3): 52-67.

Satyrus ferula (Fabricius, 1793) du Valais (Suisse): durée extraordinaire-

ment longue de l’éclosion de la chenille au stade L1 (Lepidoptera:

Nymphalidae, Satyrinae). — Linn.belg. 15(8): 315-316. (second author,

with D. JUTZELER).

Elevage de Coenonympha corinna elbana (Staudinger, 1901) du Monte

Argentario (Toscane, Italie) avec explication géologique de l’aire de

répartition du complexe corinna (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae, Satyrinae).

— Linn.belg. 15(8): 332-347. (third author, with D. JUTZELER and H.

BIERMANN).

Catalogue des Lépidoptères du bassin genevois (6): Microlépidoptères

2. — Bull.romand Ent. 15: 21-46. (first author, with D. BURCKHARDT

and J. WÜEST).

Literatur

Bros, E. DE, 1980. Gesellschaftsnachrichten. Mitglieder der EGL stellen sich

vor: Emmanuel de Bros. Ent. Ber. Luzern 4: 65- 69.

Bros, E. pe, 1993. Autobiographie und Autobibliographie. Nota lepid. 15

(1992): 184-194.

152

Daniel BURCKHARDT

EN ERNEUERT TER

a , AVS LA 4 . .

à 5 £ . Set £ E ‘

> we Pint at |. | di

INSTRUCTIONS FOR AUTHORS

| Manuscripts and all correspondence related to editorial policy should be sent to the editor: Alain Olivier,

Lt. Lippenslaan 43, bus 14, B-2140 Antwerpen-Borgerhout, Belgium.

Papers submitted to Nota lepidopterologica should be original contributions to any aspect of lepidopterology.

74 Publication languages are English, German and French. All manuscripts will be reviewed by a board of assistant

_ editors and by at least two appropriate referees. The editors reserve the right to make textual corrections

__ that do not alter the author’s meaning.

The manuscript should be submitted in triplicate and on a PC-compatible (not Macintosh) disk. Please

do not send registered mail! The papers should be accompanied by a summary not exceeding 200 words.

For acceptable style, format and layout please examine recent issues of the journal. Latin names of genera

and species should be underlined or italicised. The first mention of any living organism must include the

full scientific name with the author and the year of publication, but thereafter the author and date can be

Omitted and the generic name abbreviated. Male and female symbols have to be coded as @ and # respectively.

Geographic and other names in languages where other than Latin characters are used (e. g. Armenian, Chinese,

Georgian, Greek, Russian, Ukrainian etc.) should be given in transliteration) transcription (not translation!).

Summary, tables, footnotes, the list of figure legends and references must be on separate sheets. The title

of the paper should be informative and concise. The name and full postal (and e-mail if available) address

of the author(s) to whom all correspondence should be addressed should be given on the first page.

The authors should strictly follow provisions of the current edition of the International Code of Zoological

Nomenclature. New taxa must be distinguished from related taxa (diagnosis, key). The abbreviations gen.

N., Sp. n., syn. n., comb. n. should be used to distinguish all new taxa, new synonymies and new combinations.

In describing new genus group taxa, the nominal type-species must be designated in its original combination

and with reference to the original description immediately after the new name. In describing new species

group taxa, one specimen must be designated as the holotype; other specimens mentioned in the original

description and included into the type series are to be designated as paratypes — all immediately after the

name. The complete data of the holotype and paratypes, and the institutions in which they are deposited

(abbreviated as explained in the introductory section), must be recorded in the original description as follows:

Material. Holotype @, Turkey, Hakkari, 8 km E. of Uludere, 1200 m, 10.VL1984, H. van Oorschot

leg. (ITZA). Paratypes: 7@, 3#, labelled as holotype; @, #, “Achalzich Chambobel 1910 Korb” (NHMW);

2@, #, Iraq, Kurdistan, Sersang, 1500 m, L. Higgins leg. (BMNH); @, Iraq, “Shaqlawa, 2500 ft, Kurdistan,

15/24 May 1957” L. G. Higgins leg. (BMNH).

All material examined should be listed in similar format: localities should be cited in order of increasing

precision as shown in the examples; in cases when label text is quoted, it should be included between opening

and closing inverted commas.

Figures must be drawn in black waterproof ink and should be submitted about twice their printed size,

labelled with stencilled or pre-printed lettering or numbering in Arabic numerals large enough to allow reduction.

Photographs must be best quality prints on glossy paper. Each drawing, graph or photograph should be

signed on the back by the author’s name and the fig. (or plate) number; the top should be indicated.

References in the text should be cited by author, date (and page, table, plate, figure if necessary) and

should be collated at the end of the paper in alphabetical and then in chronological order in the following

form (please draw attention to the punctuation and the use of Em (—) and En (-) dash not replaced with

a nonbreaking hyphen (-):

Hicains, L. G., 1950. A descriptive catalogue of the Palaearctic Euphydryas (Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera).

— Trans. R.ent.Soc.Lond. 101: 435-489, figs. 1-44, 7 maps.

Hıscıms, L. G. & Rmey, N. D., 1980. A field guide to the butterflies of Britain and Europe. 4th ed. —

Collins, London. 384 p., 63 pls.

STAUDINGER, O., 1901. Famil. Papilionidae - Hepialidae. In: Staupincer, O. & Reser, H. Catalog der

Lepidopteren des palaearctischen Faunengebietes. 3. Aufl. — Friedlander & Sohn, Berlin. XXX+411 p.

(Tagfalter p. 1—97).

All authors quoted in the text are to be included in the list of References and vice versa. Titles of journals

should be given in complete or abbreviated according to the World List of Scientific Periodicals.

Twenty-five reprints of each paper will be supplied free of charge to the first author; additional copies

may be ordered on a form enclosed with the proofs.

Kopien dieser Hinweise in deutscher Sprache sind beim Redaktor erhältlich.

Copies de ces instructions en français sont disponibles auprès de l’editeur.

ISSN 0342-7536

ota

spidopterologica

A quarterly journal devoted to Palaearctic lepidopterology

Published by Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

NOV 161998

9.21 No.3. 1998

SEL SOCIETAS EUROPAEA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA E.V.

CoUNCIL

President: Prof. Dr. Niels P. Kristensen Vice-President: Dr. Jacques Lhonoré

General Secretary: Dr. Christoph L. Hauser Treasurer: Manfred Sommerer

Membership Secretary: Willy O. De Prins Editor: Alain Olivier

Ordinary Council Members: Dr. Jaroslaw Buszko, Michael Fibiger,

Mark Parsons, Steven Whitebread. Dr. Alberto Zilli

COMMITTEES

Literature: Dr. Martin Wiemers

Habitat and Species Protection: Dr. Paul Waring

HONORARY MEMBERS

Jean Bourgogne (F), Pamela Gilbert (GB),

Läszlö Gozmany (H), Zdravko Lorkovié (HR),

Esko Suomalainen (FIN), P. Sigbert Wagener (D)

Applications for membership, changes of address and orders for Nota lepidopte-

rologica back volumes and other literature should be sent to the treasurer. Subscriptions

should be paid to your country’s representative (see SEL-News 25) or to the treasurer:

SEL M. Sommerer, Volpinistraße 72, D-80637 München, Germany

Postgiroamt Köln Nr. 1956 50-507

In Deutschland Einzahlungen/ Überweisungen auch auf das Bankkonto der SEL

bei Bayerische Vereinsbank (BLZ 700 202 70) Nr. 2692511 (German residents only).

Annual subscription fees (to be paid at the beginning of each year):

Ordinary members DEM 65.—

Corporate members DEM 80.—

Admission fee DEM 5.—

Overseas and mail charges DEM 15.—

Non-members and institutions may order Nota lepidopterologica through our agent:

Apollo Books Aps., Kirkeby Sand 19, DK-5771 Stenstrup, Denmark.

News. All items for SEL-News should be sent to Willy De Prins, Diksmuidelaan 176,

B-2600 Antwerpen, Belgium (e-mail: willy.deprins@village.uunet.be).

For all other matters contact Dr. Christoph L. Häuser, SEL General Secretary,

Staatliches Museum für Naturkunde Stuttgart, Rosenstein 1, D-70191 Stuttgart,

Germany (e-mail: 11327.3422@compuserve. com).

Printed by Imprimerie Universa Sprl, 24 Hoenderstraat, B-9230 Wetteren, Belgium

by no means, electronic or mechanical including photocopying, recording or any other information

storage and retrieval system, without written permission from the publisher. Authors are

responsible for the contents of their papers.

NOTA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA

A journal of the Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

Published by Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

Vol. 21 No. 3 Basel, 15.X.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

Editorial Board

Editor: Alain Olivier, Lt. Lippenslaan 43, bus 14, B-2140 Antwerpen (B)

Assistant Editors: Dr. Roger L. H. Dennis (Wilmslow, GB),

Prof. Dr. Konrad Fiedler (Bayreuth, D), Dr. Enrique Garcia-Barros (Madrid, E),

Ole Karsholt (Kobenhavn, DK), Dr. Yuri P. Nekrutenko (Kiev, UA),

Dr. Erik J. van Nieukerken (Leiden, NL), Dr. Alexander Pelzer (Wennigsen, D)

Contents @ Inhalt e Sommaire

WAHLBERG, N. The life history and ecology of Euphydryas maturna

(Ayımpkalidae>Melitaeini).inEinland..............e..n....ae....on. 154

KALLIES, A. Erster Beitrag zur Kenntnis der palaearktischen Bracho-

didae: Revision von Brachodes fallax mit Beschreibungen neuer

zenbwalasiatischer. Arten: (Sesioidea),.........,.22:25..........n..2....2..... 170

FIBIGER, M. & KARSHOLT, O. First records of Nola harouni from

Europe and comments on the taxonomic status of N. centonalis

Relation (NOIRE EL eee Oe | a un Man. net. Isa 194

PARRA, L. E. A redescription of Cecidoses argentinana (Cecidosidae)

and its early stages, with comments on its taxonomic position ................. 206

DEUTSCH, H. Euphya adumbraria: ein Beitrag zur Biologie (Geome-

TRE) LL oe cae nen eis ad Ae OD EO PR NN ER NE 215

Ike morlam?- Joset KrLıMmEschH (1902-1997) .......................................... 224

Book REVIEWS @ BUCHBESPRECHUNGEN @ ANALYSES 2000000. 228

153

Nota lepid. 21 (3): 154-169; 15.X.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

The life history and ecology of

Euphydryas maturna (Nymphalidae: Melitaeini)

in Finland

Niklas WAHLBERG

Department of Ecology and Systematics, Division of Population Biology,

P. ©. Box 17 (Arkadiankatu 7), FIN-00014 University of Helsinki, Finland

e-mail: niklas.wahlberg@helsinki.fi

Summary. The life history and ecology of the scarce fritillary Zuphydryas maturna

(Linnaeus, 1758) in Finland are described. The main larval host plant of this endangered

species is Melampyrum pratense in Finland, which is an annual herb. This differs

from trees (e.g. Fraxinus excelsior) or bushes (e. g. Viburnum opulus) recorded as

host plants elsewhere in Europe. Northern populations of E. maturna apparently have

a facultative two-year life cycle. Larvae growing in a warm place can develop to

adults in one year, whereas larvae growing in a cooler place return to diapause at

the end of spring and develop to adults after a second winter diapause. In Finland,

larvae are parasitized by two braconid wasp species, Cotesia acuminata (Reinhard,

1880) and C. melitaearum (Wilkinson, 1937), and by a tachinid fly, Erycia fatua

(Meigen, 1824). Adult E. maturna males use only the perching tactic when searching

for females.

Zusammenfassung. Die Biologie und Ökologie von Euphydryas maturna (Linnaeus,

1758) in Finnland werden beschrieben. Die wichtigste Raupenfutterpflanze dieser

bedrohten Art in Finnland ist Melampyrum pratense, eine annuelle krautige Pflanze.

Dies stellt einen wesentlichen Unterschied zu den Futterpflanzen im restlichen Europa

dar, wo Bäume (z.B. Fraxinus excelsior) oder Sträucher (z.B. Viburnum opulus)

nachgewiesen sind. Nördliche Populationen von E. maturna besitzen offensichtlich

einen fakultativ zweijährigen Entwicklungszyklus. Raupen, die sich an warmen

Lokalitäten entwickeln, ergeben den Falter in einem Jahr, Raupen, die an kälteren

Orten leben, kehren nach Ende des Frühlings in Diapause zurück und entwickeln

sich erst nach einer zweiten Überwinterung. Die Raupen werden in Finnland von zwei

Braconiden-Arten, Cotesia acuminata (Reinhard, 1880) und C. melitaearum (Wilkinson,

1937), und einer Tachinen-Art, Erycia fatua (Meigen, 1824) parasitiert. Männliche

Falter benutzen ausschließlich die Ansitz-Taktik (perching) bei der Suche nach

Weibchen.

Resume. La biologie et l’Ecologie du Damier du frene Euphydryas maturna (Linnaeus,

1758) est décrite en Finlande. La prinicipale plante-höte de cette espece menacée est

Melampyrum pratense, herbe annuelle dans ce pays. Elle différe donc des autres plantes-

hötes connues en Europe, qui sont soit des arbres (p. ex. Fraxinus excelsior), soit

des arbustes (p. ex. Viburnum opulus). Les populations nordiques d’Euphydryas

154

maturna ont apparemment un cycle facultatif sur deux ans. Les chenilles croissant

dans une zone chaude se développent en une année, alors que celles dans une aire

froide entrent en diapause a la fin du printemps et donnent des adultes apres un

second hivernage. En Finlande, les chenilles sont parasitées par deux especes

d’Hymenopteres Braconides, Cotesia acuminata (Reinhard, 1880) et C. melitaearum

(Wilkinson, 1937), ainsi que par un Diptere Tachinide, Erycia fatua (Meigen, 1824).

Les mâles adultes de E. maturna pratiquent seulement la stratégie du “perching” pour

rechercher les femelles.

Key words: Nymphalidae, Euphydryas maturna, life history, ecology, Palaearctic,

Finland.

Introduction

The scarce fritillary Euphydryas maturna (Linnaeus, 1758) is

an endangered species across almost all of its range in Europe

(Heath, 1981). The species is protected in all EU countries under

the 1992 European Community Council Directive on the Con-

servation of Natural Habitats and of Wild Fauna and Flora (EU

directive 92/43/EEC). Information on the host plants and the

life cycle of E. maturna is at best sketchy in all European

countries. This dearth of information is a major obstacle when

planning the conservation of the species.

E. maturna is still relatively common in SE Finland (fig. 1),

where it is found on forest edges of a southern exposure (Marttila

et al., 1991). The forest edges are formed by clearcuts and

overgrown meadows. The host plants reported for E. maturna

vary widely, giving an impression that the species is polyphagous.

Two species most closely related to E. maturna, E. intermedia

(Ménétriés, 1859) and E. gillettii (Barnes, 1897) are however

monophagous. E. intermedia is found on Lonicera caerulea (cf.

Luckens, 1985) and E. gillettii feeds mainly on L. involucrata

(cf. Williams et al., 1984). Indeed, all well-studied Melitaeini

species are mostly oligophagous, usually with one host plant

species being preferred locally over the others. For instance, E.

Phaeton (Drury, 1767) feeds mainly on Chelone glabra (cf. Stamp,

1982), E. aurinia (Rottemburg, 1775) on Succisa pratensis (cf.

Porter, 1981), Melitaea cinxia (Linnaeus, 1758) on Plantago

lanceolata and Veronica spicata (cf. Thomas & Simcox, 1982;

Hanski et al., 1994) and M. diamina (Lang, 1789) on Valeriana

sambucifolia (cf. Wahlberg, 1997). E. editha (Boisduval, 1852)

has been recorded on many different host plants, but local

populations tend to use one or two host plant species only (Singer,

155

1994). All of the plant species mentioned above contain iridoid

glycosides (Jensen ef al., 1975), and it has been suggested that

Melitaeini butterflies specialise on plants containing these chem-

icals (Bowers, 1983).

For E. maturna, the literature lists Populus tremula, Fagus

sylvatica, Betula sp., Salix caprea, Vaccinium myrtillus, Fraxinus

excelsior, Lonicera xylosteum, Viburnum opulus, Veronica lon-

gifolia, Melampyrum sylvaticum and Plantago lanceolata as host

plants (Higgins & Riley, 1970; Marttila et al., 1991; Ebert &

Rennwald, 1991; Eliasson, 1991; Somerma, 1997; Tolman &

Lewington, 1997). The first four plant species belong to groups

that do not contain iridoid glycosides (Jensen et al., 1975), and

therefore are unlikely to be true host plants. There are confirmed

observations of larvae feeding on F. excelsior, V. opulus and

Melampyrum sp. in Sweden (Eliasson, 1991; C. Wiklund, pers.

comm.), Ligustrum vulgare, F. excelsior and F angustifolia in

Hungary (Z. Varga, pers. comm.), and L. xylosteum (L. Kaila

& G. Nordenswan, pers. comm.) and V. opulus (M. Kuussaarı,

pers. comm.) in Finland.

Eliasson (1991) reports a study on E. maturna, in which he

suggests a perennial life cycle for the species in Sweden. His

evidence is however rather circumstantial. In Hungary, E. maturna

larvae develop in one year to the adult stage as in most Melitaeini

species (Z. Varga, pers. comm.). On the other hand, closely related

species have been observed to go through a two-year life cycle.

Luckens (1985) reared a group of E. intermedia larvae collected

as 2nd instar during the autumn. Most died during winter, but

those survived developed to the 5th instar in spring and became

inactive towards the end of spring. The larvae remained inactive

throughout the summer and autumn. Two larvae survived till

the next spring when they completed development to the adult

stage. E. gillettii has a facultative biennial life cycle (Williams

et al., 1984). The species occurs in mountainous regions of western

North America. At lower elevations, E. gillettii goes through a

one-year life cycle, but at higher elevations the larvae have to

go through a second winter diapause to complete development.

The purpose of this paper is to clarify the life history and

ecology of E. maturna in Finland. I have made detailed obser-

vations on the ecology of larvae and adults in 1996 and 1997.

156

Fig. 1. The distribution of E. maturna in Finland (the study site indicated by a dot).

Study area

The study area is located in south-eastern Finland close to

the Russian border in the commune of Joutseno (fig. 1). I have

observed larval and adult behaviour in the Joutseno region in

spring, summer and autumn 1996 and spring 1997. The study

area is forested with many small clearcuts of varying ages and

old overgrown meadows (Selonen, 1997). The main aim of the

study in 1996 was to investigate the population structure of E.

maturna through a capture-mark-recapture study in an area of

about 2 x 3 km. The results of the capture-mark-recapture study

are to be presented elsewhere (Wahlberg er al., in prep.).

Ecology

Oviposition. 1 explored the oviposition preferences of E.

maturna by following females showing prealighting oviposition

behaviour. I was able to follow 9 females in 1996, of which 3

Oviposited at the end of the observation period. The other six

157

were interrupted by bad weather or lost. Two females oviposited

on Melampyrum pratense and one female oviposited on Veronica

longifolia. I followed the females for an average of 32 minutes.

The females showed prealighting and postalighting behaviour

typical for Melitaeini butterflies (see Rausher er al, 1981;

Mackay, 1985; Wahlberg, 1997), ı.e. they flew slowly over the

vegetation, alighting frequently. I observed that the females

alighted on average 9 times per minute (+ 7.29 S.D., n= 71 —

this includes only periods when the females searched actively for

the host plants) on a wide range of plant species. The females

displayed postalighting behaviour only on three plant species, M.

pratense, V. longifolia and V. chamaedrys. Melampyrum sylva-

ticum was ignored, even though it was relatively common at the

study site.

Female butterflies are known to search visually for host plants

during the prealighting period (Rausher, 1978; Rausher et al.,

1981). They are usually attracted to plants with a leaf shape

similar to the host plants (Parmesan er al., 1995). I recorded

every species of plant on which the females alighted for seven

females. The females alighted on a total of 36 taxa of plant

(grasses and ferns were not identified to species). The most

common plants on which females alighted were Epilobium

angustifolium, Anthriscus sylvaticus, Filipendula ulmaria, Rubus

idaeus, Melampyrum sylvaticum and grasses (table 1). Populus

tremula and Betula sp. saplings were very common at the study

site, but were virtually ignored by the females.

Females that alighted on M. pratense appeared to investigate

the surroundings as if to ascertain that there were enough host

plants to support a group of larvae. The females would make

very short flights (ca. 5 cm) and alight on plants close by. The

two females that eventually oviposited on M. pratense had

alighted on nearby plants 7 and 8 times in succession before

commencing oviposition. In contrast, the female that oviposited

on V. longifolia did not leave the plant once it was found, until

Oviposition was over.

In a preliminary experiment, I tested the host plant preferences

of four females in 1997 using Singer’s (1982) method. Two females

were reared from larvae collected from the Joutseno region and

mated in cages and two females were caught in the Joutseno

158

Table 1. Plants most commonly visited by Euphydryas maturna females during

the prealighting phase of host plant searching. The values refer to the mean

proportion of all alightings each plant received.

Plant taxa Proportion of | Plant physiognomy

alightings

(mean + S.E.,

n= 7 females)

Epilobium angustifolium 0.254 + 0.076 | Large erect, leaves lanceolate

nthriscus sylvestris ; Large erect, leaves tripinnate

Grasses : m0; Small rosette, leaves long and narrow

Rubus idaeus Large erect, leaves cordate

Filipendula ulmaria : Large erect, leaves pinnate, elliptic

Melampyrum sylvaticum : s Small erect, leaves lanceolate _

Geranium sylvaticum : ‘ Large erect, leaves pinnate, elliptic

Veronica chamaedrys : ! Small erect, leaves cordate

Ferns À : Large erect, leaves tripinnate

Sorbus aucuparius : : Large erect, leaves pinnate

Convalaria majalis ï : Small rosette, leaves ovate

Populus tremula A Large erect, leaves cordate

Melampyrum pratense ; i Small erect, leaves lanceolate

Galium sp. 5 i Small vine, leaves trifoliate

Rubus saxatilis Small vine, leaves narrow

Cirsium helenioides ) k Large rosette, leaves lanceolate

region. The reared females were tested on V. longifolia and

Fraxinus excelsior, while the wild-caught females were tested on

M. pratense and Lonicera xylosteum. The females were tested

for between 10 and 45 min. and they were highly motivated to

oviposit. During this time, they accepted only V. longifolia and

M. pratense, and showed no interest in the other two plant

species.

When a female finds a suitable host plant, it places itself

underneath a leaf and begins ovipositing. The female is usually

orientated away from the stem of the plant and thus the eggs

are laid at the base of the leaf. The eggs are laid in batches

of about 200 eggs (range 119-321, mean 205, n= 5) in a rough

cluster. The eggs are strongly glued to each other by some

substance that makes breaking the eggs apart very difficult.

Prediapause larvae. The larvae hatch from the eggs from late

July to mid August. The larvae keep in swarms throughout

autumn. I found 19 larval groups in the Joutseno region during

August 1996. Of these 18 were on M. pratense and one was

on V. longifolia. All larvae were at the same development stage,

1. €. 2nd instar on 20 August 1996. In addition to this, I have

159

found E. maturna groups on M. pratense in the western part

of its range in Finland, 5 groups in autumn 1997 and 10 groups

in autumn 1998.

Newly emerged larvae feed partially on their egg shells and

then begin feeding on the underside of the host plant leaves.

The larvae spin a conspicuous silken web, within which they feed.

The larvae consume the entire leaf leaving only the thickest veins

intact. 2nd instar larvae enlarge the web to enclose most of the

host plant (fig. 2).

Fig. 2. A group of E. maturna 2nd instar larvae feeding on a Melampyrum pratense

plant. The silken web spun by the larvae is conspicuous in autumn.

Larvae enter diapause towards the end of August. I was unable

to find any larvae after the onset of diapause and presume that

they diapause singly or in small groups in the leaf litter. E.

maturna larvae do not spin a winter web, unlike related M. cinxia

(Hanski et al., 1995) and E. aurinia (Porter, 1981). Larvae are

160

able to enter diapause as 3rd instar, but continue development

to the 4th instar under favourable conditions. This is based on

my observations of larvae in spring (see below) and of larvae

reared in the laboratory.

Postdiapause larvae. Larvae terminate diapause as soon as the

snow melts at the end of April — beginning of May. Soon after

termination of diapause, larvae of one group can be found feeding

and basking singly within an area of approx. | m2. They feed

on the newly emerging seedlings of M. pratense (on cotyledons)

and bask on dry leaves and other dark substrates. The larvae

disperse in search of food as spring progresses. Towards the

middle of May the larvae of one group are spread out within

an area of ca. 4m?. The larvae are capable of consuming an

entire Melampyrum seedling within 20 minutes.

I found 3rd, 4th and Sth instar larvae in the Joutseno region

soon after diapause had broken in spring 1996 and 1997. 3rd

and 4th instar larvae were generally in close proximity to each

other. 5th instar larvae could be found within groups of younger

larvae or alone far from any groups recorded in the autumn.

In 1996, I reared 122 E. maturna larvae, of which 42 were

4th instar when found. The 80 5th or 6th instar larvae developed

to pupae. Of 42 4th instar larvae, only one developed to pupa.

The others became inactive and eventually died during winter.

In 1997, larvae that were found as 5th instar (25 individuals)

soon after diapause had broken were collected and reared under

natural conditions. Also 17 3rd or 4th instar larvae were reared

under the same conditions. Eleven additional 3rd or 4th instar

larvae were allowed to develop in the field for 3 weeks before

being collected to be reared (see below). All 5th instar larvae

developed to pupae in the rearing, while only 5 of 28 3rd or

4th instar larvae developed to pupae (table 2). However, 7 larvae

that died of an unknown disease were all in their 6th instar and

thus would have completed development.

The inactive larvae were placed in a large pot with V. longifolia

and leaf litter and left outside in a shaded place for the summer

1997. The larvae moved occasionally between the leaf litter and

the mesh covering the pot, but spent most of their time within

rolled up dried leaves. One larva was observed to feed a little

in August.

161

Table 2. The fate of E. maturna larvae found as different instars in a rearing

in spring 1997. 5th instar larvae were noticeably larger than 3rd or 4th when

collected soon after winter diapause had broken.

5th instar larvae 3rd and 4th instar larvae

(2nd year of developmen) (1st year of a

Number reared

Died of unknown disease

Became inactive at the end 16

of May (diapause)

Developed to pupae

Parasitized by Erycia fatua

Adult eclose at ele)

Table 3. Number of different instar larvae found during 19 days in a warm

and in a cool locality.

Warm group Cool group

10 3 0

MD RS © & © © © © © © ©

SOSON BR 00 K LOM

ON NN N © ND © N D © = ©

SOoSosooococoooso

To clear up the confusion on the larval development duration

(one, two or three year life cycle), I marked larvae individually

from two groups in spring 1997 using enamel paint. I had found

these groups in the previous autumn, when they were 2nd instar

and thus the offspring of adults that flew in 1996. I followed

the development of the larvae from 28 April 1997 to 16 May

1997 by recording the position of each larva within a 10 x 10

m grid to the closest centimetre. The positions of the larvae were

recorded on 12 days during this period. One group was situated

on a very warm southern exposure forest edge, where the sun

shone between 09:00 and 18:00. The other group was situated

on an eastern exposure forest edge, where the sun shone from

08:00 to 14:00. These groups will be referred to as the “warm”

162

group and the “cool” group, respectively. I marked a total of

77 larvae in the warm group and 29 larvae in the cool group.

Many individuals were probably marked twice or three times,

because they lost their marks when moulted. The actual number

of larvae in each group is best estimated from the number of

the most common instar marked, 41 4th instar larvae for the

warm group and 15 3rd instar larvae for the cool group.

Larvae in both groups were mainly 3rd instar on 28 April

1997, though I found a few 4th instar larvae in the warm group

on that date (table 3). The warm group larvae grew noticeably

faster than those of the cool group, as one would expect. Larvae

in both groups behaved very secretively during sunny warm days.

They hid under leaves and only came out to feed. I collected

all larvae that I found during 15-16 May 1997 for rearing, because

observations in the field became difficult to make. I found 9 larvae

from the warm group and only two larvae from the cool group,

despite careful searching. The warm group larvae were all Sth

instar and all except one developed quickly to the 6th instar in

the rearing. However, seven of eight 6th instar larvae died of

an unknown disease before pupation (table 2). The two cool

group larvae were 4th instar and fed very little in the rearings.

They became inactive and shed their skin to become 5th instar

towards the end of May.

Larvae in both groups moved over relatively short distances

during the observation period. They moved on average 30 cm

per day mainly in a circular fashion. Since there was a plentiful

supply of M. pratense seedlings available, the larvae did not have

to move large distances.

Parasitoids. In Finland the larvae were parasitized by two

braconid wasp species, Cotesia acuminata (Reinhard, 1880) and

C. melitaearum (Wilkinson, 1937), and by a tachinid fly Erycia

fatua (Meigen, 1824) (Komonen, 1997). The Cotesia species most

likely have two broods during one host brood. The first brood

emerges from the larvae in the middle of May. Komonen (1997)

observed three parasitized larvae out of 122 larvae. Three cocoons

of C. melitaearum and five cocoons of C. acuminata emerged

from two of the observed larvae. Two Cotesia larvae emerged

from one host larva but died before pupating and remained

unidentified.

163

The second brood emerged from the larvae in June and

remained in a state of aestivation until July (Komonen, 1997).

C. melitaearum parasitizes M. cinxia as well in SW Finland,

where it has been studied intensively (Lei et al., 1997; Lei &

Hanski, 1997). In this population, the parasitoid can have three

broods during one host brood. The first generation emerges in

autumn when conditions are good (e.g. a warm autumn). This

may be possible in the Joutseno region, though there are no

records of an autumn brood.

I observed several Erycia fatua females ovipositing on E.

maturna webs in autumn 1996. The eggs are typically oviposited

on the host larvae, after which the fly larvae eat their way into

the host and begin development (Tschorsnig & Herting, 1994).

In the 1997 rearings a total of 10 E. fatua larvae emerged from

E. maturna pupae and pupated in a few centimetres from them.

Of these 7 individuals eclosed. Parasitized butterfly pupae are

easily identified, they turn black a few days after pupation. Erycia

fatua emerged from both larvae that went through a one and

a two year development. Erycia fatua has been recorded from

other Melitaeini species such as Mellicta parthenoides (Keferstein,

1851), M. athalia (Rottemburg, 1775), M. britomartis (Assmann,

1847), M. deione (Geyer, [1832]) and Melitaea cinxia (cf.

Tschorsnig & Herting, 1994).

Adult mate location. The adult flight season extends from the

middle of June to the middle of July in Finland (Marttila et

al., 1991). E. maturna is protandrous, as most butterflies are

(Wiklund & Fagerström, 1977). In a capture-mark-recapture

study performed in the Joutseno region, males predominated

during the first five days of the flight season (Selonen, 1997).

I did not make detailed observations of male mate-locating

behaviour, but during the mark-recapture experiment, males were

observed to use perching tactic only for mate location. The

perching tactic can be identified when males defend small

territories in which they wait for receptive females to fly by (Scott,

1974). The territories were usually set up on large Pteridium

aquilinum leaves or on Populus tremula saplings. Some males

were recaptured in the same area in several days, usually from

the same territory. I did not observe any behaviour indicating

the use of the patrolling tactic for mate location.

164

I observed the beginning of only one mating, which lasted over

three hours. Related species mate for about an hour (Alcock,

1985; Rutowski & Gilchrist, 1987; Wahlberg, 1995; 1997), sug-

gesting that the E. maturna male had mated earlier the same

day. I dissected four females collected at the end of the flight

period in 1996 for spermatophore count. All females contained

only one spermatophore. Two of females examined had a mating

plug covering the opening of the bursa copulatrix. It was a hard,

colourless substance.

Discussion

Host plant use. The major host plant of E. maturna in eastern

Finland is Melampyrum pratense, a herb occurring over forest

edges and in open pine forests. Other recorded host plants in

Europe are mostly trees or large bushes. The preliminary results

on the host preference of ovipositing females indicates that E.

maturna from eastern Finland do not accept either Fraxinus or

Lonicera as host plants. Fraxinus excelsior 1s a very rare species

in SE Finland, but L. xylosteum was common in the study site

in Joutseno. In autumn 1997 I found five E. maturna groups

on M. pratense in the western part of its range in Finland,

suggesting that M. pratense is the major host plant of the butterfly

in Finland. There are however observations of E. maturna larvae

on L. xylosteum in southern Finland close to Helsinki (L. Kaila

& G. Nordenswan, pers. comm.). All observations of larvae

feeding on L. xylosteum were made in spring.

The importance of Veronica longifolia and Viburnum opulus

as host plants to E. maturna in Finland is not clear. Veronica

longifolia is a fairly common plant found mainly on shores of

lakes and the sea. E. maturna is not usually found in these

habitats and I assert that V. /ongifolia is not a very important

host plant for the butterfly in Finland. Viburnum opulus is a

rare plant in Finland and thus cannot be very important.

The use of different host plants in different parts of the range

has been documented particularly well for E. editha (Singer, 1994;

Radtkey & Singer, 1995). It is most likely that a similar

phenomenon occurs in E. maturna. The difference in growth

forms of the recorded host plants is exceptional. My observations

of females showing prealighting behaviour indicate that females

165

are searching for herb-sized host plants. Furthermore, females

tended to alight more on plants with a similar physiognomy to

the host plant (1 e. erect plants with lanceolate leaves), like

Epilobium angustifolium (table 1). The range of E. maturna

extends from western Europe to the Altai Mountains in Russia.

It is possible that eastern populations specialise on herbs, though

there are no records of the host plants in the eastern parts of

its range to confirm this. Females in the western populations

appear to specialise on trees and bushes, though postdiapause

larvae are known to feed in the herb layer in these plant

associations (Bink, 1992).

All confirmed observations of feeding larvae involved the plants

containing iridoid glycosides. This suggests that E. maturna is

as much a specialist on this group of secondary compounds as

are the other Melitaeini species (Bowers, 1983; own observations).

This being the case, all reports of larvae feeding on plants that

do not contain iridoids (e. g. Populus tremula, Salix caprea and

Betula sp.) are most likely erroneous. It 1s possible that larvae

feeding on these plants in southern and central Europe were

misidentified Callimorpha dominula (Linnaeus, 1758) (Arctiidae)

due to their close similarity in appearance to the larvae of E.

maturna.

Duration of the life cycle. The larvae of E. maturna appear

to have a facultative biennial life cycle in Finland. Warm springs

and a warm site accelerate growth and thus enable larvae to

complete development within one year. Cool sites slow down

the growth of larvae and they would risk emerging as adults

well after the main flight season if they were to continue

development. Thus it would appear adaptive for larvae to defer

development until the next year to keep in synchrony with the

majority of the population. Also, a later flight season would be

selected against as the offspring would not have time to develop

to the diapause stage.

Eliasson (1991) suggested a two or even three year life cycle

as normal for E. maturna. The evidence he presents 1s that there

are three size classes of larvae to be found in the spring (after

diapause). My observations suggest a one or two year life cycle

for E. maturna depending on the growth conditions, though I

cannot say which one is more common. The larvae that diapaused

166

twice did so the second time as 5th instar. The largest larvae

I found in the spring as soon as diapause had broken were 5th

instar and these completed their development the same year. It

appears that once a larva develops to the 6th (ultimate) instar,

it can no longer enter diapause.

Luckens (1985) suggested that females need a longer period

to develop and thus have a biennial life cycle, while males develop

in one year in E. intermedia. 1 found this not to be true for

E. maturna, since females emerged from both once and twice

diapaused larvae. The males emerged only from the larvae that

had developed over two years in my rearing, but only three

individuals that underwent a one-year development survived to

the adult stage, making it likely that only by chance were they

all females. Both types of E. maturna larvae were parasitized

by Erycia fatua, but it is unknown whether the parasitoid can

also go through a two year life cycle.

The developmental plasticity displayed by E. maturna larvae

requires closer study. The present evidence suggests that northern

populations are not always able to complete their development

in one year. Bink (1992) states that postdiapause larval deve-

lopment averages 45 days (37-52 days depending on temperature).

If this is true for Finnish E. maturna postdiapause larvae, a

biennial life cycle would be the norm and one year development

restricted to very warm springs. The possibility of a perennial

life cycle appears to be relatively common in Euphydryas species

(Ehrlich & Murphy, 1981; Williams er al., 1984; Luckens, 1985;

Eliasson, 1991), and is most probably a trait that has evolved

only once in the group. If this is the case, an optional biennial

life cycle can be seen as a life history strategy for survival in

unpredictable environments.

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank Teemu Klemetti, Atte Komonen and

Vesa Selonen for help in the field. Olli Marttila and the South

Karelia Allergy and Environment Institute provided housing

during the field work. I am grateful to Ilkka Hanski, Marko

Nieminen, Juha Pöyry and two anonymous referees for comments

on an earlier version of this manuscript. This work was funded

by VR-Yhtyma Oy, by a grant to Ilkka Hanski from the Academy

of Finland and by the University of Helsinki to me.

167

References

ALCocK, J., 1985. Hilltopping in the nymphalid butterfly Chlosyne californica

(Lepidoptera). — Am. Midl. Nat. 113: 69-75.

Bink, F. A., 1992. Ecologische Atlas van de Dagvlinders van Noordwest-

Europa. — Schuyt & Co., Haarlem. 512 p.

Bowers, M. D., 1983. The role of iridoid glycosides in host-plant specificity

of checkerspot butterflies. — J.chem. Ecol. 9: 475-493.

EBERT, G. & RENNWALD, E. (eds.), 1991. Die Schmetterlinge Baden-Wiirt-

tembergs. Band 1: Tagfalter I. — Eugen Ulmer & Co., Stuttgart. 552 S.

EHRLICH, P. R. & MurPpxy, D. D., 1981. The population biology of

checkerspot butterflies (Euphydryas). — Biol. Zbl. 100: 613-629.

Eriıasson, C., 1991. Occurrence and biology of Euphydryas maturna (L.)

(Lepidoptera, Nymphalidae) in Central Sweden (In Swedish with English

summary). — Ent. Tidskr. 112: 113-124.

HanskI, I., KUUSSAARI, M. & NIEMINEN, M., 1994. Metapopulation structure

and migration in the butterfly Melitaea cinxia. — Ecology 75: 747-762.

HanskI, I., PAKKALA, T., KuussAari, M. & Le, G., 1995. Metapopulation

persistence of an endangered butterfly in a fragmented landscape. — Oikos

72: 21-28.

HEATH, J., 1981. Threatened Rhopalocera (butterflies) in Europe. — Council

of Europe, Environmental Series 23: 1-157.

Hicains, L. G. & Ritey, N. D., 1970. A field guide to the Butterflies of

Britain and Europe. — Collins, London. 380 p.

JENSEN, S. R., NIELSEN, B. J. & DAHLGREN, R., 1975. Iridoid compounds,

their occurrence and systematic importance in the angiosperms. — Bot. Not.

128: 148-180.

KOMONEN, A., 1997. The parasitoid complexes attacking Finnish populations

of the endangered butterflies Euphydryas maturna and E. aurinia — Baptria

22: 105-109 (In Finnish, English summary).

Let, G.-C. & Hanskı, I., 1997. Metapopulation structure of Cotesia meli-

taearum, a specialist parasitoid of the butterfly Melitaea cinxia. — Oikos

78: 91-100.

Ler, G.-C., VIKBERG, V., NIEMINEN, M. & KuussAARI, M., 1997. The

parasitoid complex attacking Finnish populations of the Glanville fritillary

Melitaea cinxia (Lep: Nymphalidae), an endangered butterfly. — J.nat. Hist.

31: 635-648.

Luckens, C. J., 1985. Hypodryas intermedia Ménétriès in Europe: an account

of the life history. — Ent. Rec.J. Var. 97: 37-45.

Mackay, D. A., 1985. Prealighting search behavior and host plant selection

by ovipositing Euphydryas editha butterflies. — Ecology 66: 142-151.

MARTTILA, O., HAAHTELA, T., AARNIO, H. & OJALAINEN, P., 1991. Suomen

Päiväperhoset [Finnish butterflies]. — Kirjayhtymä, Helsinki. 371 p.

PARMESAN, C., SINGER, M. C. & Harris, I., 1995. Absence of adaptive

learning from the oviposition foraging behaviour of a checkerspot butterfly.

-— Anim. Behav. 50: 161-175.

168

Porter, K., 1981. The population dynamics of small colonies of the butterfly

Euphydryas aurinia. — D. Phil. thesis, University of Oxford. 285 p.

RADTKEY, R. R. & SINGER, M.C., 1995. Repeated reversals of host-preference

evolution in a specialist insect herbivore. — Evolution 49: 351-359.

RAUSHER, M. D., 1978. Search image for leaf shape in a butterfly. — Science

200: 1071-1073.

RAUSHER, M. D., Mackay, D. A. & SINGER, M. C., 1981. Pre- and post-

alighting host discrimination by Euphydryas editha butterflies: The behav-

ioural mechanisms causing clumped distributions of egg clusters. —

Anim. Behav. 29: 1220-1228.

Rutowski, R. L. & GiLCHRIST, G. W., 1987. Courtship, copulation and

Oviposition in the chalcedon checkerspot, Euphydryas chalcedona (Lepi-

doptera: Nymphalidae). — J.nat. Hist. 21: 1109-1117.

ScoTT, J. A., 1974. Mate locating behavior of butterflies. — Am. Mid. Nat.

91: 103-117.

SELONEN, V., 1997. Population structure and habitat selection in two melitaein

butterflies. — Baptria 22: 137-144. (In Finnish, English summary).

SINGER, M. C., 1982. Quantification of host preference by manipulation of

oviposition behavior in the butterfly Euphydryas editha. — Oecologia 52:

224-229.

SINGER, M. C., 1994. Behavioral constraints on the evolutionary expansion

of insect diet: a case history from checkerspot butterflies. /n: Real, L. (ed.),

Behavioral Mechanisms in Evolutionary Ecology. — University of Chicago

Press. Pp. 279-296.

SOMERMA, P., 1997. Suomen uhanalaiset perhoset [Threatened Lepidoptera

in Finland]. Suomen Perhostutkijain Seura — Finnish Environmental

Institute, Helsinki. 336 p. (In Finnish).

STAMP, N. E., 1982. Selection of oviposition sites by the Baltimore checkerspot,

Euphydryas phaeton (Nymphalidae). J. Lepid. Soc. 36: 290-302.

Tuomas, J. A. & Sımcox, D. J., 1982. A quick method for estimating larval

populations of Melitaea cinxia L. during surveys. — Biol. Cons. 22: 315-322.

ToLMAN, T. & LEWINGTON, R., 1997. Collins Field Guide to the Butterflies

of Britain and Europe. — Harper Collins Publishers, London. 320 p.

TSCHORSNIG, H.-P. & HERTING, B., 1994. Die Raupenfliegen (Diptera:

Tachinidae) Mitteleuropas: Bestimmungstabellen und Angaben zur Verbei-

tung und Ökologie der einzelnen Arten. — Stuttg. Beitr.Naturk.(A) 506:

1-170.

WAHLBERG, N., 1995. The reproductive biology of the Glanville fritillary

(Melitaea cinxia). — Baptria 20: 181-187 (In Finnish, English summary).

WAHLBERG, N., 1997. The life history and ecology of Melitaea diamina

(Nymphalidae) in Finland. — Nota lepid. 20: 70-81.

WIKLUND, C. & FAGERSTROM, T., 1977. Why do males emerge before females?

A hypothesis to explain the incidence of protandry in butterflies. —

Oecologia 31: 153-158.

WILLIAMS, E. H., HoLDREN, C. E. & EHRLICH, P. R., 1984. The life history

and ecology of Euphydryas gillettii Barnes (Nymphalidae). — J. Lepid.Soc.

38: 1-12.

169

Nota lepid. 21 (3): 170-193; 15.X.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

Erster Beitrag zur Kenntnis der palaearktischen

Brachodidae: Revision von Brachodes fallax mit

Beschreibungen neuer zentralasiatischer Arten

(Sesioidea)

Axel KALLIES

Plöner Str. 13, D-19057 Schwerin

Summary. In this first contribution to the knowledge of the Palaearctic Brachodidae

the data about distribution, bionomics and immature stages of the genus Brachodes

Guenee, 1845 are briefly summarised. Further, Brachodes fallax (Staudinger, 1900)

and some related species are revised. The heterogeneous type series of Atychia fallax

Staudinger, 1900 was examined and a lectotype designated. The female of B. fallax

is figured for the first time. Two new related species, formerly confused with 2. fallax,

Brachodes staudingeri sp. n. and Brachodes neglectus sp. n., are described from

Kyrgyzstan. The holotype of Atychia rhagensis Lederer, 1870 was examined. Literature

records about the distribution of Brachodes rhagensis (Lederer, 1870) are reviewed

and partly assigned to other species. The female of B. rhagensis is described. Two

new species, Brachodes paghmanus sp. n. and B. bellicosus sp. n. from Afghanistan

and northern India, respectively, are described. They are also closely related to

Brachodes fallax.

Zusammenfassung. In diesem ersten Beitrag zur Kenntnis der palaearktischen Bra-

chodidae werden die bisherigen Kenntnisse tiber Verbreitung, Lebensweise und

Bionomie der Gattung Brachodes Guenée, 1845 zusammengefaßt. Weiterhin wird eine

Revision von Brachodes fallax (Staudinger, 1900) und einiger verwandter Arten

vorgelegt. Die heterogene Typenserie von Atychia fallax Staudinger, 1900 wurde

untersucht und ein Lectotypus festgelegt. Das Weibchen von B. fallax wird ausführlich

beschrieben und erstmals abgebildet. Zwei neue, mit Brachodes fallax verwandte und

von dieser bisher nicht getrennte Arten aus Kirgizstan werden als Brachodes staudingeri

sp. n. und Brachodes neglectus sp. n. beschrieben. Weiterhin wurde der Holotypus

von Atychia rhagensis Lederer, 1870 untersucht sowie Literaturangaben zur Verbreitung

dieser Art kritisch überprüft und teilweise anderen Arten zugeordnet. Das Weibchen

von B. rhagensis wird ebenfalls beschrieben. Zwei weitere bisher unbekannte Arten,

Brachodes paghmanus sp. n., und B. bellicosus sp. n. aus Afghanistan bzw. Nordindien

werden beschrieben. Diese sind ebenfalls nahe mit Brachodes fallax verwandt.

Resume. Dans cette premiere contribution a la connaissance des Brachodidae

paléarctiques, les données sur la distribution, la bionomie et les stades immatures du

genre Brachodes Guenée, 1845 sont brievement résumées. Ensuite, une révision de

Brachodes fallax (Staudinger, 1900) et de quelques espéces voisines est présentée. La

170

serie heterogene de types de Atychia fallax Staudinger, 1900 a été étudiée et un lectotype

designe. La femelle de B. fallax est figurée pour la premiere fois. Deux nouvelles

especes proches de et anciennement confondues avec B. fallax, Brachodes staudingeri

sp. n. et Brachodes neglectus sp. n., sont décrites du Kyrgyzstan. L’holotype de Atychia

rhagensis Lederer, 1870 a été examiné. Les données bibliographiques sur la présence

de Brachodes rhagensis (Lederer, 1870) sont révisées et partiellement affectées à d’autres

especes. La femelle de B. rhagensis est décrite. Deux nouvelles espéces, Brachodes

paghmanus sp. n. et B. bellicosus sp. n. sont respectivement décrites d’Afghanistan

et du nord de l’Inde. Elles sont également proches de Brachodes fallax.

Key words: Lepidoptera, Sesioidea, Brachodidae, Brachodes, taxonomy, types, new

species, Palaearctics.

1. Einleitung

1994 unternahm der Autor zusammen mit Karel Spatenka

(Prag) und Michael Petersen (Pfungstadt) eine Expedition nach

Siidost-Kasachstan und Kirgizstan (vgl. auch Spatenka er al.,

1997). Dabei wurden zwei Brachodes-Arten in Serie erbeutet, die

an verschiedenen Plätzen sowohl am Tage als auch am Licht

gefunden wurden. Ein Vergleich der Tiere mit Material der

Sammlung des Museums für Naturkunde in Berlin erbrachte eine

Übereinstimmung mit Stücken der Typenserie von Atychia fallax

Staudinger, 1900. Diese Art wurde nach mehreren Exemplaren

aus Kuldscha [Yining], dem Alai, dem Alexandergebirge [Kir-

gizskij Chrebet] und Usgent [Uzgen] beschrieben. Bereits Stau-

dinger (1900) bemerkte die Heterogenität der Typenserie, führte

dies jedoch auf Variabilität zurück. Eine eingehende Untersuchung

der Tiere unter Heranziehung des vorliegenden, umfangreichen

Vergleichsmaterials zeigte, daß es sich um insgesamt 3 deutlich

voneinander verschiedene, wenig variable Arten handelt. Damit

wird die Festlegung eines Lectotypus für Arychia fallax Stau-

dinger, 1900, eine Wiederbeschreibung dieser Art sowie die

Beschreibung zweier neuer Arten notwendig. Zusätzlich bietet

sich die Gelegenheit das Weibchen von Brachodes fallax ausführ-

lich zu beschreiben und abzubilden.

Bei der Durchsicht der Sammlungen einer Reihe europäischer

Museen und der Sichtung der vorliegenden Literatur (z. B. Amsel,

1953) ergab sich weiterhin, daß die Identität von Brachodes

rhagensis (Lederer, 1870) nicht geklärt ist. Die Art wurde

regelmäßig mit B. fallax oder den hier neu beschriebenen Arten

verwechselt. Darum wird auch für diese Art der Holotypus hier

171

noch einmal beschrieben. Außerdem werden zwei weitere neue

Arten aus der Verwandtschaft von Brachodes fallax beschrieben.

2. Die Familie Brachodidae Agenjo, 1966

2.1. Systematik und Morphologie. Die Brachodidae, die frü-

heren Atychiidae (vgl. Heppner, 1979), werden im System der

Lepidoptera mit den Sesiidae (Glasflügler) zur Uberfamilie der

Sesioidea vereint. Sie gelten als die Schwestergruppe der Sesiidae

(Heppner & Duckworth, 1981). Für eine Monophylie der beiden

Familien sprechen eine Reihe von Synapomorphien der Imagines

und Präimagınalstadien (näheres dazu siehe Heppner & Duck-

worth, 1981 sowie Minet, 1986 und 1991). Heppner & Duckworth

schließen auch die Choreutidae in diese Überfamilie ein, doch

ist deren systematische Stellung umstritten. Minet (1991) stellt

für diese Gruppe eine eigene Überfamilie auf und ordnet die

Castniidae den Sesioidea zu.

Innerhalb der Brachodidae gelten die Brachodinae als die

ursprünglichste Unterfamilie (Heppner, 1981). In dieser Gruppe

haben sich Plesiomorphien wie die Bipectination der Fühler oder

der einfache Bau der Genitalien (ohne Gnathos, keine spezia-

lisierten Valvenbildungen) erhalten. Darüber hinaus besitzen

Brachodinae weder Chaetosemata noch Setenbüschel an der

Fühlerspitze oder gegabelte Adern im Vorderflügel. Diese “Ne-

gativmerkmale” (Naumann, 1971) werden ebenfalls bei den

ursprünglichsten Sesuden, den Tinthiinae, gefunden.

2.2. Verbreitung. Die Brachodidae sind eine nahezu weltweit

verbreitete Familie, lediglich aus Nordamerika wurden erstaun-

licherweise keine Vertreter bekannt. In der Palaearktis ist sie

durch die Brachodinae mit der Gattung Brachodes Guenée, 1845

repräsentiert. Die zweite Unterfamilie, die Phycodinae Rebel,

1907*, ist in den Tropen und Subtropen der alten Welt verbreitet

und erreicht nur in Vorder- und Ostasien den südlichen Teil des

palaearktischen Faunengebietes.

Während es für die Phycodinae der Palaearctis und der

angrenzenden Gebiete eine zusammenfassende Arbeit im Rahmen

*Die Phycodinae wurden bereits 1907 von Rebel als eine Unterfamilie der

Glyphipterigidae (sensu lato) aufgestellt, was von Heppner (1981) und auch

von Diakonoff (1986) offensichtlich übersehen wurde.

172

der Microlepidoptera Palaearctica gibt (Diakonoff, 1986), steht

eine solche für die Brachodinae des Faunengebietes noch aus.

Die vorliegende Arbeit soll ein erster Beitrag sein, diese Lücke

zu schließen.

3. Die Gattung Brachodes Guenée, 1845

Die Gattung Brachodes umfaßt etwa 30 bisher beschriebene

Arten und eine Reihe von Taxa mit unklarem Status. Es handelt

sich fast ausnahmslos um Bewohner arider Steppengebiete von

Marokko bis in die Mongolei und China (Heppner, 1983). Ein

Verbreitungsschwerpunkt der Gattung scheint ın Vorder- und

Mittelasien zu liegen. In Europa finden sich nur relativ wenige

Arten, hier vor allem im Mittelmeerraum, auf dem Balkan und

im südlichen Russland. Nur zwei Arten, B. appendiculatus (Esper,

1783) und B. pumila (Ochsenheimer, 1808), erreichen das südliche

Mitteleuropa. Eine Checkliste der Brachodidae der Welt findet

sich bei Heppner (1981).

3.1. Morphologie der Imagines. Typisch für die meisten

Vertreter der Gattung Brachodes ist der ausgeprägte Geschlechts-

dimorphismus. Die Männchen besitzen gut entwickelte Flügel

von oft graubrauner bis schwarzer Grundfarbe mit unterschiedlich

entwickelter gelblicher bis weißer Zeichnung. Die Grundfärbung

und Zeichnung der Vorderflügel wird häufig durch eine mehr oder

weniger starke weißliche bis gelborange Überschuppung verdeckt.

Einige Arten sind zeichnungslos. Die Weibchen haben erheblich

kürzere Flügel von oft schwarzer, manchmal metallisch glänzender

Färbung. Einige Arten besitzen eine ausgeprägte weiße, seltener

orange Flecken- oder Bindenzeichnung. Die Antennen sind

filiform, weisen jedoch bei manchen Arten eine starke Beschup-

pung auf, weiche die Fühler keulenartig verdickt erscheinen läßt.

Die Antennen der Männchen sind bipectinat, gesägt oder filiform.

Die Proboscis ist innerhalb der Gattung sehr unterschiedlich

ausgeprägt, teilweise ist sie stark entwickelt, mitunter völlig

reduziert. Die Morphologie der männlichen Antennen sowie die

Ausprägung der Proboscis stellen wichtige diagnostische Merk-

male zur Differenzierung der Brachodes-Arten dar.

Neben der Tatsache, daß sich Brachodidae in den meisten

Sammlungen gar nicht oder nur sehr spärlich finden, ist die

178

Genitalmorphologie der Brachodes-Arten ein Grund für die

schlechte Bearbeitung der Gattung. Die ausgesprochen einfach

gebauten Genitalien der Männchen bieten nur wenige Merkmale,

die eine Differenzierung gestatten. Selbst Arten mit völlig ver-

schiedenem Habitus zeigen nur kleinste Unterschiede im Geni-

talbau. Der Aedeagus bietet jedoch mitunter gute Merkmale zur

Differenzierung der Arten. Andere Merkmale wie die Form der

Valven oder die Größe und Ausbildung der Uncusspitzen zeigen

eine größere Variabilität. Die Eignung der Morphologie der

Weibchen für die Taxonomie ist bisher nicht untersucht worden.

3.2. Lebensweise, Bionomie und Präimaginalstadien. Die Le-

bensweise der meisten Arten ist unbekannt (Heppner, 1983). Die

Imagines sind überwiegend tagaktiv. Die GG fliegen an oft eng

umschriebenen Stellen in Grassteppen oder Felsfluren. Der Flug

ist schnell und unstet, mitunter finden sich die Falter aber auch

an Grashalmen ruhend. Zwei zentralasiatische Arten (fallax

Staudinger, 1900 und staudingeri sp. n.) fliegen nach eigenen

Beobachtungen aus Kazachstan und Kirgizstan regelmäßig das

Licht an, aber auch sie sind in erster Linie am Tage aktiv. Der

Lichtanflug wird auch für die westmediterrane Brachodes funebris

(Feisthamel, 1833) gemeldet (M. J. Robineau nach J. Thiele, in

hits 1997):

Uber die Bionomie der Brachodes-Arten gibt es nur sehr

sparliche Angaben. Die einzige, fiir ihre Zeit jedoch erstaunlich

genaue Beschreibung der Lebensweise und der Morphologie der

Präimaginalstadien einer europäischen Brachodidae (B. appen-

diculatus) stammt von Gartner (1864). Da diese Arbeit wenig

bekannt ist und auch von Heppner (1983) übersehen wurde, soll

hier auf einige wichtige Beobachtungen hingewiesen werden.

Gartner (1864) bewies durch die Aufzucht eingetragener Raupen,

daß zumindest Brachodes appendiculatus eine zweijährige Lar-

valentwicklung aufweist. Er vermerkte, daß die Raupen in den

oberen Teilen des Wurzelwerkes von Festuca ovina (Poaceae)

leben, wo sie “in verschiedenen Richtungen Gänge machen, die

ausgesponnen und mit grünen Excrementen gefüllt sind”. Die

Raupe selbst ist in den ersten Stadien fettweiß, erwachsen gelb

und in allen Stadien warzenlos und nackt, jedoch mit einzelnen

lichten Haaren. Die ersten drei Segmente sind auffällig wulstig,

174

der Kopf verhältnismäßig klein, gelblich weiß mit einem länglichen

braunen Wisch an den Seiten. Die Stigmata sind braun. Die

Verpuppung erfolgt in einem röhrenförmigen mit Erdkörnern

bekleideten Gespinst, welches an die Erdoberfläche mündet. Die

Puppe ist robust, bräunlichgelb, der Stirnvortsatz bogenförmig,

kantig und braun. Auf den Abdominalsegmenten finden sich

“Gürtel von braunen spitzen Dornen” (die charakteristischen

doppelten Dornenreihen, die sich auch auf den Abdominalseg-

menten der Puppen der Sesiidae finden), der “Kremaster [ist]

stumpf und ebenfalls dunkelbraun, vor demselben befindet sich

an der Rückseite eine charakteristische Querreihe von vier, dann

zunächst demselben eine von zwei stärkeren, kopfabwärts gebo-

genen Zähnen”. Die Angaben bei Heinemann (1870), Hartmann

(1880) und Spuler (1910) gehen vermutlich auf diese Schilderung

zurück.

Für die turkmenische Brachodes arenosa (Zagulajev, 1979)

wird in der Originalbeschreibung vermerkt, daß einige Tiere aus

Raupen gezogen wurden, die im Wurzelbereich von Stipagrostis

spp. (Poaceae) in gesponnenen Röhren gefunden wurden. Auch

Spatenka (in litt. 1997) gibt für drei vorderasiatische Brachodes-

Arten Poaceen als Futterpflanzen an.

Neuere Untersuchungen an Larven oder Puppen von Bracho-

des-Arten fehlen. Lediglich bei der südamerikanischen Sagalassa

valida Walker, 1856 wurden detaillierte Untersuchungen der

Präimaginalstadien (Chaetotaxie u.a.) vorgenommen (Heppner

in Heppner & Duckworth, 1981).

4. Material und Methoden

Abkürzungen

BMNH — The Natural History Museum, London, England

ZMHU — Museum für Naturkunde, Zentralinstitut der Humboldt-Univer-

sitat, Berlin, Deutschland

DEIE — Deutsches Entomologisches Institut, Eberswalde, Deutschland

ZFMK — Zoologisches Museum und Forschungsinstitut Alexander Koenig,

Bonn, Deutschland

NHMW — Naturhistorisches Museum Wien, Österreich

ZSM — Zoologische Staatssammlung Miinchen, Deutschland

EMEM — coll. Eitschberger, Markleuthen, Deutschland

NRMS — Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet Stockholm, Schweden

MGAB W— Muzeul di Istorie Naturala “Grigore Antipa”, Bucharest, Ru-

mänien

175

MNHP — Museum national dHistoire naturelle, Paris, Frankreich

MUT -—- Zoological Laboratory, Faculty of Agriculture, Meijo University,

Nagoya, Japan

Die Etiketten der in dieser Arbeit aufgeführten Exemplare sind

wörtlich zitiert. Die verschiedenen Etiketten eines Exemplares

sind durch einen Schrägstrich getrennt.

5. Taxonomischer Teil

Brachodes Guenee, 1845

Typusart: Brachodes vernetella Guenée, 1845 (= Chimera [sic!] funebris

Feisthamel, 1833).

Chimaera Ochsenheimer, 1808 (Sphinx chimaera Hübner, 1796 (= Sphinx

appendiculata Esper, 1783); präoccupiert Linnaeus, 1766 (Pisces)).

Atychia Latreille, 1809 (Sphinx chimaera Hübner, 1796 (= Sphinx appen-

diculata Esper, 1783); präoccupiert Ochsenheimer, 1808 (Zygaenidae)).

Procerata Berthold, 1827 (Pyralis saldonana Fabricius, 1787 (= Sphinx

appendiculata Esper, 1783); nomen oblitum).

Chimera Feisthamel, 1833 (misspelling).

Palamernis Meyrick, 1906 (P. canaonitis, Meyrick, 1906).

Bradyptestis sensu Kasy, 1979 (non Bradyptestis Sodoffsky, 1837 (Zygaenidae)).

Diagnostische Merkmale. Vorderflügellänge 5-16 mm. Frons

glatt beschuppt, perlmuttartig oder dunkel glänzend; Proboscis

vorhanden oder reduziert, nackt; Labialpalpus glatt beschuppt

oder mit langen haarartigen Schuppen am Basal- und Medial-

segment, Apikalsegment kurz; Augen groß und nackt; Antennen

filiform, gesägt oder bipectinat, oft stark beschuppt. Beine mit

deutlichen Tibialsporen, glatt beschuppt; zumindest die Dorsal-

kante der Hinterfemuren mit längeren haarartigen Schuppen.

Vorderflügel relativ lang und schmal, Apex nicht spitz; Radius

5-fach verzweigt, Adern nicht gestielt; Al und A2 verschmolzen,

basal gegabelt. Grundfarbe der Vorderflügel dunkel, bei den

Männchen mit gelben oder weißen Dechschuppen, oft mit einem

medialen weißlichen Längswisch von der Basis ausgehend; bei

den Weibchen einfarbig oder mit weißer oder oranger Flecken-

zeichnung. Hinterflügel kurz und breit. Abdomen dunkel, Seg-

mente bei den Männchen mit weißlicher Distalkante; bei den

Weibchen lang und spitz zulaufend.

176

Genitalapparat Männchen. Valven simpel; Uncus und Tegumen

verschmolzen, ohne Gnathos und Socius; Vinculum entwickelt;

Tuba analis entwickelt; Sacculus nicht vorhanden; Aedeagus mit

zahlreichen mehr oder weniger feinen Cornuti.

Genitalapparat Weibchen. Ovipositor sehr lang und dehnbar;

Bursa klein, ohne Signum; Ductus bursae lang und kräftig,

membranös.

Brachodes fallax (Staudinger, 1900) (Abb. 1,9, 11)

Atychia fallax Staudinger, 1900: 350 (part.). Typenfundort: “Kuldja” [ Yining,

NW China]. Lectotypus d (ZMHU).

Atychia fallax: Caradja, 1920: 163 (part.).

Brachodes fallax: Heppner, 1981: 13

Lectotypus & (hier designiert), Fallax Stgr. Origin. Kuldja [18]79

Alphferaky]. / 20.V. / ex coll. Staudinger (ZMHU). Paralectotypus 4, Origin.

/ Alai [18]85 Hbh. [Haberhauer] / ex. coll. Staudinger (ZMHU).

Weiteres untersuchtes Material. 4 4, ©, Kazachstan, 43°19,22’N 78°55,96’E,

Illy area, Torajgyr Mts. 1400 m, 3.-5.7.1994, leg. Kallies, Spatenka & Petersen,

davon & genitaluntersucht (GP Kallies 42-96) (3 4, © coll. Kallies, ¢ coll.

Riefenstahl); 2 &, Kazachstan, Sharyn River, Sharytogai, 11.-13.6.1993, leg.

©. Gorbunov (coll. Spatenka); 6, Kazachstan, Uigurski r-[aio]n., 15 km NW

Tschundscha, 21.5.1991, leg. Zolotuhin (coll. Kallies); 54, Kirgizstan,

42°10,64N 77°18,96E, S of Issyk Kul, 10 km W of Tosor, 1650 m,

10.-11.7.1994, leg. Kallies, Spatenka & Petersen (2 & coll. Kallies, 2 & coll.

Spatenka, & coll. Petersen); 2 &, Juldus / Stgr. 4 / 94. (NHMW), &, Juldus,

Kuldscha / Stgr. 4 / 98. (NHMW), 3, Aksu / Stgr. 4 / 97. (NHMW); 3 2,

Asia centr., Turkestan, Ili-Gebiet, Coll. Wagner (NHMW); 3, Juldus, Kuldscha

(ZSM); 6, Umg. Dscharkent, Ili Gebiet, Rückbeil 1913 (ZSM); 3, Kuldscha,

Thian oc., coll. Carad.[ja] / Ar. fallax Stgr. (MGAB); @, Aksu, Rückbeil

1910 (MGAB); 3, 9, Alai (MGAB); 3, W. Turkestan, Alai Mts., 1907-140

(BMNH); 3, 18.V1.1879 Gigas, Kuldscha / Christoph Coll. / Walsingham

Collection 1910-427. (BMNH); 8 3, Turkestan, Dsharkent (BMNH); 3, Aulie

Ata / Atychia rhagensis Ld. [sic!] (MNHP); 3, Alai / Atychia rasa Chr.

v. rasata Stgr. [sic!] / P. Viette gen. 0-7 n. 2532 (MNHP).

Lectotypus &: Vorderflügellänge 13 mm, Spannweite 29 mm.

Antennen filiform, Vertex gelb, Frons perlmuttartig glänzend

graugelb. Labialpalpen glatt, gerade, komplett gelb. Rüssel

entwickelt. Pericephalische Haare gelb. Thorax grau mit zwei

kräftigen dorsalen gelben Streifen, ventral weißgrau. Tegulae in

der äußeren Hälfte gelb, Patagia basal grau, distal gelb. Vor-

177

Abb. 1-8. Brachodes Männchen: | — B. fallax (Staudinger, 1900) &, [NW China]

Juldus, NHMW; 2 — B. staudingeri sp. n., Holotypus 4, Kirgizstan, Kyss Art Pass,

ZMHU; 3 — B. neglectus sp. n., Paratypus, Margelan, ZMHU; 4 — B. rhagensis

(Lederer, 1870), Holotypus @, [N Iran], Astrabad, ZMHU; 5 — B. bellicosus sp. n.,

Paratypus @, [India] Dras, Ladak, BMNH; 5 — B. bellicosus sp. n., Paratypus @,

Afghanistan, Nuristan, EMEM; 7 — B. paghmanus sp. n., Holotypus 6, Afghanistan,

Pagman, NHMW; 8 - B. canonitis (Meyrick, 1906), Paralectotypus [India], Simla,

BMNH.

178

Abb. 9-10. Brachodes Weibchen: 9 — B. fallax (Staudinger, 1900) ©, Kazachstan,

Torajgyr Mts., coll. A. Kallies; 10 — B. staudingeri sp. n., Paratypus 9, [Kirgizstan]

Alexander Geb., ZSM.

dercoxa graugelb, Hinterbeine gelb. Vorderflügel grau, dicht

hellgelb überschuppt, mit einem deutlichen hellgelben Wisch, der

in der Mitte des Flügels von der Basıs bis etwa 4/5 der

Vorderflügellänge verläuft (Medialstrich) und deutlich über das

Zellende hinweg reicht. Costalrand von der Basıs bis über

2/3 der Vorderflügellänge breit schwefelgelb, Analrand komplett

und deutlich hellgelb. Im äußeren Drittel des Vorderflügels

unterhalb der Costa ein auffälliger gelber Fleck (Costalfleck).

Hinterflügel grau, zum Analrand ein undeutlicher gelblicher

Wisch. Unterseite des Vorderflügel grau, Apex gelblich über-

schuppt, Analrand breit gelblich aufgehellt, Costalfleck sichtbar.

Unterseite der Hinterflügel graugelb, Vorderrand und Apex breit

gelblich aufgehellt. Abdomen grau, im distalen Bereich der Tergite

gelbliche Schuppen.

Genitalapparat & (Abb.11). Typisch für die Gattung Brachodes.

Aedeagus mäßig lang, nur leicht gebogen, medial etwas verdickt.

Cornuti relativ klein und nicht sehr stark sklerotisiert. Uncus-

spitzen kräftig. Valven einfach, der Rand gleichmässig abgerundet.

Variabilität. Die Größe der Männchen dieser Art ist relativ

konstant, die Spannweite der meisten Tiere liegt zwischen 24 und

26 mm. Der Lectotypus selbst ist mit 29 mm Spannweite unge-

wöhnlich groß. Die Ausprägung der Vorderflügelzeichnung va-

riiert wenig. Die Gelbfärbung der Tiere aus dem Alai (darunter

der Paralectotypus) ist etwas weniger kräftig.

179

Weibchen (Abb. 9). Spannweite 18,5 mm, Vorderflügellänge

8 mm. Antennen filiform, schwarz und nur ganz leicht beschuppt.

Frons und Patagia schwarz, kupfrig glänzend. Pericephalische

Haare und Haare zwischen den Antennen orangegelb. Labial-

palpen glatt, komplett orangegelb. Rüssel schwach entwickelt,

etwas länger als die Labialpalpen. Thorax dorsal schwarz mit

zwei cremefarbenen Linien. Tegulae schwarz, außen cremefarben

gesäumt. Vorderflügel schmal, Costal- und Analrand nahezu

parallel. Grundfärbung schwarz, vor allem zur Basıs hin mit

einzelnen cremeweißen Schuppen bestreut. Von der Basis des

Vorderflügels bis etwas über die Flügelmitte hinaus ein weißer

Medialstrich. In dessen Verlängerung ein kräftiger cremeweißer

Fleck, ein ebensolcher darüberliegend nahe des Vorderrandes im

äußeren Drittel des Flügels (Costalfleck), ein weiterer kleinerer

wurzelwärts davon (etwa auf der Hälfte der Flügellänge). Hin-

terflügel einfarbig schwarz. Fransen aller Flügel grauschwarz mit

einzelnen weißen Schuppen. Unterseite der Flügel braunschwarz,

die Zeichnungselemente des Vorderfliigels auf der Unterseite

schwach angedeutet. Der Vorderrand des Hinterflügels schwach

aufgehellt. Abdomen schwarz.

Das Weibchen wurde am Tage zusammen mit einigen Männ-

chen an einer relativ eng umschriebenen Stelle gefangen.

Bereits Caradja (1920) beschreibt das fallax-Weibchen kurz,

aber treffend.

Verbreitung. Sicher bekannt nur aus Nordwest-China, dem

südöstlichen Kazachstan und aus Kirgizstan. Die Angabe von

Heppner (1996) für den europäischen Teil Russlands beruht sicher

auf einer Verwechslung.

Habitat und Bionomie. Die vorliegenden Tiere wurden in

mittleren Lagen zwischen etwa 700 und 2900 m an trockenen

heißen Hängen in der Felssteppe, vornehmlich ın Beständen von

Federgras (Stipa sp.) erbeutet. Einzelne Tiere erschienen hier auch

am Licht. Die Flugzeit der sicher einbrütigen Art liegt je nach

Höhenlage zwischen Ende Mai und Juli.

Brachodes staudingeri sp. n. (Abb. 2, 10, 12, 13)

Staudinger, 1900: 350 (part.); Caradja, 1920: 163 (als Atychia rhagensis bzw.

fallax (Fehldetermination)).

180

Holotypus 4, Kirgizstan, 42°05,30’N 75°06,96’E, W of Issyk Kul, Kyss-Art

Pass, 2600 m, 15. 7. 1994, leg. Kallies, Spatenka & Petersen (ZMHU).

Paratypen (79 4, 39): 8 @ mit den gleichen Daten wie der Holotypus (4 @

coll. Kallies, 34 coll. Spatenka, & coll. Riefenstahl); 2&, Kirgizstan,

41°45,55 N 74°09,E, Sarıkamish Mts. near river Kjokjomeren, 16.-18.7.1994

leg. Kallies, Spatenka & Petersen (coll. Kallies); 3 &, Kirgizstan, 43°35,72N

74°28,97’E, Ala Artscha Tal bei Bischkek, 2160 m, 19.-22.7.1994, leg. Kallies,

Spatenka & Petersen, davon & genitaluntersucht (GP Kallies 68-96) (2 & coll.

Kallies, 3 coll. Petersen); 11 4, Kirgizstan, 43° 35,72"N 74°28,97’E, Ala Artscha

Tal bei Bischkek, 2850 m, 19.-22. 7. 1994, leg. et coll. Spatenka; 19 3,

Kirgizstan, 42°25,N 73°45,E, Kirgiskij Kette, Tjusashu Pass, Nordseite,

2000 m, 9.7.1998 leg. Kallies & Spatenka (coll. Kallies, coll. Spatenka); 7 3,

Kirgizstan, Kirgiskij Kette, Susamir Tal, 2400 m, 27.7.1998, leg. Kallies &

Spatenka (coll. Kallies, coll. Spatenka); 4, Kirgizstan, 42°24N 73°49’E,

Kirgiskij Kette, Tjusashu Pass, Nordseite, 2800 m, 28.7.1998, leg. Kallies &

Spatenka (coll. Kallies); 2 6, [fallax] Origin. / 22/7 / Alexand[er]. Geblirge]

[Kirgizskij Chrebet], [18]86 Hbhr. [ Haberhauer] / ex coll. Staudinger (ZMHU);

©, Margelan [Kirgizstan, Ferghana Becken, Margilan] / großes © compar

[sic!], Rebel det. / ex coll. Staudinger (ZMHU); 3, Tura, Stgr. 40 89. /

rhagensis Ld. [sic!] / coll. Saalmiiller (DEIE); 6, Usgent, Turkest., Stgr. 4

/ 96. (NHMW); 3, Asia centr. Thian Schan, Juldus-Geb., Coll. Wagner /

fallax Stgr. [sic!] (NHMW); 3, Usgent, Coll. Kalchberg, 1900 / 90. (NHMW);

6 Asia centr., Ili-Gebiet, Umgebung Djarkent, Coll. Wagner (NHMW); &,

Juldus, Kuldscha / Stgr. 4 / 95. (NHMW); 6, USSR Kasachstan, Alma Ata,

Medeo 2500 m, 5.-9.7.1980, K. & L. Krusek leg., coll. (ZFMK); 6, USSR

Kasachstan, Zailijsky Ata tau, 5.-9.7.1980, K. & L. Krusek leg. (ZFMK);

44, Tura / Atychia rhagensis [sic!] (ZSM); 6, Tian Schan, coll. Merzb.

(ZSM); 9, Chimaera sp.?, 2 1892, Alexand[er]. Geb[irge]. [Kirgizskij Chrebet]

(ZSM); 2 6, Tura (NRMS); 6, Sarepta, Ross. m. (NRMS); &, 9, Usgent

| rhagensis [sic!] (MGAB); 4, Stgr. 626 11.1893.88 / Walsingham Collection

1910-427. / Atychia rhagensis Ld. [sic!], Named by Stgr. (BMNH); 2 4, Tura,

Stgr. 651, 1897, A868 / Walsingham Collection 1910-427. / Atychia rhagensis

Ld. [sic!] / Named by Stgr. / = fallax Stgr., = rhagensis Stgr. nec Ld., Named

by Wlsm. (BMNH); 3, Kappak, Alexander Mts. 29.IV.—5.V.05. / Rothschild

Bequest, B.M. 1939-I. (BMNH); 2 6, Tsian Shan Mts., Turkestan. 19 July

1906., G.T.B. Baker Coll., Brit. Mus. 1927-360. (BMNH); 6, Ch. Rhagensis

Ld. [sic!], Tura ty. Stgr. (MNHP); 4, Chimaera rhagensis [sic!], Tura, 1886

(MNHP); 5, Tura / Atychia rhagensis Ld. [sic!] (lt. Bg.-Hs.) (MNHP); 2,

Juldus / Atychia fallax Stgr. [sic!] (MNHP); 4, Kirgizstan, Sarykamish Mts.

3200-3700 m, 41.53°N 73.58°E, 27.-28. VII. 1993, ©. Gorbunov leg. (MUT).

Holotypus & (Abb. 2). Spannweite 31 mm, Vorderflügellänge

14 mm. Antennen filiform. Vertex dunkelgrau, metallisch glän-

zend. Frons glänzend gelb mit einzelnen grauen Schuppen.

Pericephalische Haare gelb. Labialpalpen glatt, gelb, apikal mit

181

grau durchsetzt. Rüssel schwach entwickelt. Thorax grau mit zwei

dorsalen gelblichen Streifen, ventral weißgrau. Tegulae außen

gelb. Vordercoxa schwarzgrau, locker weißgelb überschuppt.

Patagıa grau mit einzelnen gelben Schuppen. Hinterbein weißgelb.

Vorderflügel grau, weißgelb überschuppt, vor allem im frischen

Zustand. Medialstrich von der Basis bis 3/4 der Vorderflügellänge

reichend, kaum über das Zellende hinausragend, in der Breite

schwankend. Vorderrand ım basalen Drittel, Analrand komplett

aufgehellt. Fransen grau, Spitzen weiß. Costalfleck oberhalb des

distalen Endes des Medialstriches relativ klein. Hinterflügel

einfarbig grau, Fransen innen grau, außen weiß. Vorderflügelun-

terseite grau, im Apex gelb überschuppt. Hinterflügelunterseite

weißgrau, basal etwas dunkler. Abdomen grau mit vereinzelten

gelben Schuppen.

Genitalapparat & (Abb. 12). Ähnlich B. fallax. Aedeagus

kräftig und relativ kurz mit zahlreichen stark sklerotisierten

Cornuti. Uncusspitzen kräftig und stark sklerotisiert. Aussenrand

der Valva relativ gerade.

Variabilität. Die Männchen dieser Art variieren etwas in der

Ausprägung des Medialstriches und in der Größe (Vorderflügel-

länge von 12 bis 15,5 mm).

Weibchen (Abb. 10). Spannweite 22,5 mm, Vorderflügellänge

10 mm. Frons und Patagia schwarz mit einzelnen weißen Schup-

pen. Antennen filiform, schwarz, kräftig beschuppt. Pericepha-

lische Haare gelb. Palpen glatt, schwarz mit einzelnen weißen

Schuppen. Thorax dorsal schwarz mit zwei cremefarbenen Linien,

Tegulae schwarz. Vorderflügel schwarz, vor allem zur Basis hın

mit einzelnen weißen Schuppen bestreut. Vorderflügel ohne

Medialstrich. Zwei weiße Flecken im äußeren Vorderflügeldrittel

(einer nahe der Costa, ein weiterer darunter). Hinterflügel einfarbig

grauschwarz. Fransenschuppen aller Flügel grauschwarz, im

Apex beider Flügel nach außen eine zweite Reihe von langen

auffallend weißen Schuppen. Unterseite der Flügel einfarbig

grauschwarz. Abdomen schwarz, ventral einige weiße Schuppen.

Genitalapparat 2 (Abb. 13). Apophysen sehr lang, dabei im

Durchmesser sehr ungleichmässig stark. Apophysis posterior

deutlich länger als Apophysis anterior. Apophysis anterior aus

zwei Abschnitten bestehend, die etwa auf Höhe des Ostiums

beweglich miteinander verbunden sind. Ostium in der interseg-

182

mentalen Membran zwischen Segment 7 und 8, ductus bursae

nicht sklerotisiert, corpus bursae sehr klein, ohne Signum.

Differentialdiagnose. In den Sammlungen und in der Literatur

wurden Falter von B. staudingeri sp. n. bisher unter B. fallax

geführt oder mit der ebenfalls nahe verwandten B. rhagensis

(Lederer, 1870) verwechselt. Von B. fallax unterscheidet sich

staudingeri sp. n. durch die bedeutendere Größe, den kürzeren

Medialstrich, den weniger stark gelb aufgehellten Vorderrand, den

kleineren Costalfleck, den dunklen Vertex und die einfarbigen

Hinterflügel (bei B. fallax ein schmaler heller Wisch im Anal-

winkel). Auf der Unterseite der Vorderflügel fehlt der helle

Costalfleck. Von B. rhagensis unterscheidet sich B. staudingeri

sofort durch die filiformen Antennen, welche bei B. rhagensis

auffällig gekämmt sind. Außerdem gibt es Unterschiede in Verlauf

und Ausdehnung des Medialstriches und des Costalfleckes des

Vorderflügels (bei B. rhagensis viel ausgedehnter und diffus

begrenzt, der Medialstrich distal zu einem Fleck erweitert). Die

Unterschiede im Bau der männlichen Genitalien sind gattungsty-

pisch sehr gering. Der Aedeagus ist bei B. staudingeri relativ kurz,

gleichmässig kräftig und besitzt zahlreiche gut sklerotisierte

Cornuti. Bei B. fallax ist der Aedeagus weniger kräftig und leicht

gebogen, die Cornuti sind überwiegend kleiner und weniger

sklerotisiert. Bei B. rhagensis ist der Aedeagus sehr schlank und

besitzt nur kleine, wenig sklerotisierte Cornuti.

Die Weibchen von B. fallax und B. staudingeri sind leicht zu

unterscheiden. Letzterem fehlt der cremeweiße Medialstrich.

Außerdem besitzt das B. fallax-Q orange Labialpalpen und kaum

beschuppte Fühler, bei B. staudingeri sind die Labialpalpen

schwarz und die Fühler kräftig beschuppt. Sowohl das fallax-

@ als auch das © von staudingeri unterscheidet sich von den mir

bekannten Weibchen der Brachodes appendiculatus-Gruppe (B.

appendiculatus, B. dispar (Herrich-Schäffer, 1854) und B. compar

(Staudinger, 1879)) grundsätzlich durch die Flügelzeichnung

sowie die glatt beschuppten Labialpalpen.

Verbreitung. Es lagen Falter aus den verschiedensten Gebieten

Kirgizstans vor. Die Art kommt ebenfalls in den Gebirgen

Südost-Kazachstans und Nordwest-Chinas vor. Außerdem dürfte

sich ein Teil der Literaturangaben für B. rhagensis, z. B. für die

Mongolei und für das südliche Sibirien (Zagulajev, 1977), tat-

sächlich auf B. staudingeri sp. n. (oder B. fallax) beziehen.

183

Die Bezeichnung “Tura” auf den Etiketten einer Reihe von

Stücken von B. staudingeri sp. n. ist schwer zu interpretieren.

Gewöhnlich wurde damit das Gebiet östlich des Kaspischen

Meeres gemeint. Unter Umständen wurde in diesem Falle die

Bezeichnung allgemein für das “Russische” Zentralasien verwen-

det. Etwas zweifelhaft erscheint die Fundortbezeichnung “Sarepta”

auf dem Etikett eines Tieres. Hier wurde Ende des letzten und

Anfang dieses Jahrhunderts sehr viel gesammelt, es liegen jedoch

keine weiteren Exemplare von B. staudingeri aus diesem Gebiet

vor.

Habitat und Bionomie. Die Männchen flogen am Nachmittag

in reicheren Hochsteppen in Lagen von 1500 bis über 3200 m,

hier vor allem in Federgrasbeständen. Möglicherweise entwickeln

sich sowohl Brachodes fallax als auch staudingeri in Stipa. Durch

ihre Habitatansprüche scheinen sich beide Arten allerdings wei-

testgehend auszuschließen. Männchen von B. staudingeri erschie-

nen auch vereinzelt am Licht. Alle bekannten Tiere wurden im

Juli gefangen. Ausnahme ıst ein Männchen (Kappak, Alexander

Mts) von der Monatswende April/ Mai (Datum richtig?).

Bemerkung. Es kann als nahezu sicher gelten, daß das abge-

bildete und beschriebene Weibchen zu B. staudingeri sp. n. gehört,

es steht in Gestalt und Zeichnung dem 2. fallax Weibchen nahe

und von seinem Fundort (“Alexander Gebirge”) liegen zahlreiche

B. staudingeri Männchen vor. Das bereits von Caradja (1920)

unter B. rhagensis beschriebene Weibchen von Uzgent (MGAB)

sowie das Weibchen von Margilan (ZMHU) unterscheiden sich

von der oben gegebenen Beschreibung, beiden fehlen die weißen

Flecken im Vorderflügel. Da sich aber auch bei diesen Tieren

einzelne weiße Schuppen im Vorderflügel finden, wird das Fehlen

der Makeln als Variation gedeutet und es werden beide Stücke

in die Typenserie eingereiht.

Brachodes neglectus sp. n. (Abb. 3, 14)

Staudinger, 1900: 350 als Atychia fallax (part.)

Holotypus 3, Fallax Orig. Strg. / Origin. / Usgent [Kirgizstan, Ferghana,

Uzgen], [18]83 Hbh. (ZMHU). Paratypen: 4, mit den gleichen Daten wie

der Holotypus (ZMHU); 3, Margelan [Usbekistan, Ferghana Becken, Mar-

gilan], [18]80. Hbh. [Haberhauer] / n. sp. / ex coll. Staudinger (GP Kallies

184

167-96) (ZMHU); &, Lob-Noor. [Nordwest China, Xinjiang, Lop Nur]

(NHMW).

Holotypus &: Vorderflügellänge 10,5 mm, Spannweite 23 mm.

Antennen filiform. Vertex gelb, Frons glänzend metallisch grau,

pericephalische Haare gelb. Rüssel nahezu vollständig zurück-

gebildet. Thorax grau, mit zwei gelben Streifen. Patagia grau,

Tegulae ebenso, außen schmal gelb gerandet. Abdomen grau

weißlich überstäubt, vor allem ventral, Tergite und Sternite distal

breit weißlich gerandet. Vorderflügel grau, weißgelb überschuppt.

Der gelbweiße Medialstrich im Vorderflügel zur Mitte des Flügel

fast verloschen, distal durch einen undeutlichen gelblichweißen

Fleck markiert. Vorderrand ohne auffällige Gelbfärbung, relativ

stark konvex gebogen. Costalfleck unterhalb des Vorderrandes

klein und unauffällig. Analrand nicht aufgehellt. Hinterflügel

grau. Fransen aller Flügel grau, Spitzen weiß.

Die Variabilität der wenigen Stücke ist unbedeutend. Lediglich

das Stück aus “Lob-Noor” ıst mit 20 mm Spannweite etwas

kleiner.

Genitalapparat (Abb. 14). Aedeagus kurz und kräftig, nicht

gebogen, mit zahlreichen kleinen Cornuti. Uncus ohne ausgeprägte

Spitzen.

Das Weibchen dieser Art ist unbekannt.

Differentialdiagnose. Die Art unterscheidet sich von den vor-

angegangenen durch die geringere Größe, die Flügelform, die

fehlende gelbe Beschuppung von Costal- und Analrand, den viel

kleineren Costalfleck, sowie durch den Medialstrich, der distal

nur durch einen Fleck markiert ist.

Verbreitung. Mit Sicherheit nur aus dem Ferghana-Gebiet

bekannt. Bei dem Fundort “Lob-Noor” handelt es sich um den

Lop Nur See in Nordwest China (Xinjiang), eine Lokalität etwa

1200 km östlich des Ferghana Beckens.

Brachodes rhagensis (Lederer, 1870) (Abb. 4, 15)

Atychia rhagensis Lederer, 1870: 91-92, Taf. 5, Fig. 10. Typenfundort: Astra-

bad [Gorgan, Nord-Iran]. Holotypus 4, in ZMHU.

Atychia rhagensis: Amsel, 1954: 317-318 (part.), Tafel 25, Fig. 286-287;

Brachodes rhagensis: Heppner, 1981: 14.

Holotypus 3, Astrabad / rhagensis | coll. Led[erer]. / Origin. (ZMHU).

185

Weiteres untersuchtes Material. ¢, Astrabad Hbh. [Haberhauer], (ZMHU);

&, Schakuh [Nord Iran] Chr. [Christoph], (ZMHU); 174, NRMS [die Stücke

haben keine Fundortetiketten, stammen nach Amsel (1953) jedoch aus den

Ausbeuten von Brandt und wurden im Iran gesammelt], davon 2 & genital-

untersucht (GP Kallies 162-96 u. 166-96); 4, Iran: Prov. Isfahan, Pass E

of Borujan, 7800-8000’, 17.V1.1972, W.G. Tremewan & D. Cottrill. (BMNH);

4, Tura. 97-265 / 403. (BMNH); 4, Hyrcania, Staudinger 1/80 / coll. Led.

/ Stainton Coll. Brit. Mus 1893-94. / Hadschyabad / rhagensis Ld. (BMNH);

2 6, 2, Schahkuh / Christoph Coll. / Walsingham Coll. 1910-427. / rhagensis

Led. [die Exemplare sind mit einem grünen runden Plättchen gekennzeichnet]

(BMNH).

Holotypus 3 (Abb. 4). Vorderflügellänge 13 mm, Spannweite

29 mm. Antennen abgebrochen, vorhandener Rest bipectinat

(Orginalbeschreibung: “Fühler mit kurzen, starken Kammzäh-

nen”), Vertex und Frons weiBgelb, Rüssel kurz und schwach

entwickelt. Labialpalpen gelb, glatt beschuppt. Pericephalische

Haare weiBgelb. Thorax grau. Patagia innen grau, außen weiß-

gelb. Tegulae innen grau, außen gelb. Vordercoxa weißgelb, grau

gemischt. Hinterbein weißgelb. Vorderflügel grau, weiBgelb über-

stäubt. Medialstrich weiBgelb, sehr lang, von der Basis des

Vorderflügels breiter werdend bis fast an den Außenrand reichend.

Vorder- und Analrand komplett weißgelb aufgehellt. Costalfleck

oberhalb des distalen Endes des Medialstriches groß und diffus.

Zwischen beiden entlang der Adern undeutliche strichförmige

Aufhellungen. Fransen grau, Spitzen weiß. Hinterflügel einfarbig

grau. Vorderflügelunterseite hellgrau, Costalrand gelblich. Hin-

terflügelunterseite weißgrau, partiell dunkler überschuppt. Abdo-

men dorsal weiBgrau, Tergite distal weißlich gerandet. Abdomen

ventral weißgelb.

Variabilität. Die Vorderflügellänge der Tiere schwankt zwischen

13 und 16 mm. Auch das Ausmaß der Zeichnung varuert recht

erheblich.

Genitalapparat (Abb. 15). Aedeagus sehr schlank und lang,

nur leicht gebogen. Cornuti klein und wenig sklerotisiert. Un-

cusspitzen stumpf.

Weibchen. Spannweite ca. 24 mm. Vorderflügel schwarz, im

distalen Drittel zwei diffuse weiße Schuppenflecken (einer nahe

der Costa, ein weiterer darunter). Fransen schwarz, im Apex

außen eine Reihe weißer Schuppen. Thorax und Abdomen

(relativ abgerieben) schwarz, Thorax lateral unterhalb der Vor-

186

derflügel weiß, Vordercoxa schwarz. Antennen mit kurzen Cilien

und lockerer schwarzer Beschuppung. Labialpalpen schwarz, mit

weißen Schuppen gemischt, ventral fast komplett weıß.

Differentialdiagnose. Von allen ähnlichen und hier behandelten

Arten im männlichen Geschlecht sofort durch die auffällige

Bipektination der Antennen zu unterscheiden. Das Weibchen ist

dem von B. staudingeri sehr ähnlich, unterscheidet sich jedoch

unter anderem durch den weißen Thoraxfleck unter den Vor-

derflügeln.

Verbreitung. Sichere Belegtiere liegen nur aus dem Iran vor.

Meldungen aus anderen Gebieten beziehen sich auf B. staudingeri

(siehe dort) oder weitere Arten.

Bemerkung. Das einzige Weibchen, welches mit relativer

Sicherheit B. rhagensis zugeordnet werden kann, stammt aus der

Sammlung Christoph und befindet sich jetzt im BMNH. Aufgrund

der Art der Kennzeichnung ist anzunehmen, daß es mit den

beiden in der selben Sammlung vorliegenden typischen Männchen

zusammen gefunden wurde.

Die bei Amsel (1953) beschriebenen und abgebildeten “Weib-

chen” aus dem Paghman Gebirge (Afghanistan) sind tatsächlich

Männchen und gehören einer bisher unbekannten Art (Brachodes

paghmanus sp. n.). Das von Caradja (1920) beschriebene Weib-

chen (MGAB), gehört nach Habitus und Fundort zu Brachodes

staudingeri sp. n.

Brachodes paghmanus sp. n. (Abb. 7, 16)

Amsel, 1954: 317-318 als Atychia rhagensis (part.), Taf. 25, Fig. 288.

Holotypus: &, 20-22.7.1963, Afghanistan, Paghman, 30km NW v. Kabul,

2200m, Kasy & Vartian (NHMW). Paratypen: 24, 20. u. 24.VII.1965,

Afghanistan, Paghman, 30 km NW v. Kabul, 2500 m, Kasy & Vartian

(NHMW); 3, 29.6.-8.7.1963, Afghanistan, Paghman, 30 km NW v. Kabul,

2200 m, Kasy & Vartian (NHMW); 3, 1.-9.8.1962, Afghanistan, Paghman,

30 km NW v. Kabul, 2100 m, E. & A. Vartian leg. (NHMW); 2 4, Pagman

(NRMS); ¢ Pagman / Atychia rhagensis Led. [sic!] © [sic!], det. H. G. Amsel

1952 (GP Kallies 161-96) (NRMS).

Holotypus & (Abb. 7). Vorderfliigellange 13 mm, Spannweite

28 mm. Antennen filiform, leicht gesägt. Vertex graugelb, Frons

glänzend weiß. Labialpalpen weiß, 2. Glied apikal, 3. Glied

187

vollständig grau durchsetzt. Rüssel nahezu vollständig verküm-

mert. Pericephalische Haare gelbweiß, Patagia grau. Thorax grau,

Tegulae grau, außen undeutliche weißlich gerandet. Abdomen

grau weißlich überstäubt, vor allem ventral, Tergite und Sternite

distal breit weißlich gerandet. Afterbusch apikal weiß. Vorderflügel

grau, weißgelb überschuppt. Der gelbweiße Medialstrich im

Vorderflügel kräftig, nach außen breiter werdend fast den Außen-

rand erreichend. Vorderrand ohne Aufhellung. Costalfleck un-

terhalb des Vorderrandes klein, unauffällig und nahezu verloschen.

Analrand nur undeutlich aufgehellt. Hinterflügel grau, basal nicht

bzw. nur sehr undeutlich aufgehellt. Fransen aller Flügel grau,

Spitzen weiß. Unterseite der Vorderflügel grau, nahezu ohne

Zeichnung. Unterseite der Hinterflügel grau, im Apex, am

Vorderrand und medial gelblich aufgehellt.

Variabilität. Größe und Zeichnung der Tiere sind sehr einheit-

lich. Abgeflogene Stücke erscheinen dunkler, da die oberflächliche

weiße Beschuppung verlorengegangen ist.

Genitalapparat (Abb. 16). Aedeagus relativ lang, kräftig und

gerade, Cornuti kräftig und dicht. Uncusspitzen relativ weit

auseinander stehend und kräftig, Valven etwas schmaler als bei

den verwandten Arten.

Differentialdiagnose. Die Art unterscheidet sıch von der nach-

folgenden, der sie am nächsten steht, auffällig durch die einfarbigen

Hinterflügel und die Zeichnung der Vorderflügel (Medialwisch

länger, breiter). Außerdem ist der Rüssel bei B. paghmanus völlig

verkümmert (bei B. bellicosus sp. n. noch sichtbar). In Form

und Ausdehnung der Vorderflügelzeichnung ähnelt die Art 2.

fallax. Von dieser unterscheidet sie sich durch die fehlende gelbe

Zeichnung des Vorderflügelrandes und andere Merkmale der

Zeichnung. Von B. rhagensis unterscheidet sich die Art sofort

durch die filiformen Antennen.

Brachodes bellicosus sp. n. (Abb. 5, 6, 17)

Holotypus 4, [NW India], Dras Ladak, 7000 ft., June 20, 1887, Leech. /

Walsingham Collection, 1910-427. (BMNH). Paratypen: 114, mit den

gleichen Daten wie der Holotypus, davon & genitaluntersucht (GP Kallies

72-96) (BMNH); @, [NW India], Scinde Valley, 7000 ft., June, 1887. Leech.

/ Walsingham Collection, 1910-427. (BMNH); 74, E-Afghanistan, Nuristan:

Bashgal, vic. Barg-e-Matal, Dandizenor, 3000 m, 13.7.1970, Nr. 1122, leg. C.

Naumann / ex coll. Franz Eichler, Wittenberg, davon @ genitaluntersucht

(GP Kallies 159-96) (EMEM).

188

Na)

autres a

amas

nee

LS | A |

D a rm, NG

PAU

hj Dormrrernenrcysvenreaass9O LAON

Abb. 11-13. Genitalien von Brachodes fallax und B. staudingeri: 11 — B. fallax &,

Kazachstan, Torajgyr Mts. (GP Kallies 42-96); 12 — B. staudingeri sp. n., Paratypus

6, Kirgizstan, Ala Artscha (GP Kallies 68-96); 13 — B. staudingeri sp. n., Paratypus

Q, Usbekistan, Margelan (GP Kallies 165-96). Maßstab 0.5 mm.

189

Abb. 14-17. Genitalien der Brachodes Männchen: 14 — B. neglectus sp. n., Paratypus

6, Usbekistan, Margelan (GP Kallies 167-96); 15 — B. rhagensis &, Iran (GP Kallies

166-96); 16 — B. paghmanus sp. n., Paratypus 6, [Afghanistan] Paghman (GP Kallies

161-96); 17 — B. bellicosus sp. n., Paratypus @, [India], Ladakh (GP Kallies 72-96).

Maßstab 0.5 mm.

190

Holotypus & (Abb. 5). Vorderflügellänge 11 mm, Spannweite

24 mm. Antennen filiform. Vertex und Frons gelbgrau, perlmut-

tartig glänzend. Labialpalpen weiß. Rüssel etwas länger als die

Labialpalpen, leicht geknäuelt. Pericephalische Haare gelb. Tho-

rax und Patagia gelbgrau, Tegulae grau außen gelblich. Vorder-

flügel grau, fein weißlich überschuppt, medialer Wisch weiß,

schmal, aber deutlich, am distalen Ende zu einem Fleck erweitert.

Costalfleck nur angedeutet, weißlich und undeutlich. Costal- und

Analrand ohne Aufhellung. Fransen graubraun, im Apex außen

weiß. Hinterflügel graubraun, basal deutlich weißlich aufgehellt.

Fransen graubraun, außen weiß. Vorderflügelunterseite braungrau,

medial diffus aufgehellt, vor dem Apex ein undeutlicher gelber

Fleck. Hinterflügelunterseite braungrau, medial diffus aufgehellt,

entlang des Vorderrandes ebenso aber weniger deutlich. Abdomen

dorsal grau, ventral gelblich, alle Tergite und Sternite distal

weißlich gerandet.

Genitalapparat & (Abb. 17). Ähnlich B. paghmanus. Aedeagus

aber etwas gebogen, Cornuti weniger kräftig und dicht.

Variabilität. Die Tiere eines Fundortes variieren kaum in

Körpergröße und Ausprägung der einzelnen Zeichnungselemente.

Die Vorderflügellänge liegt zwischen 10 und 11 mm, einzig das

Stück aus dem Scinde Valley ist erheblich kleiner.

Ein interessanter Unterschied zwischen den Faltern aus Ladakh

und denjenigen aus Ost Afghanistan (Abb. 6) läßt sich in der

Länge des Rüssels finden: bei den Tieren aus Afghanistan ist

dieser sehr kurz, kürzer als die Palpen, und mehr oder weniger

gerade, bei den Faltern aus Ladakh ist der Rüssel deutlich länger

und stets geknäuelt. Bei den afghanischen Stücken ist außerdem

der Apex des Vorderflügels ein wenig spitzer und der Aussenrand

der Flügel erscheint weniger abgerundet. Genitalunterschiede

oder andere Merkmale, die eine weitere Differenzierung gestatten

würden, lassen sich allerdings nicht finden, so daß hier davon

abgesehen werden soll, beide Populationen als verschiedene Taxa

aufzufassen. Die Ausbildung des Rüssels ist bei den Arten der

Gattung Brachodes ein wichtiges Merkmal.

Differentialdiagnose. Aus dem Himalaya war bisher nur eine

Brachodes-Art bekannt: B. canonitis (Meyrick, 1906) (Abb. 8).

Mit dieser kann die neue Art nicht verwechselt werden. Die

Vorderflügel von B. canonitis sind nahezu zeichnungslos, die

191

Zeichnungsanlagen sind, wenn überhaupt, nur schwach angedeu-

tet. Die Hinterflügel sind einfarbig. Eine Abbildung der männ-

lichen Genitalien dieser Art findet sich bei Clarke (1969: 187,

Taf. 93). Brachodes bellicosus besitzt im Vorderflügel einen

deutlichen weißen Medialstrich, außerdem ist der Hinterflügel im

Gegensatz zu allen anderen zentralasiatischen Brachodes Arten

dieser Gruppe basal deutlich aufgehellt.

6. Danksagung

Den Herren Dr. B. Gustafsson (NRMS), Dr. M. Lödl

(NHMW), Dr. W. Mey (ZMHU) Dr. G. S. Robinson, K. Tuck

(beide BMNH) und D. Rusti (MGAB) sei herzlichst fiir die

Möglichkeit gedankt, das in den Sammlungen vorliegende Bra-

chodidae-Material einschließlich der Typen studieren zu dürfen.

Weiterhin bin ıch den Herren Dr. U. Eitschberger (Markleuthen),

Dr. R. Gaedicke (DEIE), Dr. A. Hausmann (ZSM) und Dr.

D. Stiining (ZFMK) zu Dank verbunden, für die Bereitstellung

von zusätzlichem Brachodiden-Material. Außerdem danke ich

meinen Freunden Matthias Nuß (ZMHU), Peter Kautt (Tübingen)

und Vadim Zolotuhin (Uljanovsk) für die Unterstützung bei der

Beschaffung von Literatur und Vergleichsmaterial.

Literatur

AMSEL, H.-G., 1953. Die Microlepidopteren der Brandt’schen Iran-Ausbeute,

4. Teil. — Ark. Zool. 6: 255-326, 33 Tafeln.

CARADJA A., 1920. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der geographischen Verbreitung der

Mikrolepidopteren des palaearktischen Faunengebietes nebst Beschreibung

neuer Formen. III. Teil. — Dr.ent.Z.lris 34: 75-179.

CLARKE, J. F. G., 1969. Glyphipterigidae, Gelechiidae (A-C). In: Catalogue

of the Type Specimens of Microlepidoptera in the British Museum (Natural

History) described by Edward Meyrick, Vol. 6. 537 p., 267 pls.

DIAKONOFF, A., 1986. Microlepidoptera Palaearctica (Vol. 7): Glyphipterigidae

auctorum sensu lato. — Braun, Karlsruhe. XX + 436 p., 175 pls.

GARTNER, A., 1864. Lepidopterologisches I. Atychia appendiculata Esp. —

Stettin.ent.Ztg 25: 155-158.

HARTMANN, A., 1880. Die Kleinschmetterlinge der europäischen Faunenge-

bietes. Erscheinungszeit der Raupen und Falter, Nahrung und biologische

Notizen. — T. Ackermann, München. 182 S.

HEINEMANN, H. von, 1870. Die Motten und Federmotten. Jn: Die Klein-

schmetterlinge Deutschlands und der Schweiz, Zweite Abtheilung: Klein-

schmetterlinge, 2. — Schwetschke, Braunschweig. 490 S.

192

HEPPNER, J. B., 1979. Brachodidae, a new family name for Atychiidae

(Lepidoptera: Sesioidea). — Ent. Ber. Amst. 39: 127-128.

Heppner, J. B., 1981. Brachodidae. /n: Heppner, J. B. & Duckworth, W.

D. Classification of the Superfamily Sesioidea (Lepidoptera: Ditrysia). —

Smiths. Contrib. Zool. 314: 1-144.

HEPPNER, J. B., 1983. Ecological Notes on Brachodidae of Eastern Europe.

— Nota lepid. 6 (2-3): 99-110.

Heppner, J. B., 1996. Brachodidae. In: Karsholt, O. & Razowski, J. (eds.).

The Lepidoptera of Europe. A distributional checklist. — Apollo Books,

Stenstrup. 380 p. (p. 125).

LEDERER, J., 1870 (1869). Verzeichnis der von Herrn Jos. Haberhauer bei

Astrabad in Persien gesammelten Schmetterlinge. — Horae Soc.ent.ross.

6: 73-93, Tafel 5.

MINET, J., 1986. Ebauche d’une classification moderne de l’ordre des

Lépidoptères. — Alexanor 14: 291-313.

Minet, J., 1991. Tentative reconstruction of the ditrysian phylogeny (Lepi-

doptera: Glossata). — Entomologica scand. 22(1): 69-96.

Meyrick, E., 1906. On the Genus /mma, Walk. (Tortricomorpha, Feld.). —

Trans.ent.Soc. London 1906: 169-206.

NAuMANN, C. M., 1971. Untersuchungen zur Systematik und Phylogenese

der holarktischen Sesiiden (Insecta, Lepidoptera). — Bonn. zool. Monogr.

1: 1-190.

Reber, H., 1907. Lepidopteren aus Südarabien und von der Insel Sokotra.

— Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 71(2): 1-100.

STAUDINGER, O., 1900 (1899). Ueber Lepidopteren aus dem östlichsten Thian

_ Shan-Gebiet. — Dr.ent.Z.Iris 12: 331-351.

SPATENKA, K., PETERSEN, M. & Katies, A., 1997. Ergebnisse einer

sesiidologischen Expedition nach Kazachstan und Kirgisien (Lepidoptera,

Sesildae). — Nachr.ent.Ver. Apollo Frankfurt/Main N. F. 17 (4): 405-422.

SPULER, A., 1910. Die Schmetterlinge Europas. Band 2 (part). — E.

Schweizerbart, Stuttgart. 523 S.

ZAGULAJEV, A. K., 1977. On the fauna of Atychiidae (Lepidoptera) of the

Mongolian People’s Republic. — Insects of Mongolia 5: 586-588 (in

Russisch).

ZAGULAJEV, A. K., 1979. Eine neue Atychiiden-Art (Lepidoptera, Atychiidae)

aus Zentralasien. — Trudy russk.ent.Obshch. 61: 95-97 (in Russisch).

193

Nota lepid. 21 (3): 194-205; 15.X.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

First records of Nola harouni from Europe

and comments on the taxonomic status of

N. centonalis holsatica (Nolidae)

Michael FiBiGEer * & Ole KARSHOLT **

* Molbechs allé 49, DK-4180 Sorg, Denmark.

** 7oologisk Museum, Universitetsparken 15, DK-2100 Kobenhavn @, Den-

mark.

Summary. The nolid moth Nola harouni (Wiltshire, 1951) is recorded from Europe

for the first time. Differential characters separating harouni from related species are

given along with data on bionomics and distribution. A taxon referred to the species-

group name holsatica Sauber, 1916 is considered to be a subspecies of N. aerugula

(Hübner, 1793) (stat. rev.). It occurs along the North Sea coasts of Denmark, Holland

and Germany.

Zusammenfassung. Nola harouni (Wiltshire, 1951) wird erstmalig aus Europa nach-

gewiesen. Differentialmerkmale zur Unterscheidung von verwandten Arten werden

beschrieben, zusammen mit Daten zur Bionomie und Verbreitung. Das Artengruppen-

Taxon holsatica Sauber, 1916 wird als Unterart von N. aerugula (Hübner, 1793)

aufgefaßt (stat. rev.). Seine Verbreitung ist auf die Nordseeküsten von Dänemark,

Deutschland und den Niederlanden beschränkt.

Resume. Le nolide Nola harouni (Wiltshire, 1951) est mentionné d’Europe pour la

première fois. De bons caractères diagnostiques séparant N. harouni des espèces voisines

sont fournis avec des données sur la bionomie et la distribution. Le taxon référable

au nom du groupe-espèce holsatica Sauber, 1916 est considéré comme étant une sous-

espèce de N. aerugula (Hübner, 1793) (stat. rev.). Sa distribution se situe le long des

côtes de la Mer du Nord au Danemark, aux Pays-Bas et en Allemagne.

Key words: Noctuoidea, Nola, distribution, taxonomy, Europe.

The small moths of the family Nolidae belonging to the

Noctuoidea have rather uncertain taxonomic rank and position

within the superfamily: at different times and by different authors

they were considered as a subfamily of the Arctiidae or Noctuidae.

Recently, they have been regarded as a distinct family (Nowacki

& Fibiger, 1996), though a final placement of the group cannot

be unambiguously found as yet. No modern revision of the

Nolidae has been published, but de Freina & Witt (1987) gave

a review of the European species.

194

In October 1972, one of the authors (MF) collected in the

centre of Rhodes township with a 125 W mercury vapour lamp

a rather worn specimen thought to be N. squalida Staudinger,

1871. Later on, in 1993, in a huge Lepidoptera collection (mainly

Palaearctic Rhopalocera) donated to the Zoological Museum of

Copenhagen University by the late Georg Christensen, the second

author (OK) found four additional specimens from southern

Greece identical to the specimen from Rhodes, of a species not

covered by de Freina & Witt (1987). An examination of the

genitalia proved that these specimens were not conspecific with

N. squalida. Subsequently an additional specimen from southern

Turkey turned up in the collection of MF. A further specimen

from Samos was found in the collection of Poul Svendsen, and

during a collecting trip to Crete in late April 1995 three additional

specimens were recognised by E. A. Selling and MF (see below

under Material examined). Drawings of wings and genitalia were

sent to Martin Honey of The Natural History Museum in

London, who quickly replied that the species in question is N.

harouni (Wiltshire, 1951), a species described from southern Iraq

but so far not recorded from Europe.

The comparative material used for the purposes of this article

is deposited in the following collections: Nationaal Natuurhis-

torisch Museum, Leiden, The Netherlands (NNML); The Natural

History Museum, London, U. K. (BMNH); Zoologisches Mu-

seum, Humboldt-Universitat, Berlin, Germany (ZMHB); Zoolo-

gisk Museum, Kobenhavns Universitet, Denmark (ZMUC), and

in the private collections of Michael Fibiger (MF), E. Age Selling

(EAS) and Poul Svendsen (PS):

Nola harouni (Wiltshire, 1951)

Celama harouni Wiltshire, 1951. — J.Bombay nat. Hist.Soc. 49: 654. Type

locality: Southern Iraq, Basra. Type in Wiltshire collection, now in BMNH.

Material examined. 4, Greece, Rhodes, 15.X.1972 (M. Fibiger; MF); 3 @,

©, Greece, Lakonia, 5 km S Monemvasia, 18.X.-17.X1.1983, 15.IX.1984 (G.

Christensen; ZMUC); @, Turkey, Gaziantep, 16 km NE Kardirli, 700 m,

10. VII.1987 (M. Fibiger; MF); 4, Greece, Samos, 5-8. VIII.1990 (P. Svendsen;

PS); 2 6, ®, Greece, Crete, Agia Pelagia (Ayia Pelayia), 21.-25.1V.1995 (E.

A. Selling & M. Fibiger; MF, EAS).

195

Figs. 1-14. Adults of Nola species: 1-2 — N. harouni (1 — @, Greece, Crete, Agia

Pelagia, 22.1V.1995, M. Fibiger; MF, 2 — G, Greece, Lakonia, 5 km S. Monemvasia,

17.X1.1983, G. Christensen; ZMUC); 3-7 — N. aerugula aerugula (3 — 6, Germany,

Klotzsche, Dresden, 6. VII.1915, E.Môbius, MF, 4 — @, Greece, Serra, Strymon delta,

16.VIIL.1985, M.Fibiger; MF, 5 — G, Dania, B, Snogebæk, 10. VII.1937, W. v. Deurs;

ZMUC, 6 — 9, Latvia, Wolmar, [no date], ZMUC, 7 — @. Dania, B, Snogebzk,

12.V11.1935, N. L. Wolff; ZMUC); 8-11 — N. aerugula holsatica (8 — 4, Dania,

WJ, Fans, 14.VIL.1947, N. L. Wolff; ZMUC, 9 — 3, Dania, WJ, Fang, 27.V11.1924,

N. L. Wolff; ZMUC, 10 — 4, Dania, SJ, Rome, 18.VIL.1976, M. Fibiger; MF, 11

— 4, Nederland, Meerssen, 1.VII.1934, NNML). 12-14 — N. squalida (12 — G,

[Spain], Malaga, ’Orign.’, Staudinger, ZMHB, 13 — ©, Italy, Puglia, Zaponet,

13.X.1982, E. v. Mentzer; MF, 14 — 4, Spain, Malaga, Orilla de Rio Verde, 7.1V.1980,

E. Traugott-Olsen; ZMUC).

External characters. Wingspan 14-15.5 mm, same as in closely

related N. aerugula (Hübner, 1793) in Europe and slightly larger

than very similar N. squalida. The 4-antennae of all three species

ciliate. Forewing ground colour brownish, in worn specimens pale

brownish-yellowish, a colour rarely seen in N. squalida, and only

seen in some forms of N. aerugula, but not in N. aerugula

holsatica (Sauber, 1916). The two prominent postmedian cross-

lines and the almost straight antemedian crossline of N. harouni

separate it from the other two species. The forewing of N. harouni

has two distinct fringelines (figs. 1, 2, 15), those of N. aerugula

also form two lines (figs. 3-11, 16-19), but they are not so well

distinguished. Those of N. squalida are monochromatic (figs.

197

12-14). The fringes of the hindwing are darkest in harouni, darker

than the wing ground-colour.

Male genitalia. Valvae bilobate, in N. harouni the lower lobe

is the narrowest and carries a long, pointed, subbasally placed

clasper (figs. 20-22). This clasper is of the same size as in N.

aerugula (figs. 23-25) and slightly larger than in N. squalida (fig.

26). In N. squalida the upper lobe is broader as compared with

those of the two other species. The size of the lobes is a little

tricky to estimate, because in conventionally mounted preparations

this difference is not observable: the four valval lobi in situ are

positioned close to each other, and it is often necessary to split

(tear) valvae apart. This position is shown on figs. 20-26, but

was not in the slides illustrated by Diakonoff (in Lempke, 1938),

and also shown by Forster & Wohlfahrt (1960) and de Freina

& Witt (1987). From these illustrations it appears that differences

between N. aerugula and N. holsatica might be found in the

width of the upper valval lobi. Moreover, the claspers on the

lower lobi look very small, which is incorrect. The saccus of N.

harouni (fig. 27) is more pointed than in N. aerugula (figs. 28,

29). That of N. squalida (fig. 30) is even more pointed, triangular

and narrower. The latter species bears a large, club-like, pubescent

clavus. The cornutus in the aedeagus of N. harouni (figs. 31,

32) is thick with a broad base; in N. aerugula the cornutus is

a plate with a small pointed protuberance from the middle (figs.

33-35); in N. squalida (fig. 36) it is round, without a pointed

fold.

Female genitalia. In N. harouni (fig. 37) and N. squalida (fig.

39) differ from those of N. aerugula aerugula and N. aerugula

holsatica (fig. 38) (which are identical) in having a single,

quadrangular sclerotisation in anterior part of ductus bursae, and

a shorter, globular corpus bursae; those of N. aerugula have two

plates, one anterior and one posterior. The two signa in the corpus

bursae differ in their texture and shape, the appearance of the

latter being obviously dependent on the mounting of the prepa-

ration. Those of N. aerugula are small and rounded, of N. harouni

larger, one elliptic and one subtriangular in side view. Diakonoff

(in Lempke, 1938) figured N. aerugula and N. holsatica with only

one signum in ductus bursae, and this misleading figure was

198

DABBADATN

pe = a N

Dr Con DT LS Na

Sittin AVP? yy

WERL YON) N x

Serial Bo Wry. ?

uf eo, “Mine

8 Q NA

‘ :

16-17

same as fig. |

Figs. 15-19. Right wings of Nola species: 15 — N. harouni 6,

— N. aerugula aerugula (16 — @, same as fig. 3

N ©

Bis

CD zs

Eco

CA N

(gef. |

oo”

| Nu

— £

n ©

— N. aerugula holsatica (18 — &, Dania, SJ

as fig. 10).

199

reproduced by Forster & Wohlfahrt (1960) and de Freina & Witt

(1987). In N. squalida the corpus bursae is without signa.

Bionomics. The larva was illustrated in Wiltshire (1962). It

feeds on various Mimosaceae and Fabaceae shrubs or herbs

(Wiltshire, 1990). The habitat is bushy, dry subtropical areas,

also in oases of the Middle East. The moth is attracted to light,

both to 125 watt mercury vapour lamps and 8 watt superactinic

ultraviolet tubes. The few collecting data available indicate that

the species has at least three broods: April-May, July and

October-November.

Distribution. Subtropical: Mediterranean Asiatic. Wiltshire

(1957) calls it: Anatolian-Iranian, Pan-Eremic. It is recorded in

Greece, Turkey (first records from these countries), Cyprus,

Jordan, Iraq, Iran, Dhofar, Bahrain and Saudi Arabia (Wiltshire,

1980; M. Honey, pers. comm.).

Nola aerugula holsatica Sauber, 1916 , stat. rev.

Phalaena Bombyx aerugula Hübner, 1793. — Samm. auserl. Vögel Schmett.

PE ple oie

Pyralis centonalis Hiibner, 1796. — Sammlg. europ. Schmett. 6, pl. 3, fig. 15.

Nola centonalis var. holsatica Sauber, 1916. — Int.ent.Z. 10: 97.

Nola centonalis Hbn. subsp. contrarialis Heydemann, 1934. — Int.ent.Z. 27:

420.

For further synonyms see Poole (1989).

During our study of Nola genitalia it was natural also to inquire

into the taxon holsatica. It was pointed out by Karsholt & Nielsen

(1976: 80, 87) that holsatica is probably only a subspecies of N.

aerugula. This opinion has not been followed by such subsequent

authors as de Freina & Witt (1987) and Fibiger & Hacker (1990),

who still treated N. holsatica as a separate species.

N. aerugula is a variable species with a wide distribution in

temperate and subtropical areas throughout the Palaearctic

region. Specimens from populations along the North Sea coasts

of Denmark, Germany and Holland are on average slightly

smaller and have just a little more pointed forewings with more

pronounced markings. Specimens of this type from Holland up

to Hamburg in the north have a marked central shadow line

on the hindwings. These were described as a local form holsatica

by Sauber (1916). Specimens from Jutland and southwards to

200

Figs. 20-26. Male genitalia (valvae and uncus) of Nola species: 20-22 — N. harouni

(MF 2162, 2164, 2165), 23-24 — N. aerugula aerugula (MF 2177, 2178), 25 — N.

aerugula holsatica (MF 2180), 26 — N. squalida (MF 2493).

201

Figs. 27-30. Saccus of Nola species: 27 — N. harouni (MF 2162), 28 — N. aerugula

aerugula (with tegumen and uncus) (MF 2178), 29 — N. aerugula holsatica (MF 2180),

30 — N. squalida (MF 2493).

va 33

Figs. 31-36. Aedeagus of Nola species: 31-32 — N. harouni (MF 2162, 2165), 33-34

— N. aerugula aerugula (MF 2177, 2178), 35 — N. aerugula holsatica (MF 2180),

36 — N. squalida (MF 2493).

Hamburg do not or only rarely have a marked shadow on the

hindwing, and this form was described as subspecies contrarialis

(Heydemann, 1934).

Lempke (1938) treated the form with marked shadow on the

hindwing (holsatica) as a separate species, whereas de Freina &

Witt (1987) considered contrarialis as a synonym of centonalis

= aerugula). Hoffmeyer (1960: 169) wrote that Sauber’s type

series included both specimens with and without marked shadows

on the hindwing, and he considered the two forms as belonging

to the same taxon, N. holsatica. A formal synonymisation of

contrarialis with aerugula was published by Poole (1989: 693).

202

Figs. 37-39. Female genitalia of Nola species: 37 — N. harouni (MF 2166), 38 —

N. aerugula aerugula (MF 2179), 39 — N. squalida (OK 4769).

203

Apart from differences in wing markings etc., Lempke (1938)

based his species-level separation of aerugula and holsatica on

alleged differences in genitalia identified by Diakonoff (1938).

Hoffmeyer (1948: 122) stated that “these differences are not

large!”. Studies of genitalia from Danish populations of holsatica

and aerugula by N. P. Kristensen and the present authors showed

no convincing differences.

Lempke (1938) also stated that larvae of holsatica from

Holland and adjacent parts of Germany live on Genista pilosa

and G. angelica, which should not be the host plants of aerugula.

The latter feeds on a number of plants within Fabaceae, especially

Lotus corniculatus. However, Hoffmeyer (1960: 169) pointed out

that Genista-plants do not occur in all Danish localities where

holsatica occurs.

Based on the above mentioned information we have arrived

at an opinion that these two taxa should be treated as conspecific.

However, since holsatica looks quite different from other po-

pulations of aerugula, and since it is (at least to some extent)

geographically isolated, we propose that holsatica is treated as

a subspecies of aerugula.

Acknowledgements

Our sincere thanks are due to Martin Honey (BMNH), the

late Erik von Mentzer, Täby, Sweden, Wolfram Mey (ZMHB),

Erik van Nieukerken (NNML), Niels Peder Kristensen (ZMUC)

for help with material and information, and Yuri P. Nekrutenko,

Kiev, Ukraine for comments on the manuscript. We also thank

Gert Brovad (ZMUC) for taking the photographs and Dieter

Stiining, Zoologisches Forschungsinstitut und Museum Alexander

Koenig, Bonn, Germany for translation of the Zusammenfassung).

The line drawings are by Michael Fibiger.

References

DIAKONOFF, M. A., 1938. L’appareil d’accouplement de Celama centonalis

Hb. et de C. holsatica Sauber. In: Lempke, B. J. Celama centonalis Hb.

et Celama holsatica Sauber. — Lambillionea 38: 29-33.

Fipicer, M. & HACKER, H., 1991. Systematic List of the Noctuidae of Europe.

— Esperiana 2: 1-109.

Forster, W. & WOHLFAHRT, A., 1960. Spinner und Schwärmer (Bombyces

204

und Sphinges). Die Schmetterlinge Mitteleuropas. Bd 3. — Franckh’sche

Verlaghandlung, Stuttgart. VII+239 S., 28 Taf.

FREINA, J. J. DE & Witt, T. J., 1987. Die Bombyces und Sphinges der

Westpalaearktis. Bd. 1. — Edition Forschung & Wissenschaft Vlg.,

München. 708 S.

HEYDEMANN, F., 1934. Einige für Schleswig-Holstein beachtenswerte oder

neue Lepidopteren. — /nt.ent.Z. 27: 417-425.

HOFFMEYER, S., 1948. De danske Spindere. — Universitetsforlaget, Ärhus.

198 p., 23 pls.

HOFFMEYER, S., 1960. De danske Spindere. 2. udg. — Universitetsforlaget,

Ärhus. 270 p., 24 pls.

KARSHOLT, O., & NIELSEN, E. S., 1976. Systematisk fortegnelse over

Danmarks sommerfugle. — Klampenborg. 128 p.

LEMPKE, B. J., 1938. Celama centonalis Hb. et Celama holsatica Sauber.

— Lambillionea 38: 27-38.

Nowack1ı, J. & FiBIGER, M., 1996. Nolidae. /n: Karsholt, ©. & Razowski,

J. (eds.). The Lepidoptera of Europe. A distributional checklist. — Apollo

Books, Stenstrup. 380 p. (pp. 294-296, 339-349).

Poo te, R. W., 1989. Noctuidae. Pars 1-3. — Lepidopterorum Catalogus (New

Series) 118. E.J. Brill/Flora & Fauna Publications, Leiden, New York,

Kobenhavn, Köln. XII+1314 p.

SAUBER, A., 1916. Nola centonalis Hb. n. var. holsatica. — Int.ent.Z. 10: 97.

WILTSHIRE, E. P., 1951. A year on Tigris Island. — J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc.

49: 637-660.

WILTSHIRE, E. P., 1957. The Lepidoptera of Iraq. — Nicholas Kaye Limited,

London. 162 p., 17 pls.

WILTSHIRE, E. P., 1961. A new genus, eight new species, seven new forms,

and notes on the Lepidoptera of Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, and Iran. —

J.Bombay nat. Hist.Soc. 58: 608-631.

WILTSHIRE, E. P., 1962. Early stages of Old World Lepidoptera. XII. —

J.Bombay nat. Hist.Soc. 60: 778-799.

WILTSHIRE, E. P., 1980. The larger moths of Dhofar and their zoogeographic

composition. — J.Oman Studies, Spec. Rep. 2: 187-216.

WILTSHIRE, E. P., 1990. An illustrated, annotated catalogue of the Macro-

Heterocera of Saudi Arabia. — Fauna Saudi Arabia 11: 91-250.

205

Nota lepid. 21 (3): 206-214; 15.X.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

A redescription of Cecidoses argentinana

(Cecidosidae) and its early stages, with comments

on its taxonomic position

Luis E. PARRA

Depto. de Zoologia, Facultad de Ciencias Naturales y Oceanogräficas,

Universidad de Concepcion, Casilla 160-C, Concepcion, Chile. e-mail

luparra@udec.cl

Summary. Cecidoses argentinana (Bréthes, 1916) is recorded for the first time from

Chile (La Campana National Park), which extends its known range. The adult, larva

and pupa are described and illustrated. Comments on the morphological details and

bionomics of this species are given. All available data suggest it to belong to the

genus Cecidoses Curtis, 1835 rather than to the monotypic genus Oliera Brethes, 1916

established to include argentinana; consequent generic name synonymy is proposed.

Zusammenfassung. Cecidoses argentinana (Brethes, 1916) wird erstmalig aus Chile

gemeldet (Nationalpark “La Campana”). Imago, Larve und Puppe werden beschrieben

und abgebildet, die Angaben werden durch Bemerkungen zur Morphologie und

Bionomie ergänzt. Alle verfügbare Information deuten darauf hin, daß argentinana

zum Genus Cecidoses Curtis, 1835 gehört. Die monotypische Gattung Oliera Brethes,

1916, die einzig zur Abtrennung von argentinana aufgestellt wurde, fällt damit in die

Synonymie von Cecidoses.

Resume. Cecidoses argentinana (Bréthes, 1916) est observée pour la première fois au

Chili (Parc National “La Campana”), ce qui élargit son aire de répartition connue.

L’adulte, la chenille et la chrysalide sont illustres et décrits. Les détails morphologiques

et la bionomie de cette espèce sont commentés. Toutes les données disponibles suggèrent

qu’elle appartient au genre Cecidoses Curtis, 1835. Le genre monotypique Oliera

Brethes, 1916, érigé pour inclure argentinana, devient ainsi synonyme de Cecidoses.

Key words: Taxonomy, bionomics, immature stages, galls, Schinus polygamus,

Cecidoses, Oliera, argentinana, Neotropical Region.

Introduction

The family Cecidosidae Brethes, 1916, was established to

include, aside of its type genus Cecidoses Curtis, 1835, two genera

described at the same time as new: Oliera Brethes, 1916 and

Eucecidoses Brethes, 1916. In the same paper Brethes proposed

Ridiaschinidae with a single included species, Ridiaschina con-

206

gregatella, as a new family with a cecidosid-like larva, commenting

that some of its characters were shared with the Micropterygidae

and Eriocraniidae, while at the same time differing from the

Cecidosidae. Subsequently, Becker (1977) revised some of Brethes’

species, and proposed that the genera were no more than a

subordinate group within the Incurvariidae. However, Nielsen

& Davis (1985) recognised the validity of the Cecidosidae and

considered Ridiaschinidae to be a synonym. The constituent

genera share the following synapomorphies: epicranial suture

absent, retinaculum-frenulum coupling absent in the male, hind-

wing costa with hump, abdominal segment I without tergosternal

process; larvae cecidosid-like, apodal, without stemmae, and with

numerous secondary setae. Finally, Davis (1987) recognised the

existence of four genera for the Neotropical region and at least

one genus for the Ethiopian region.

This paper contains a redescription of Cecidoses argentinana

(Brethes, 1916), whose larvae form galls in Schinus polygamus

(Cav.) Cabr., and extends the geographical range of the species

to include Chile. Similarity in morphological structures of this

species suggest it to belong to the genus Cecidoses rather than

to Oliera to which it was originally assigned (see below).

The specimens used in this study and referred throughout the

text were collected in La Campana National Park, sector Ocoa

(32° 57’S — 71° 08’ W), V Region of Chile, during 1992-1993

and are now deposited in the Museum of Zoology, Universidad

de Concepcion, Concepcion, Chile.

Cecidoses argentinana (Brethes, 1916), comb. n.

Oliera argentinana Brèthes, 1916: 127, 139.

Oliera argentinana Bréthes, Becker, 1977: 80, 83, 84.

Material examined. Chile. 2 4, Parque Nacional La Campana, Sector Ocoa,

March-April 1993, F. Saiz leg. 9 larvae and 36 pupae, ibid., October-November

1992, Saiz leg.

Male (figs. 1, 2). Forewings greyish, with black scales dispersed

over the anal vein, middle region, and external region. Hindwings

whitish-grey. Genitalia (figs. 3, 4, a). Uncus absent; socii consisting

of a pair of oval setigerous lobes; transtilla extended, with

posterior portion oval; valva broad at base and distal end,

207

Fig. 1. Cecidoses argentinana & (reference bar 2 mm).

Fig. 2. Cecidoses argentinana & wing venation (reference bar 1 mm).

208

Fig. 3. Cecidoses argentinana, male genitalia: a — ventral view, b — aedeagus, c,

d — juxta: dorsal (c) and ventral (d) view, e — male genitalia, lateral view (reference

bar 250 u).

209

constricted in the middle, length just shorter than the vinculum;

one prominent sessile pectinifer with long pegs on ventral margin

of valva. Vinculum forked. Juxta long and slender, anterior part

sagittate. Aedeagus long and slender, vesica unarmed.

Female. Unknown.

Larva (figs. 4 b-d, 5). Head (fig. 4, b). mostly prognathous,

chaetotaxy as illustrated on figures 4, b, c; two stemmae per side;

labrum small, subquadrate; mandibles with five sharp teeth.

Hypopharyngeal complex (figs. 4, c, d) with labial palpus reduced

to one segment; spinneret tubular to conical, basal plate extending

one-third the length of spinneret.

Prothorax (fig. 5). D1, D2, SD1 and SD2 on cervical plate,

LI below and anterior to spiracle; SV trisetose, SV3 ca. half

length of SV2 and SV1; V1 below ambulatory calli.

Meso- and metathorax (fig. 5). D1 minute, D2 shorter than

D1 of prothorax; SD1, SD2 and LI in a line and equally spaced;

SV trisetose, SV2 and SV3 ca. one-third length of SV1; V1 below

ambulatory calli.

Abdomen (fig. 5). Al-A7 similar, DI minute, DI ca. half

length of D2; Ll below and posterior to spiracle, Ll, L2 and

L3 forming a right angle; SV unisetose; V1 present; A8, with

SV bisetose. A9 with D2 twice as long as the preceding D2;

L3 far from LI and L2; SV absent; VI present.

Pupa (fig. 6). Obtect, brown, maximum dimensions

5.8 x 2.9 mm. Ventral view (fig. 6, a): antenna and forelegs of

similar length; mid and hindlegs slightly longer than forelegs;

labial palpus and haustellum absent; maxillar palpus present;

vertex smooth, frontal ridge (gall-splitter) truncated, conical.

Dorsal view (fig. 6, 5): abdomen nearly one-third length of

hindwing; A2-A10 with a row of spines, A2 with 13, A3-5 with

11, A6-7 with 8; A8-10 fused.

Host and biology. The larvae formed galls connected to

branches of the host, Schinus polygamus (Cav.) Cabr. (Anacar-

diaceae), with a kind of a short stalk. Some of these galls were

associated directly to the bases of lateral buds and others were

observed to form in the same place as future buds, indicating

that the galls are most likely derived from the main branch (Saiz,

pers. comm.). In Chile this species has only one brood, March

and April being the flight period of the adults.

210

Fig. 4. Cecidoses argentinana. Electron scanning photographs: a — male genitalia:

valva and pectinifer, b-d — larva: head, frontal view (5), labrum, mandible and

hipopharyngeal complex (c), detail of the spineret (d). (reference bar 100 u).

Distribution. Parque Nacional La Campana, Sector Ocoa

(32° 57’S — 71° 08’ W) (V Region of Chile) and Buenos Aires

(Argentina).

Comments and discussion. The genus Oliera Brethes, 1916 was

originally established as monotypic for Oliera argentinana Brethes,

1916. However, the original description does not involve genitalic

armature characteristics. A comparison of genitalic and other

characters, like wing venation, to those of Cecidoses eremita

Curtis, 1835 (type species) and C. minutanus (Brethes, 1916)

suggests argentinana to belong to the genus Cecidoses, and thus

211

T2,T3

Fig. 5. Cecidoses argentinana: larval chaetotaxy.

provides a conclusive proof to establish a synonymy: Cecidoses

Curtis, 1835 = Oliera Brethes, 1916, syn. n.

Moreover, Brethes (1916) indicates that the larva forms galls

below the bark, whereas a closer analysis most likely shows that

the larva of this species forms galls similar to those of C. eremita

(Saiz, pers. comm.), which appear to look like a fruit. It is possible

that Brethes (1916) misinterpreted this character which, if un-

derstood correctly, also makes sense to suggest this moth species

to belong to the genus Cecidoses.

The range of the host plant Schinus poligamus (Cav.) Cabr.

(Anacardiaceae) is extended over Argentina, Bolivia, Chile, and

Uruguay (Cabrera, 1939; Rodriguez et al., 1983; Hoffmann, 1989)

most likely indicating a tropical origin of the insect feeding on

it. The populations of this plant species on the Chilean side of

the Andes have different ecological and habitat preferences than

those on the Argentine side due to the Andes uplift, which created

a barrier between two geographical areas allowing differentiation

to take place, although the morphological characters have

remained undifferentiated.

21122

Fig. 6. Cecidoses argentinana, pupa: a — frontal view, b — ventral view (reference

bar | mm).

Acknowledgements

I am greatly indebted to the following institutions and persons

who made this study possible: Agencia Española de Cooperacion

Internacional (AECI), Instituto de Cooperaciön Iberoamericana,

for providing a postgraduate grant during the time this study

was undertaken, Direcciön de Investigaciön of the Universidad

de Concepcion, for funding this publication (No. 92.38.26-1), Dr.

Francisco Saiz, of the Universidad Catölica de Valparaiso who

sent me the specimens for the present study, Dr. M. Shaffer,

The Natural History Museum, London, U.K., Dr. Axel O.

Bachmann, Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales, Buenos

213

Aires, Argentina, and Dr. Vitor O. Becker, EMBRAPA-CPAC,

Planaltina, Brazil who provided information on specimens in their

institutions, Dr. D. Davis, Smithsonian Institution, Washington,

D.C., U.S.A., who assisted in determination of the moth and,

finally, to Thomas H. Ogden for translation of this paper to

English.

References

BECKER, V. O., 1977. The taxonomic position of the Cecidosidae Brethes

(Lepidoptera). — Polskie Pismo ent. 47: 79-86.

BRÈTHES, J., 1916. Estudio fito-zoolögico sobre algunos lepidöpteros argentinos

productores de agallas. — An.Soc.cient.argent. 82: 113-140.

CABRERA, A. L., 1939. Sinopsis de las Anacardiaceas argentinas. — Revista

Argent. Agron. 6(2): 85-119.

Curtis, J., 1835. On a species of moths found inhabiting the galls of a plant

near to Monte Video. — Proc.zool.Soc.London 3: 19-20.

Davis, D. R., 1987. Incurvarioidea. Jn: Sterh, F. (ed.). An introduction to

the Immature Insects of North America. — Kendall-Hunt, Dubuque, Iowa.

754 p.

HOFFMANN, A., 1989. Flora silvestre de Chile, zona central. Segunda ediciön.

— Ediciones Fundacion Claudio Gay, Santiago. 255 p.

JORGENSEN, P., 1917. Zoocecidios argentinos. — Physis 3(13): 1-29.

KIEFFER, J. J. & JORGENSEN, P., 1910. Gallen und Gallentiere aus Argentinien.

— Zentbl. Bakt. Parasit Kde. 27: 362-444.

Meyrick, E., 1931. Cecidoses, C. eremita. — Exot. Microlepid. 4: 91.

NIELSEN, E. S. & Davis, D. R., 1985. The first southern hemisphere prodoxid

and the phylogeny of the Incurvarioidea (Lepidoptera). — Syst.Ent. 10:

307-322.

RODRIGUEZ, R., MATTHEI, OÖ. & QUEZADA, M., 1983. Flora arborea de Chile.

— Ediciones Universidad de Concepcion, Concepcion. 408 p.

214

Nota lepid. 21 (3): 215-223; 15.X.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

Euphyia adumbraria: ein Beitrag zur Biologie

(Geometridae)

Helmut DEUTSCH

Lavant 45, A-9900 Lienz, Österreich

Summary. Euphyia adumbraria (Herrich-Schäffer, 1852) is a local in occurrence and

rarely found species of the south-eastern and eastern lime Alps. The author reports

on a successful ex ovo rearing. The previously unknown early stages are described.

An apparent larval host plant is Moehringia muscosa (Caryophyllaceae). Female,

caterpillar, pupa and host plant are figured.

Zusammenfassung. Euphyia adumbraria (Herrich-Schäffer, 1852) ist eine lokal vor-

kommende und wenig nachgewiesene Art der südöstlichen und östlichen Kalkalpen.

Der Autor berichtet über eine erfolgreiche Eizucht und beschreibt die Präimaginal-

stadien. Die vermutliche Fraßpflanze der Raupe ist Moehringia muscosa (Caryophyl-

laceae). Weibchen, Raupe, Puppe und Nahrungspflanze werden abgebildet.

Resume. Euphyia adumbraria (Herrich-Schäffer, 1852) est une espèce localisée et peu

répertoriée du sud-est et de l’est des Alpes calcaires. L’auteur rapporte son experience

d’un élevage ex ovo. Les premiers stades, jusqu’ici inconnus, sont décrits. La plante-

höte probable est Moehringia muscosa (Caryophyllaceae). La femelle, la chenille, la

chrysalide et la plante-höte sont figurées.

Key words: Geometridae, Euphyia, adumbraria, bionomics, immature stages

Allgemeines

Die Gesamtverbreitung dieser Geometride erstreckt sich —

soweit bisher bekannt — über Südosteuropa und reicht westlich

bis in die Ost- und Südostalpen hinein. Die westlichsten bisher

bekannten Funde liegen im Trentino/Norditalien (Tarmann,

Datenbankauszug TLMF, 1997). Einzelangaben für Österreich

stammer aus Salzburg (Wagner, 1922; Binder & Grabe, 1926;

Haidenthaler, 1958; Wolfsberger, 1950), Kärnten (Wieser, 1992)

und Osttirol (Deutsch & Lexer, 1991). Zahlreicher ist dieser

Spanner in den Südostalpen (Friaul/Norditalien, leg. Deutsch;

Slowenien, Gomboc Datenbankauszug, 1997) anzutreffen, wo er

sich an heißen, felsigen Stellen aufhält. Für die Schweiz ist die

Art nicht nachgewiesen (Reser, briefl. Mitt.). In den Südalpen

215

entwickelt Euphyia adumbraria (Herrich-Schäffer, 1852) zwei

Generationen im Jahr, von denen die erste im Juni und die zweite

im August fliegt. Im mediterranen Raum, z. B. auf der Insel

Krk, wurden Funddaten zwischen 19. April und 31. Oktober

registriert (Habeler, Datenbankauszug, 1997). Das Zucht- und

Freilandmaterial für die vorliegende Arbeit stammt vom Mt. S.

Simeone, Friuli, Norditalien. Ich Konnte an den Fundstellen die

Falter mehrfach nachts am Licht beobachten, aber auch tagsüber

aus der Vegetation scheuchen. Sie ruhen in Mauerritzen und

beschatteten Felsnischen, meist nicht weit vom Boden entfernt

(Abb. 1). Durch Abklopfen dieser Stellen mittels eines Stockes

fliegen die Tiere auf, verschwinden im raschen Flug in der

Vegetation und sind dort meist unauffindbar. Die beste Zeit hiefür

ist der späte Nachmittag, am Vormittag hatte ich mit dieser

Methode keinen Erfolg. Am Fuße der Felsen und Mauern fiel

mir ein zartblättriges, weißblühendes Nelkengewächs auf, welches

ich als mögliche Raupenfraßpflanze ins Auge faßte. Ich erlaubte

mir, einige Büschel davon auszugraben und zu Hause einzutopfen.

Begleitarten, die ich in Gesellschaft von E. adumbraria an den

Felsen vorfinden konnte, waren u. a. Orophia mendosella (Zeller,

1868), Symmoca achrestella (Rebel, 1889), Glossotrophia con-

finaria (Herrich-Schäffer, 1847), Euphyia frustata (Treitschke,

1828), Gnophos furvatus ({ Denis & Schiffermüller], 1775), Orectis

proboscidata (Herrich-Schäffer, [1851]), sowie Postsolenobia ju-

liella (Rebel, 1919) und Taleporia politella (Ochsenheimer, 1816)

als Raupensäcke.

Abbildungen und Beschreibung des Genitalapparates von E.

adumbraria sıehe bei Deutsch (1993).

Systematik und Nomenklatur nach Huemer & Tarmann (1993).

Eiablage

Das Weibchen wurde in eine Plastikdose (® = 5 cm, H = 7 cm)

gesperrt. Dazu kamen einige der zarten Stiele und Blätter der

vermuteten Futterpflanze, eines kleinblütigen Nelkengewächses.

Der Inhalt der Dose wurde einmal pro Tag leicht mit Wasser

besprüht. Nach 3 Tagen fanden sich die ersten Eier an den

Wänden und am Boden der Ablagedose, nicht aber an der

Pflanze.

216

Abb. 1. Die Falter von Euphyia adumbraria ruhen tagsüber gerne in schattigen Spalten

von Felsen und Mauern.

Abb. 2. Die Moos-Nabelmiere (Moehringia muscosa) ist die vermutliche Nahrungs-

pflanze der Raupe von Euphyia adumbraria.

217

Abb. 3. Raupe von Euphyia adumbraria in Abwehrstellung.

1 mm

Abb. 4. Markante Kopfzeichnung der Raupe von Euphyia adumbraria.

218

Abb. 5. Puppe von Euphyia adumbraria mit Detailzeichnung des Kremasters.

Zucht

Zu meiner Freude bemerkte ich, daß die neugeborenen Räup-

chen sogleich an die zarten schmalen Blätter gingen und diese

annagten. Zumal ja die Raupenfraßpflanze noch nicht bekannt

war, hatte ich mit meiner Vermutung einen Glückstreffer gelandet.

Die Nachforschung in diversen Bestimmungsbüchern ergab, daß

dieses Gewächs zu einer schwierigen Gruppe von kleinblütigen,

weißblühenden Nelkengewächsen (Caryophyllaceae) gehörte, ver-

treten durch die Gattungen Silene, Moehringia, Minuartia,

Arenaria, Stellaria, Gypsophila u.a., die wiederum in den Alpen

eine verwirrende Anzahl ähnlicher Arten bilden. Die genaue

Determination ergab dann schließlich die Moos-Nabelmiere

(Moehringia muscosa) (Abb. 2), die auch, wie ich später feststellen

konnte, in meiner Nähe in den Lienzer Dolomiten weit verbreitet

ist.

219

Die Zucht während der ersten beiden Larvalstadien wurde in

geschlossenen Plastikdosen mit Schnittfutter durchgeführt. Ver-

suche, den Räupchen andere Nelkenarten aus meiner Umgebung

zu reichen (z. B. Silene pusilla, S. saxifraga, Pterorhaga saxifraga,

Gypsophila repens) scheiterten ausnahmslos und hatten meist den

Ausfall einiger Raupen zur Folge. Ab dem dritten Raupenstadium

wurden die Tiere auf die lebende Pflanze umgesiedelt, die ich

aus dem Süden mitgebracht und eingetopft hatte. Die Behälter

wurden auf einer ostseitigen Fensterbank unter hellen und luftigen

Verhältnissen aufgestellt. Da sich die Pflanzen nicht sehr gut im

Topf halten ließen, mußte mehrmals Nachschub geholt und die

Raupen umgesetzt werden.

Die Raupe ist nachtaktiv und versteckt sich tagsüber an der

Basis der Fraßpflanze. Sie ist sehr schreckhaft, läßt sich bei der

kleinsten Erschütterung sofort auf den Boden fallen und nimmt

die eingeringelte Schutzstellung ein. Das Fotografieren war eine

mühselige Prozedur: Nach jedem Blitz „hüpfte” sie regelrecht vom

Zweig und mußte wieder mit viel Geduld in die richtige „Fo-

tostellung” gebracht werden. Eine solche Nervosität konnte ich

vorher bei keiner anderen Raupe beobachten.

Verpuppung, Überwinterung

Die Raupen verpuppten sich in einer leicht ausgesponnenen

Höhle zwischen Moos und Streu am Fuß der Futterpflanze. Die

Puppen der 1. Generation ergaben nach zwei Wochen die Falter,

jene der 2. Generation überwinterten. Die Winterlagerung der

Puppen erfolgte bis Mitte Dezember und wieder ab Anfang März

in einer Gartenhütte (Freilandtemperaturen, gelegentlich leichter

Frost), in den kältesten Wochen von Mitte Dezember bis Ende

Februar im Keller bei Temperaturen von ca. +5°C.

Zusammenstellung der Daten

Eizeit: 4-5 Tage; Raupenzeit: 4-5 Wochen; Puppenzeit: 2

Wochen, bzw. 6 Monate bei Überwinterung (diese Zeitangaben

gelten für Zuchtbedingungen bei Zimmertemperatur und lassen

sich nur begrenzt auf Freilandverhältnisse übertragen).

220

Beschreibung der Präimaginalstadien

Ei. Kugelig rund bis leicht oval, = 0,5 mm, blaß weißlichgelb,

erst knapp vor dem Schlupf der Räupchen leicht grau verfärbend.

Raupe. L/-Stadium. Sehr schlank, Grundfarbe blaßgelb mit

6 dorsalen, dunkelgrauen, durchgehenden Linien, weiters ım

Ventralbereich mit 4 ebensolchen, etwas verschwommenen Linien,

Beine wie die Grundfarbe, Kopf gelb, ohne Zeichnung.

L2-Stadium. Grundfarbe grau, sodaß die Rückenlinien nur

noch undeutlich zu erkennen sind, Bauchseite etwas heller, sonst

wie LI.

L3-Stadium. Kopf mit leichter, bräunlicher Fleckenzeichnung,

sonst wie L2.

I4-Stadium (Abb. 3). Erwachsene Raupe. Länge 24-25 mm.

Gesamteindruck mittelschlank, oberseits erdfarben, fast zeich-

nungslos, Bauchseite gelblich, seitlich im Bereich der Stigmen

faltige Wülste.

Grundfarbe dorsal schmutzig graubraun. Rückenlinie und

Nebenrückenlinien von gleicher Färbung, daher sehr undeutlich

und meist verschwommen, lediglich auf den letzten beiden, etwas

helleren Segmenten etwas deutlicher erkennbar. Die Rückenlinie

ist im hinteren Abschnitt eines jeden Segmentes beidseitig weißlich

angelegt, was in Form einer unterbrochenen hellen Doppellinie

erkennbar ist. Im Bereich der schwarzen Stigmen geht die dunkle

Dorsalfärbung in eine gelbliche Ventralfärbung über, die manch-

mal einen Stich ins Rötliche aufweist. Punktwarzen schwarz.

Beine gelblichgrau. Kopf gelbgrau mit markanter schwarzer

Fleckenzeichnung (Abb. 4).

Puppe (Abb. 5). Länge 11-13 mm, schlank, hellbraun glänzend,

ım Bereich der Abdominalsegmente kastanienbraun. Kremaster

bestehend aus einem schwarzbraunen, kegelförmigen Zapfen,

welcher zwei dünne, dornartige, am Ende gebogene Fortsätze

trägt.

Nachbemerkung

In Sohn-Rethel (1929: 17) findet sich unter “C. adumbraria

H.S.” eine kurze Raupenbeschreibung, die jedoch mit der hier

vorliegenden Beschreibung der “echten” E. adumbraria-Raupe

nicht übereinstimmt. Es handelt sich um Sammelergebnisse aus

221

Mittelitalien (Abruzzen). Sohn-Rethel (loc.cit.) schreibt: “Die

erwachsene Raupe hat eine Länge von 12 bis 14 mm. Sie ist etwas

kürzer, breiter und gedrungener als ihre nächsten Verwandten.

Am meisten ähnelt sie in der Gesamterscheinung der nebulata,

welche aber schlanker erscheint. Die Grundfarbe ist ähnlich wie

bei dieser, ein lichtes Graurosa, graubraun marmoriert. Die

beiden dunklen Doppelpunkte am unteren Ende jeden Segmentes

sind etwas kleiner aber kräftiger und schärfer als bei den übrigen

Verwandten. Die W-formigen Winkelzeichnungen des Rückenor-

namentes sind meist zusammenhängender als bei nebulata. Die

feinen Längsstreifen auf der Unterseite sind undeutlich und

verwaschen. Die dunklen Punkte an den Seiten treten sehr

deutlich hervor. Kopf und Nackenschild bedeutend kräftiger und

breiter als bei den übrigen Arten”. Es liegt die Vermutung nahe,

daß es sich bei diese Raupenbeschreibung nicht um E. adumbraria

handelt.

Danksagung

Für die Mitteilung von Funddaten in schriftlicher und münd-

licher Form danke ich ganz besonders folgenden Herren: G.

Embacher (Salzburg), Mag. St. Gomboc (Ljubljana, Slowenien),

Dipl. Ing. H. Habeler (Graz, Steiermark), F. Lichtenberger

(Waidhofen/ Y., Niederösterreich), Dr. L. Reser (Luzern, Schweiz),

Dr. G. Tarmann (Innsbruck, Tirol), Dr. Ch. Wieser (Klagenfurt,

Kärnten). Herrn Dr. P. Huemer danke ich für die Durchsicht

des Manuskriptes, Herrn Mag. E. Lexer für die Betreuung der

Raupen während einer urlaubsbedingten Abwesenheit.

Bei meiner Frau Hanni möchte ich mich an dieser Stelle auch

einmal ganz offiziell bedanken: dafür daß sie mich seit vielen

Jahren bei den meisten meiner Exkursionen begleitet und mir

— trotz Mückenplagen und oft unwirtlichen Witterungsverhält-

nissen — selbstlos und hilfreich zur Seite steht.

Literatur

BINDER, A. & GRABE, A., 1926. Beitrag zur Fauna der nördlichen Kalkalpen.

— Int.ent.Z. 20: 69, 77, 85 ff.

Deutsch, H., 1993. Euphyia mesembrina (Rebel, 1927): Beitrag zur Biologie

und Morphologie (Lepidoptera, Geometridae). — Nota lepid. 15 (3-4):

217-227.

222

DEUTSCH, H. & LExER, E., 1991. Beitrag zur Lepidopterenfauna Osttirols.

— Carinthia II 101: 563-572.

HAIDENTHALER, L., 1958. Bemerkenswertes aus der Salzburger Lepidopte-

renfauna. — Festschrift Haus d. Natur Salzburg: 82-85.

HUEMER, P. & TARMANN, G., 1993. Die Schmetterlinge Österreichs (Lepi-

doptera). Systematisches Verzeichnis mit Verbreitungsangaben für die

einzelnen Bundesländer — Veröff.tirol. Landesmus. Ferdinandeum Innsbruck

Suppl. 5. 224 S.

SOHN-RETHEL, O., 1929. Beiträge zur Heteroceren-Fauna Italiens. —

Dt.ent.Z.Iris 43: 1-23.

WAGNER, F., 1922. Eine Lepidopterenausbeute aus Salzburg. —

Mitt.münch.ent.Ges. 12: 29-46. |

Wieser, Cu., 1992. Die Nachtfalterfauna des Gitschtales, Teil VI: Stoffelbauer.

— Carinthia II 102: 709-726.

WOLFSBERGER, J., 1950. Neue und interessante Macrolepidopterenfunde aus

Südbayern und den angrenzenden nördlichen Kalkalpen (2. Beitrag zur

Fauna Südbayerns). — Mitt.münch.ent.Ges. 40: 207-236.

223

Nota lepid. 21 (3): 224-227; 15.X.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

Josef Klimesch

(1902-1997)

Am 17. September 1997 verstarb Dr. Klimesch im Alter von

95 Jahren. Mit ihm verliert die europäische Entomologie einen

seiner bedeutendsten Lepidopterologen des Jahrhunderts. Er

gehörte zu den begabtesten Spezialisten unseres Faches, verbunden

mit hoher Intelligenz und verfügte über ein elitäres lepidopte-

rologisches Wissen. Seine diagnostischen Fähigkeiten, seine Kennt-

nisse auf dem Gebiete der Taxonomie und der Bionomie der

Mikrolepidopteren waren über viele Jahrzehnte das Maß aller

Dinge.

Josef Klimesch wurde am 5. Mai 1902 in Budweis geboren

und verbrachte seine Kindheit in Triest. Dort lernte er Italienisch,

das er wie seine Muttersprache beherrschte. 1910 verstarb über-

224

raschend sein Vater. 1914 übersiedelte die Witwe nach Linz in

jenes Haus, das Klimesch bis zu seinem Tod bewohnte. Am Ende

des Ersten Weltkrieges verlor die Familie ihr gesamtes Vermögen.

Seither hatte Klimesch wohl keine Not, lebte aber immer in

bescheidenen Verhältnissen. Er bestand 1922 seine Matura, mußte

aber als ältester Sohn für den Unterhalt der Familie sorgen. Er

wurde Bankbeamter in Linz und blieb bei diesem Brotberuf bis

zu seiner Pensionierung, ohne sich je hauptberuflich mit der

Zoologie beschäftigen zu können. Seine beiden Brüder promo-

vierten und gingen als Generaldirektor der Oberösterreichischen

Kraftwerke bzw. als Landesgerichtspräsident in Pension.

Schon 1915 nahm Klimesch mit dem profilierten oberösterrei-

chischen Lepidopterologen Franz Hauder Kontakt auf und

begann 1929 sich mit den Kleinschmetterlingen intensiv zu

beschäftigen. Er wandte sich schon zu dieser Zeit den schwierigen

Familien der blattminierenden Schmetterlinge zu und wurde bald

zu einem profunden Kenner dieser Gruppe. In den Folgejahren

nahm er Kontakt zu wohl allen europäischen Mikrolepidopte-

rologen seiner Zeit auf und schloß mit vielen über Jahrzehnte

währende Freundschaften.

Einer der Versuche, die Tätigkeit als Bankangestellter gegen

eine entomologische Institutstätigkeit zu tauschen, führte zum

Studium der Zoologie, und er promovierte 1950 an der Universität

in Graz zum Doktor der Philosophie. Aber trotz dieser guten

Voraussetzungen konnte er weder ın einem österreichischen noch

in einem deutschen Museum eine Anstellung finden. Auch eine

angestrebte frühere Pensionierung für entomologische Arbeiten

konnte er nicht durchsetzen, und er verließ erst 1964 den

Bankdienst im 63. Lebensjahr.

Klimesch war von 1934 mit seiner Frau Magdalena, die ihn

auf allen seinen Reisen begleitete und ihn bei allen seinen

entomologischen Unternehmungen unterstützte, verheiratet. 1975

starb sie unter tragischen Umständen, und Klimesch heiratete

1977 ein zweites Mal.

Die bescheidenen finanziellen Möglichkeiten gestatteten Kli-

mesch kein Auto und keine Ausrüstung zum Lichtfang. Dies war

für ıhn kein wesentlicher Nachteil, denn er fand so mehr

Gelegenheit und Zeit, sich auf Exkursionen umso intensiver mit

der Suche der Futterpflanzen und der Subimaginalstadien der

225

Schmetterlinge zu konzentrieren. So gelangte er nicht nur zu

reichen Sammelergebnissen und einmaligen Dokumentationen,

sondern er gewann auch ein kaum übertreffbares Wissen über

das Leben der von ihm bearbeiteten Lepidopteren.

Klimesch besuchte in seinem langen Leben Mittel- und Süd-

europa, Nordafrika, Kleinasien und Makaronesien und lernte so

die Flora und Fauna dieser Gebiete kennen. Seine lange Pen-

sionszeit ermöglichte viele großzügige Aufenthalte, die dann auch

entsprechend reiche Ergebnisse zeitigten, u. a. die Bearbeitung

der Mikrolepidopterenfauna des Kanarischen Archipels.

Ein Juwel unter den modernen lepidopterologischen Doku-

mentationen ist seine Mikrolepidopterensammlung, und dies vor

allem wegen der vielen gezüchteten Tiere, besonders der Minierer.

Allein die Nepticulidensammlung umfaßt mehr als 11.000 Exem-

plare, und fast alle ex larva. Wie nur wenige verfügte Klimesch

über eine Präparationstechnik, die innerhalb kurzer Zeit hervor-

ragende Präparate resultierte; das Ergebnis ıst eine Kollektion

auch von ästhetischem Wert, die ihresgleichen sucht. Mit der

Sammlung der Imagines wurde eines der weltgrößten Minenher-

bare angelegt. Da er auch ein hervorragender Botaniker mit einer

profunden Kenntnis der gesamteuropäischen Flora war, sind auch

die Pflanzen verläßlich determiniert.

Klimesch verfaßte fast 130 Arbeiten, die er in deutscher,

italienischer, französischer und englischer Sprache publizierte,

lauter Sprachen, die er fließend beherrschte. Ein Literaturver-

zeichnis bietet die Laudatio zu Klimeschs 85. Geburtstag von F.

Gusenleitner (Stapfia 16:I-XXVI, 1988).

Obwohl Klimesch nur über eine sehr bescheidene optische

Ausrüstung verfügte und eine nur kleine Laborausrüstung besaß,

zählt er zu den Pionieren der Genitalpräparation. Er konnte mit

viel Geschick die technischen Probleme kompensieren und gute

Präparate herstellen. Da er in grafischer Hinsicht recht begabt

war, sind viele seiner Strichzeichnungen der adulten Schmetter-

linge und der Minen bewundernswerte Leistungen.

Klimeschs Verdienste wurden vielerorts gewürdigt: Korrespon-

dent des Naturhistorischen Museums in Wien, Ehrenmitglied der

Zoologisch-Botanischen Gesellschaft Wien, „Excellentis in litteris“

der Universität Innsbruck, Ehrenmitglied der Arbeitsgemeinschaft

Österreichischer Entomologen, Wissenschaftlicher Konsulent und

226

Ehrenkonsulent der Où. Landesregierung, Ehrenpreisträger für

hervorragende Leistungen in der Entomofaunistik Mitteleuropas

der Societas Entomologica Bohemoslowaka Academiae Scien-

tiarum Prag, Kulturpreisträger für Wissenschaft des Landes

Oberösterreich 1986. Annähernd 40 Insektenarten und 2 Genera

wurden Klimesch dediziert.

Die gesamte Sammlung von etwa 100.000 adulten Schmetter-

lingen, das Herbar, die mikroskopischen Präparate und die

Zeichnungen wurden schon 1965 an die Bayerische Staatssamm-

lung in München verkauft, blieb aber bis zum Ableben Klimeschs

in seinem Besitz und wurde von ihm betreut und ergänzt. Alles

wurde im November 1997 nach München übersiedelt. Die ganze

Bibliothek wurde im Jahre 1997 vom Autor gekauft.

Mit dem Verstorbenen verliert die Entomologie nicht nur einen

Meister der alten Schule, eine der großen Persönlichkeiten unseres

Jahrhunderts, sondern auch einen liebenswerten Menschen, der

Generationen von Lepidopterologen hilfreich zur Seite stand.

Gerfried DESCHKA

227.

Nota lepid. 21 (3): 228-232; 15.X.1998 ISSN 0342-7536

Book reviews @ Buchbesprechungen @ Analyses

ToLMAN, Tom & LEwINGTON, Richard: Collins Field Guide Butterflies of

Britain & Europe.

13 X 19.8 cm, 320 pp., 106 colour plates, hardback pocket book. Published

by Harper Collins Publishers, London, 1997. ISBN 0-00-219992-0.

The book is a completely new field guide following the former field guides

by Hiccins & Rire. The text contains on the first 21 pages a personal tribute

to L.G. Hicains and N.D. RILEy, the preface, acknowledgements, abbreviations

used, an introduction to external anatomy, life-cycle and identification of

butterflies as well as an explanation of the topics for each species in the main

text: range, name, author and date, type locality and synonymy, distribution,

description, variation, flight time, habitat, life-history, behaviour and conser-

vation. The main text (pp. 23-280) is followed by a checklist (pp. 281-292),

a glossary (pp. 293-298), a short bibliography (pp. 299-303), an index of

English names and an index of scientific names in alphabetic order (pp.

305-320).

The 106 colour plates, bound in the centre of the book, are marvellous

paintings by R. LEWINGTON and printed in best quality: they highly deserve

to be praised.

T. ToLMAN, the author of the text, has brought in his immense experience

in the field, especially from Greece, mainly to the topics of life-history, larval

host plants, habitat and behaviour. The additional notes given with many

species show very useful advices. Altogether, a lot of information has been

compiled for each species, for which the author deserves our thanks.

The distribution maps comprise Northwestern Africa and Europe without the

former Soviet Union and Asiatic Turkey. With migrating butterfly species,

the area of only temporary colonization advantageously is differentiated from

the part with permanent distribution by shaded black. The maps are good

for a quick general view but too small for exact details.

Toıman largely refers to Higgins in his taxonomy and nomenclature, without

regarding more recent views. For instance: the use of a separate genus Artogeia

for Pieris rapae, napi and relatives, Quercusia for Neozephyrus, the maintenance

of many genera within the Polyommatini and Hypodryas aside of Euphydryas,

Neohipparchia and Pseudotergumia aside of Hipparchia, so maintaining

unnecessary splitting, the use of Kanetisa instead of Brintesia. The position

of Polyommatus escheri, amanda and thersites between Agrodiaetus ainsae

and Agrodiaetus admetus is not comprehensible for the reviewer.

An incorrect range is given in several cases: Zerynthia cerisy and Archon

apollinus do not occur in Iraq and Iran. These species are restricted to the

mediterranean climate zone. In the parts of the Near East with a more

continental climate, they are replaced by respectively Zerynthia deyrollei and

228

Archon apollinaris. The occurrence of Leptidea morsei in SE Turkey is very

doubtful in spite of Linneana belgica 15(7): 293-300, 1996. With Everes

decoloratus, the “(?)” has to be deleted before “Turkey”. The distribution of

Meleageria daphnis in Germany is much wider than only “Tauberland and

Baulandes” (recte: Bauland), it occurs also in Mainfranken and Oberpfalz

(Weidemann, 1995: Tagfalter). Lysandra hispana, Distribution: add to France:

Vaucluse. Boloria graeca, Range, add: NE Turkey. Melitaea cinxia, Range,

add: Iraq, Iran. Melitaea phoebe and Melitaea punica are two different species

which occur together in many localities in Italy, Greece, the Balkans, Turkey

and Transcaucasia; punica is widely distributed in Israel, Jordan, Lebanon

and Syria. The occurrence of Hipparchia fagi in European Turkey is not

certified. Pseudochazara graeca (Note p. 201) is closely related to Pseudochazara

beroe (Herrich-Schäffer, [1844]), of which aurantiaca (Staudinger, 1871) is

only the Iranian subspecies from Elburs.

Misprints happen even with the greatest care. But in this book there are so

many of them that it is no more excusable. Here only a few examples:

— p. 29, Archon apollinus, Distribution: Kesan instead of Keban; 1913 and

1914 instead of 1914 and 1915; the introduction of apollinus from Kurudag

by Iltschev was successful, the population does exist still today (Köstler,

1993).

— p. 43, Euchloe ausonia, last line: Resembles E. simplonia very closely

instead of: Resembles E. ausonia very closely.

— p. 70, Satyrium pruni, Behaviour: Ligustrum vulgaris instead of Lingustrum

vulgaris; the same on several places throughout the text.

— p. 78, Lycaena thersamon, Range: Ukraine instead of Unkraine.

— p. 91, Celastrina argiolus, Life-history: Genista instead of Genisa; Ligustrum

instead of Lingustrum.

— p. 93, Turanana endymion, Range: (invalid synonym) instead of (invalid

homonym). There is missing: Turanana endymion Freyer, 1850.

— p. 97, Pseudophilotes vicrama, Range, Type locality: Deutsch Altenburg

instead of Dom Altenberg.

— p. 99, Pseudophilotes bavius, Variation: macedonicus Schulte instead of

Schultze.

— p. 110, Aricia agestis, Range, syn.: astrarche instead of astrache.

— Plate 2, Zerynthia cerisy cerisy (Samos) female, not male.

— Plate 51, Melitaea trivia ignasiti instead of ignasti.

— Plate 53: The placement of Hypodryas maturna and intermedia between

the Mellicta species is not just favourable.

— Plate 68: Pseudochazara anthelea amalthea instead of almathea.

— Plates 69 and 70: Oeneis instead of Oensis, everywhere.

— Plate 82: Erebia melas schawerdae instead of schanerdae.

— p. 163, Proclossiana eunomia, Range, syn.: aphirape instead of aphrape.

— p. 175, Mellicta athalia, Life-history: Veronica chamaedrys instead of

chmaedryas; athalia celadussa Fruhstorfer instead of Friihstorfer.

— p. 180, Hypodryas maturna, Behaviour: Ligustrum vulgare instead of

Lingustrum.

229

— p. 186, Melanargia galathea, Variation: dark forms preponderate instead

of predonderate.

— p. 192, Hipparchia volgensis, Distribution: Vardar Valley instead of Vadar.

— p. 197, Neohipparchia fatua, Range: Jordan instead of Jordon.

— p. 242, Coenonympha tullia, Life-history: Rhynchospora alba instead of

Rhynochospora.

— p. 263, Pyrgus carthami, Range: Kopetdagh instead of Koptedagh.

— p. 266, Spialia doris, Life-history: Convolvulaceae instead of Convolulaceae.

— p. 300, HESSELBARTH, G., VAN OORSCHOT, H. and WAGENER, S.:

Selbstverlag Sigbert Wagener, Bocholt instead of Berger-Juling Electronic

Publishing, Bonn.

— p. 301, LukHTANov, V. and LUKHTANOV, A.: Nordwestasiens instead of

Nordestasiens.

The reviewer can recommend this Field guide only with some restrictions.

A new revised and updated edition would be welcome and could be wished

wide distribution.

Sigbert WAGENER

LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN-ARBEITSGRUPPE: Schmetterlinge und ihre Lebensräume.

Arten. Gefährdung. Schutz. Schweiz und angrenzende Gebiete. Band 2.

20.6 X 29.5 cm, xm + 679 pp., 547 text figures (including 165 distribution

maps), 2 tables, 19 colour plates, 1311 colour photographs, hardback.

Published by Pro Natura-Schweizerischer Bund für Naturschutz, Basel, 1997.

ISBN 3-85587-030-6. To be ordered from: Pro Natura-Schweizerischer Bund

für Naturschutz, Postfach, CH-4020 Basel.

Exactly ten years after the issue of “Tagfalter und ihre Lebensräume. Arten.

Gefährdung. Schutz”, one of the most both beautiful and informative books

on butterflies to appear in the 1980’s, we are rejoiced with the issue of the

second of what is planned to become a three-volume-work, treating all species

of several Lepidoptera families occurring within the political boundaries of

Switzerland, with some attention for adjacent areas as well.

The introductory chapter (“General Part”) was written by a team of experts

on topics like systematics and distribution (systematics, species definition and

genetics, zoogeography, dispersal and migration), morphology, biology and

ecology, observation and rearing, threats and conservation.

The collective authorship of the present work rests with the “LEPIDOPTERO-

LOGEN-ARBEITSGRUPPE, consisting of a team of 37 authors and 66 further

collaborators.

The “Special Part” of this book offers an exhaustive treatment of the 159

species belonging to the following families (with a mention of the author on

each chapter): Hesperiidae (Peter SONDEREGGER), Psychidae (Peter HATTEN-

SCHWILER), Heterogynidae, Zygaenidae and Limacodidae (Raymond GUENIN),

Syntomidae and Sphingidae (Eugen PLeiscu), Drepanidae and Thyatiridae

(Rudolf BRYNER). For each species, a wealth of data and information of the

230

highest scientific value is presented, encompassing a description of the

morphology of both the adult and the early stages, bionomics, habitat,

distribution, threats and conservation status, including a detailed distribution

map and a real profusion of excellent colour photographs of living adults,

eggs, caterpillars, pupae as well as habitats, completed with drawings of wing

venation, genitalia, abdominal segments, markings of larvae, pupae etc. for

critical groups. To complete the whole, at the end, 18 nice colour plates drawn

by Hans-Peter Wymann, depict adults of all species, often with the underside

as well.

This book has its place on the bookshelf of every lepidopterist, being one

of the very finest works of the last decade. It will further appeal to all nature

lovers and people with a sense of esthetics in general.

Alain OLIVIER

PORTER, Jim: The Colour Identification Guide to Caterpillars of the British

Isles (Macrolepidoptera).

19.2 X 23.8 cm, xm + 275 pp., 49 colour plates, hardback. Viking. Published

by the Penguin Group, London, New York, Victoria, Toronto, Auckland,

1997. ISBN 0-670-87509-0. To be ordered from: Penguin Books Ltd., 27

Wrights Lane, London W8 5TZ, England. Price: £ 40.00, excl. postage.

For the first time in over one hundred years, a comprehensive illustrated guide

to the caterpillars of British butterflies and “macromoths” is produced,

illustrating over 850 different species, all photographed in natural situations

upon the relevant host plants, including many varieties indigenous to

continental Europe, many of which have never been illustrated before, either

by artwork or by photography. For each species, the English vernacular name

is followed by the scientific name, a short description of the larva, a list of

host plants (in English, without scientific name!) and a description of its habits

(phenology, larval behaviour, distribution). The book ends with a short list

of references, an index of scientific names of host plants and an index of

resp. scientific and English names of the Lepidoptera reviewed.

This work fills an important gap in our knowledge of the early stages of

still many European Lepidoptera species and the author deserves our warmest

congratulations for this achievement. The promotion of vernacular names in

this work, which becomes more and more widespread in contemporary

literature on Lepidoptera, does appear rather counterproductive to the

reviewer. This book is highly recommended to every lepidopterist whose

interest goes beyond the mere collecting of adults.

Alain OLIVIER

251

SMITH, Frank H.N.: The Moths and Butterflies of Cornwall and the Isles

of Scilly.

15.6 X 23.5 cm, xıv + 434 pp. + 32 pp. Colour photographs, hardback

colour cover. Published by Gem Publishing Company, Wallingford, October

1997. ISBN 0-906802-07-5. To be ordered from: Gem Publishing Company,

Brightwell cum Sotwell, GB-Wallingford, Oxfordshire OX10 0QD, United

Kingdom. Tel.: 01491 833882; fax: 01491 825161. Price: £ 44.00 + UK p

& p £ 3.00 or overseas p & p £ 4.50.

This book deals, in a most comprehensive way, with the Lepidoptera of

Cornwall including the Isles of Scilly. After a brief introduction with some

general information on sources, presentation of records and acknowledgements,

the physical background (climate and weather, geology, landscape), as well

as several factors influencing the faunal composition (global warming, acid

rain, migration, conservation) are reviewed briefly. The main body of the

book consists of the systematic list, in which details of localities, dates and

provenances are given for over 1,500 species, with notes on the status currently

assigned by English Nature to the nationally uncommon or endangered species

which occur in Cornwall. The records are separated under the four headings,

Victoria County History (VCH), Isles of Scilly (IoS), and the two mainland

vice-counties (VC1 and VC2). The first two of seven Appendices list the species

gained since the Victoria County History, 1906, and those not since recorded.

The further Appendices are: a key to the initials of recorders; plant names,

Latin to English; Ordnance Survey Map references to about 800 localities

mentioned in the text; a list of about 500 references to published material;

and biographical notes concerning 36 contributors, now deceased. Three maps

refer respectively to Geology, Protected Countryside and Topography. The

book is illustrated with 132 colour photographs of living insects or their early

stages, and 20 of various sites and habitats. A well-documented work of interest

to British lepidopterists and conservationists.

Alain OLIVIER

232

INSTRUCTIONS FOR AUTHORS

Manuscripts and all correspondence related to editorial policy should be sent to the editor: Alain Olivier,

Lt. Lippenslaan 43, bus 14, B-2140 Antwerpen-Borgerhout, Belgium.

Papers submitted to Nota lepidopterologica should be original contributions to any aspect of lepidopterology.

Publication languages are English, German and French. All manuscripts will be reviewed by a board of assistant

editors and by at least two appropriate referees. The editors reserve the right to make textual corrections

that do not alter the author’s meaning.

The manuscript should be submitted in triplicate and on a PC-compatible (not Macintosh) disk. Please

do not send registered mail! The papers should be accompanied by a summary not exceeding 200 words.

For acceptable style, format and layout please examine recent issues of the journal. Latin names of genera

and species should be underlined or italicised. The first mention of any living organism must include the

full scientific name with the author and the year of publication, but thereafter the author and date can be

omitted and the generic name abbreviated. Male and female symbols have to be coded as @ and # respectively.

Geographic and other names in languages where other than Latin characters are used (e. g. Armenian, Chinese,

Georgian, Greek, Russian, Ukrainian etc.) should be given in transliteration/ transcription (not translation!).

Summary, tables, footnotes, the list of figure legends and references must be on separate sheets. The title

of the paper should be informative and concise. The name and ful! postal (and e-mail if available) address